The Rothbard Reader PDF

The Rothbard Reader
The Mises Institute dedicates this volume to all of its

generous donors and wishes to thank these Patrons,
in particular:
Dr. Glin Imre Hoppe and Prof. Dr. Hans-Hermann Hoppe,
One Horizon Foundation
Anonymous, Conant Family Foundation, Wayne Chapeskie,
T.J. and Ida Goss, In Memory of Virginia Harley,
Hunter Lewis and Elizabeth Sidamon-Eristoff, Brian E. Millsap,
Gary and Nina Turpanjian, Dr. Thomas L. Wenck
Mr. and Mrs. David P. Abernathy, Patricia and Christopher Auffenberg,
Jeffrey A. Barnes, John Bartel, Richard Beverly Bleiberg,
Bob and Rita Bost, Laurie Buckland, Andrew S. Cofrin, Scott Colburn,
Donald K. Cowles, Jim and Cherie Cox, Carl S. Creager,
D. Allen and Sandra Dalton, Karen DeCoster, Paul J. Dietrich,
Justin Edwards, David J. Emery, Jeffrey E. Fernley, D.O., M.S.,
Michael C. Fox, Steven C. Frazer, Gary T. Gorski,
William and Mary Elizabeth Grant, In Honor of Jamie Haenggi,
Jeffrey Harding, Hunter and Juliana Hastings,
In Honor of Woody Russell, In Memory of Charles A. and Julia Culp,
In Memory of Wade and Sophronia James, Yisok Kim,
Richard J. Kossman, M.D., Dr. Antonio A. Llorens Rivera,
Arthur L. Loeb, Roland R. Manarin, Richard and Donna Mancini,
Jim McElroy, M.A. Mellott, Steve Milunovich, Ronald E. Morrell, Jr.,
Ken and Jan Morris, Darren Mullen, Mr. and Mrs. R. Nelson Nash,
Ernest Ortiz, Paul F. Peppard, William Andrew Rariden,
Rajashekar Reddy, Mr. and Mrs. Donald M. Rembert, Sr.,
Jorge Roca Arteta, Greg Roe, Thomas S. Ross, Charles D. Sears,
Joshua Shelly, In Honor of Henri Etel Skinner, Robert Stewart,
Dr. Michael Thibodeaux, Joe Vierra, William Vinck, J.C. Warren,
Alice and Wayne Whitmore, Mr. and Mrs. Walter Woodul, III,
Nabeel Zafar
The Rothbard Reader
J O S E P H T. S A L E R N O
MAT THE W MCCAFFREY
EDITORS
MISESINSTITUTE
AUBURN, ALABAMA
Published 2016 by the Mises Institute. This work is licensed under a Creative
Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivs 4.0 International License.
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
Mises Institute
518 West Magnolia Ave.
Auburn, Ala. 36832
mises.org
paperback edition: 978-1-61016-661-4
large print edition: 978-1-61016-662-1
epub: 978-1-61016-663-8
Contents
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Section I: Rothbard: Man, Economist, Anti-Statist . . . . . . . . . 11

1.
2.
3.
Murray Rothbard (Penthouse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

A Conversation with Murray Rothbard (Austrian Economics
Newsletter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Murray Rothbard in the New Banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Section II: Foundations of Social Science

and the Free Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.
5.
6.
7.
The Discipline of Liberty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Value Implications of Economic Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Statistics: Achilles Heel of Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Ludwig von Mises and the Paradigm for Our Age . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Section III: Principles of Economics and Government

Intervention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Fundamentals of Value and Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Exchange and the Division of Labor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
The Division of Labor Clarified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Monopoly and Competition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Are Diamonds Really Forever? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
The Infant-Industry Argument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Airport Congestion: A Case of Market Failure? . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
The Union Problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Outlawing Jobs: The Minimum Wage, Once More. . . . . . . . . . 141
The Myth of Tax Reform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
5
The Rothbard Reader
Section IV: Money, Banking, and the Business Cycle . . . . . . 155

18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Essentials of Money and Inflation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

On the Definition of the Money Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Deflation Reconsidered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Anatomy of a Bank Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Lessons of the Recession. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Section V: History of Economic Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Mercantilism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Frdric Bastiat: Champion of Laissez-faire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Keyness Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
The Chicago School. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Israel Kirzner and the Economic Man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Section VI: Economic History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

28.
29.
30.
Economic Determinism, Ideology, and the

American Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
The Progressive Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Unhappiness with the National Banking System . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Section VII: Political Philosophy and the Libertarian

Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
Property and Exchange. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

War, Peace, and the State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Notes on the Nintendo War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Society Without A State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Why Be Libertarian? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
In Praise of Demagogues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Section VIII: Movie Reviews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
The Godfather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

The Godfather, Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Blaxploitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
The Tough Cop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Death Wish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Cinema Paradiso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Introduction
ew economists manage to produce a body of work that boasts a serious following twenty years after their deaths. Murray N. Rothbard is
a rare exception. More than two decades since his passing, his influence lives on, both in the work of a new generation of social scientists, and
among a growing number of the general public.
One reason for Rothbards continuing popularity is his ability to reach
across disciplines, and to connect them: unlike many contemporary economists, who specialize in increasingly narrow fields within the science,
Rothbards research agenda was expansive and interdisciplinary, covering
most of the social sciences and humanities.
Some readers of this book will already be familiar with Rothbards
major works, such as his path-breaking treatise on economics, Man, Economy, and State. Yet Rothbard also produced hundreds of shorter works for
both academic and popular audiences. Unfortunately, many lack the time
to explore his writings; whats more, his oeuvre is so enormous it is often
difficult to know where to begin.
This book aims to solve these problems by providing a window into
Rothbards achievements in the social sciences, humanities, and beyond. It
includes introductory, intermediate, and advanced material, to ensure the
book can be enjoyed by readers of all levels of understanding and familiarity with Rothbards work. Therefore although it is intended primarily for
7
The Rothbard Reader
newcomers, veteran readers will also find much to discover or re-discover

in these pages.
The individual articles in this collection can be read in any order; with
that in mind, we propose two ways to explore them. Those new to Rothbards writing may want to begin with the shorter, more accessible chapters that interest them most, before continuing on to more difficult topics.
However, we have intentionally arranged the articles and sections so that
readers who prefer a systematic discussion, or who are already acquainted
with Rothbards ideas, can read the book cover to cover.
The volume begins with a personal look at Rothbards life and work, as
told in his own words. The opening section, Rothbard: Man, Economist,
and Anti-Statist, brings together three rare interviews, each highlighting
different aspects of his unique personality and worldview. Readers will
soon recognize an overarching theme running through Rothbards life and
work: a passion for liberty, a unifying principle in his thought, no matter
the discipline.
This commitment can be seen further in the next section, Foundations of Social Science and the Free Society. In the first essay, Rothbard
stresses The Discipline of Liberty as the foundation for the study of
humanity. This central interest serves as inspiration and foundation for
the project that follows, namely, an outline of the human sciences and
their primary method of investigation: praxeology.
Although Rothbard wrote on many subjects, his trainingand heart
were in economics, and so too are the majority of the writings in this
collection. The next two sections provide a concise exposition of economic
theory, beginning with individual value and choice. They explore in turn
Rothbards insights into the Principles of Economics and Government
Intervention and Money, Banking, and the Business Cycle. Together,
these chapters provide a brief overview of Rothbards more comprehensive
account of economic theory in Man, Economy, and State.
Austrian economists have always been fascinated by the history of
their science, and Rothbard was no exception. In fact, his writings on
the subject are among his most original and controversial. The section
devoted to the History of Economic Thought surveys the contributions
of many influential economists, outlining the development of economics
from mercantilism to the modern Austrian school.
However, Rothbards historical interests extended far beyond the history of economic doctrines. The section on Economic History illustrates
how he consistently applied economic theory to historical experience in
Introduction
order to explain events like the American Revolution, the Progressive Era,
and the rise of central banking in the United States.
Of course, no collection of Rothbards major ideas could be complete
without a section devoted to his political philosophy. Based firmly on the
idea of property rights, Rothbard develops an account of the free society and its enemies, especially war and the state. These discussions are
followed by Rothbards assessment of the libertarian movement and its
pitfalls, along with some of his views on effective strategies for creating a
free society.
The collection ends on another personal note. Many of Rothbards
friends attest that when meeting him for the first time, they were stunned
by the personality of the man they had previously known only through
his academic work. Rothbard embodied a rare vigor and humor, and his
love of liberty encompassed more than academic interests: he enjoyed the
fruits of liberty as well. These included listening to jazz music and going
to the movies, both of which he loved, although perhaps not as much as
he delighted in writing about them. The final section, Movie Reviews,
collects some of Rothbards most entertaining criticism through the years.
Joseph T. Salerno
Pace University
Matthew McCaffrey
University of Manchester
Section I
Rothbard:
Man, Economist, Anti-Statist
CHAPTER
Murray Rothbard
he Murray Rothbard wall poster depicts a graying professor pecking at a typewriter. His words rise magically from the machine and
blend into a black flag of anarchy rippling above his head. Beneath
the drawing is the caption: Murray N. Rothbardthe greatest living
enemy of the state. The poster, like almost everything else relating to politics, causes Rothbard to laugh. He has a penchant for humor that, in his
younger days, let him to write an Off-Broadway play, Mozart Was a Red,
which poked fun at the Ayn Rand cult of the individual. Today he still
laughs very easily. If someone mentions the name of almost any establishment economist or political figure, Rothbard will respond with a nasal guffaw. Abe Beame, Jerry Ford, Hubert Humphrey, John Kenneth Galbraith,
Alan Greenspan, Ronald Reaganthey all receive the same response: a
laugh followed by a theoretical disputation in which Rothbard employs
buzz-saw logic to rip into these persons he views as enemies of liberty,
prosperity, and the common good.
Rothbards freewheeling style and strong opinions have gradually
earned him a public following. Today he is regarded as the chief theorist
and spokesman for the new libertarian philosophya role he relishes after
years of obscurity spent writing economic tomes and articles in scholarly
periodicals. Now he frequently appears on national television, and he is
Reprinted from Penthouse (October 1976).

13
14
The Rothbard Reader
much in demand as a speaker on college campuses. His many books, some

of which were long out of print, are reappearing in new editions issued by
major publishers. And they have begun to sell. The first two volumes of
Rothbards five-volume history of Colonial America and the Revolution,
Conceived in Liberty, have become best-sellers among scholarly books.
Of course, not everyone is pleased with the new interest in Rothbards
thought, which synthesizes both liberal and conservative ideas. Chief
among his detractors are many of his professional economist colleagues,
with whom Rothbard has been feuding for twenty-five years. The main
outlines of the dispute are simple. Rothbard doesnt think that most of
them know what they are talking about. They have retaliated by, so to
speak, exiling him from his own profession. For a long time he has paid
for his outspokenness by earning what must be regarded as a very narrow
living for someone with a Ph.D. from Columbia. Instead of being invited
to serve on a prestigious university faculty, he has had to settle for commuting by subway from his Manhattan home to the New York Polytechnic Institute in Brooklyn. Rothbard has also lost out on lucrative private
consulting work, which makes economists rank among the highest paid of
all professions. Instead of encouraging firms and government agencies to
hire him, Rothbard wrote books and articles disputing the value of most
economic advice. His contention that the charts and graphs and tables are
mostly misleading dampened the demand for his services. Only one firm
a mushroom factoryhas called on him for consulting advice in the
past twenty years.
Although Rothbard may have disputed the commercial application of
his work, others, such as Harry Browne (see the Penthouse interview with
Browne, February 1975), have made fortunes in the financial-advice field
by popularizing concepts developed in Rothbards early books on depressions, such as The Panic of 1819 and Americas Great Depression. Browne
and many lesser prophets of doom and gloom are earning thousands of
dollars per day telling clients to head for the hills because the government-controlled economy is doomed to fail. What does Rothbard think
of such advice? Not much. He refuses to comment directly on Browne to
avoid the appearance of personal animosity. But his general feeling about
dropping out is that taking such a step would be disastrous. Besides,
Rothbard says, there arent that many hills to fly to.
Penthouse interviewer Jim Davidson questioned Professor Rothbard
about his controversial views. The conversation shows why the fifty-yearold economist has been described as the one political theorist who is
Rothbard: Man, Economist, Anti-Statist
15
to the Left and the Right of everybody. Attacking the current political
leadership and virtually every element of government policy, Rothbard
explains why he still has confidence in the future of America.
Penthouse: If you had a magic wand for correcting whats wrong in America, what would you do?
Rothbard: I would get the government out of the lives and the properties
of all American citizens. I would first repeal all the legislation thats been
undertaken and all the administrative edicts of the last century or so.
Penthouse: Even the laws have been designed to help the poor, to protect
consumers, and to provide for the young, the ill, and the aged?
Rothbard: Yes. The laws to help the poor are phony. The poor dont really
benefit from the welfare state.
Studies were made of a ghetto district in Washington, D.C. After estimating the taxes those people paid to the federal government and balancing that figure against the money the federal government gives back to
them, it turned out that they are getting less from the government than
they are giving. Theyre paying for the welfare state just as much as everybody else! The money is simply siphoned off into the military-industrial
complex, into bureaucratic salaries, and so forth.
Penthouse: If welfare programs dont benefit the needy, why are they continued?
Rothbard: Because they build up a constituency of government employees
for the rulers of the country, for the state apparatus, and for the people
who benefit from it. Also they build up a faade of altruism, behind which
the people who actually benefit from the statethe people who get the
contracts and the subsidies and the monopoly privileges and so forthare
able to operate.
Penthouse: Can you be more specific?
Rothbard: For example, the Civil Aeronautics Board, which regulates the
airline industry, was created because of lobbying pressure from the big airlines: Pan Am, United, and others. It was created in order to raise the rates,
not to benefit the consumer. And that is how the CAB has functioned.
It creates monopolies, restricts airline service on various key routes, and
16
The Rothbard Reader
keeps rates up. The result has been the inefficiency and the high costs that
the consumer has had to live with. The CAB put out of business quite a few
small airlines that were operating very efficiently and very safely but that
were undercutting the rates of the big airlines. The CAB just stopped issuing them certificates of convenience and necessity, I think theyre called.
Thats just one example of the sort of thing the government does on the
federal, state, and local levels.
Penthouse: Then you are advocating that all governmental functions be
abolished.
Rothbard: I think all these functions could be performed considerably
better by voluntary meansfinanced by the consumers who actually use
these services, not by taxpayers who are forced to pay for something they
dont personally receive. The income of the policemen, the firemen, and
the civil servants should be equivalent to the efficiency of their service to
the consumers, not based on political manipulation and coercive taxation.
Then they wouldnt be an entrenched bureaucracy anymore. Government
employees would have to shape up like everybody else. All other goods
and services are provided by businesses or individuals who receive their
compensation because they have efficiently supplied a product that consumers want. The government supplies services through coercive taxation
and therefore doesnt have to be efficient.
Penthouse: But how could the free market provide such services as the
police?
Rothbard: There is no difference between saying that and saying, How
can the free market provide shoes? In the present society, wealthy people
can hire private guardsand they do just that, its the poor people who
have no choice but to rely on the public police.
Right now almost everybody has some kind of medical insurance,
Blue Cross and that sort of thing. I see no reason why police insurance
would be more costly than that. People would pay premiums every year
for having police on retainer, so to speak, in case anything happened.
Those people who couldnt afford such payments would still be provided police aid. We now have legal-aid societies that provide indigent
prisoners with free legal counsel, and in a libertarian society the same
thing would happen regarding police protection.
17
Penthouse: If you did away with government and every service was provided by free enterprise, how would the poor be able to survive?
Rothbard: Well, in the first place the poor are only helped by free enterprise. It is private-capital investment and private entrepreneurship that
have raised the standard of living from what it was in pre-industrial times
to what we have today. This has all been done through private investment, not by government. The government is a drag on the system; it is
an impoverishing devise and a parasitic burden on the productive system,
not the opposite. Government doesnt help the poor; it hurts them.
Penthouse: We had private charity up through the nineteenth century.
Dickens described the horrors it caused. Is that what you wish to return
to?
Rothbard: No, the guiding aim of private charity has always been to get
people on their feet so they wouldnt have to depend on charity. And
private charity was largely successful in doing that. Today the Mormon
church has a system of private aid, so that no Mormons are on welfare. The
same is true of other ethnic groups that are opposed to any kind of welfare dependency. Albanian Americans in New York are very poor. Theyre
virtually on the lowest income level, and yet none of them is on welfare
because they think its demeaning and degrading and they help each other
out, voluntarily.
Penthouse: But if private charity is to work, the economy must be healthy;
and many economists feel that an unhampered free market leads to recessions and depressions, which are cured only by government intervention.
Rothbard: Depressions and recessions are not brought about by a freeenterprise system. They are brought about by the government and its process of inflationary counterfeiting. Its the governments banking system
that creates inflation, recession, and depression. The government distorts
the economy and creates unsound investments. These investments have
to be liquidated, and the result is a period of depression. Then the more
the government intervenes in the depressionas it did in the 1930sthe
longer the depression lasts. In a truly free market system, there would be
no depressions.
Penthouse: So the New Deal actually prolonged the depression of the
1930s?
18
The Rothbard Reader
Rothbard: Exactly. Before the New Deal was instituted, there was a federal policy not to intervene once a depression was under way. As a result,
depressions didnt last more than one or two years. But when the 1929
crash came, President Hoover, and then President Roosevelt, intervened
extensively in a misguided attempt to keep wages and prices up and to
shore up unsound companies with federal aid and with other kinds of
assistance. The result was to prolong the depression for eleven years, a
duration unprecedented in American history. We got out of it only because
of World War II, which is a heck of a way to get out of depression.
Penthouse: Whats the difference between your position and that of the
conservatives, who for years have been talking against big government?
Rothbard: Well, the conservatives and President Ford often employ freemarket rhetoric, but peoples actions speak louder than their words. President Ford, when his actions are fully scrutinized, comes up with a deficit of about $75 billion in fiscal year 1976, although Arthur Anderson
and Company made an accounting of the government finances and have
arrived at the conclusion that the deficit is really nearer to $150 billion.
Also, President Ford, despite all of his talk about eliminating or reducing
government intervention, has proposed a $100 billion subsidy for privateenergy sources.
The conservatives tend to favor subsidies to corporations, especially
in the military-industrial complex. They tend to favor military expenditures. The same conservatives who would call for a $2 billion cut in welfare, lets say, would also favor a $20-billion expansion of wasteful military
spending. They have a blind spot regarding militarism. They tend to be in
favor of high tariffs. In a broader area, they tend to be opposed to personal
libertyreligious, civil, and so forth. So their rhetoric is totally divorced
from their actions. Their libertarian credentials are fairly suspect if you
look at the whole picture.
Penthouse: How does the libertarian position differ from that of the liberals, of whom you are so critical?
Rothbard: Well, the libertarian position, basically, is that no person or
group should be allowed to use force or violence against any person or
his property. Everybody should have complete freedom in all activities of
his life, both personal and economic. So this means that libertarians are
in favor of economic freedom. Laissez-faire capitalism seems close to the
conservative position in many ways. But were also in favor of complete
19
civil liberty, which, in many ways, is close to the liberal position. Liberals,
however, are almost as inconsistent regarding the civil-liberties questions
as the conservatives are regarding the free market. Many liberals who favor
personal liberty also favor incarcerating mental patients, supposedly for
the patients benefit. Or they favor compulsory seat-belt buzzers, which I
personally found extremely obnoxious!
Penthouse: You have said that you are in favor of any sort of capitalist acts
between consenting adults. Are you also in favor of any other acts between
consenting adults?
Rothbard: Any actions, capitalist or personal or of any other nature, performed by consenting adults should be permitted. Whether any of us personally approves of them is another story and is really irrelevant to the
political question of their legality. This goes across the board. Incidentally,
many supposed civil libertarians who would favor legalization of drugs
or legalization of liquor or alcoholwhich I would favorare somehow
opposed to the legalization of cigarette advertising, which should be just
as much a civil-liberties question as the other issues.
Penthouse: Dont you feel that the people have a right to make a decision
about the form that society should take? Isnt this why we have elections?
Rothbard: I think a person should have the right to have whatever he
wants just as long as he doesnt impose his wishes on somebody else. Now,
if those people want to vote to support a certain system or a certain person, thats fine. However, the problem is that theyre imposing this system
and this person on the rest of us.
These elections do not really mean that the public gets together at
some sort of town meeting and chooses a certain system or a certain group
of politicians. As you know, what actually happens is, first, most of the eligible people dont even vote; and, second, they are getting a package deal,
a very narrow choice between two parties, which are more or less indistinguishable in their policies and image and cannot be counted upon to
honor their promises. Nobody sues a president or a congressman for fraud
if he violates his campaign promisesits considered part of the game. Its
called campaign oratory, which nobody pays attention to. A consumer,
on the other hand, votes all the time, in a sense. He votes for groceries or
clothing or hi-fi sets or other things by buying or by refusing to buy. Hes
the complete master of his fate. He doesnt have to make a choice between
only two products.
20
The Rothbard Reader
Penthouse: And what about youwill you vote in the next election?
Rothbard: I havent voted for a long time.
Penthouse: If you dont vote, dont you deserve what you get?
Rothbard: Oh no! On the contrary. Its those who do vote for the winning
candidate who may deserve what they get, not the ones who dont vote for
anybody.
Penthouse: But isnt the government the people, in the sense that it is the
only institution that represents everybody, as opposed to selfish interest
groups?
Rothbard: No. It represents only a fraction of the people. Lets say 45 percent of the people vote. If theres a close election, it means that only 23
percent voted for the winning candidate. Thats hardly all the people. So
the government is not the people. The people are the rest of us who are not
in government. Theyre not us. There is just a group of people out there
who call themselves the government. When we see a worker moving to
a better job because he will make more money, or when we see a businessman moving into an area where he can make more profits, everybody
says, Oh, hes moving to another job or hes going to another industry to
make a higher income. And yet when somebody becomes a government
employee, suddenly we assume that his objective is completely different.
His motivation suddenly becomes the public interest, the common
good, national security, or whatever other clichs are handed out. It
would be a very useful exercise for everybody to think about the government, not as purveyors of the public good, but as people are bureaucrats
trying to maximize their own income. Then see what kind of coherent
explanation of the world you then come up with.
Penthouse: Can you give us examples of the way government officials act
to maximize their own incomes?
Rothbard: For one thing, every government official increases his income
in proportion to the number of people who are working under him. So the
tendency is to increase the number of people working in ones organization. And this then leads to an increased budget. Suppose that the official
doesnt really need 80 percent of his budget. He cant afford to spend only 2
percent, because Congress will cut his budget next year. So he has to spend
21
at least as much as the budget allows. Thats how the bureaucracy becomes
a cancerous growth on the system.
Penthouse: Isnt there bureaucracy in private life and on the free market?
Why criticize only the government?
Rothbard: Yes, theres bureaucracy in private life, too, but there are a couple
of key differences. First, private bureaucracy is limited by profit and loss.
If a firm doesnt make a profit and suffers losses, it will go out of business.
The government doesnt have to make profits or avoid losses. The government can peg along at the most inefficient rate possible, creating deficits
because we the taxpayers, pick up the tab. Because theres no profit-andloss test for the government bureaucracy, it can proliferate ad infinitum.
Penthouse: Many people would probably agree that the government is too
large and that its doing many things poorly. However if we just chop off
government programs and services with one swoop, that would create
enormous hardships. Many persons depend on jobs that would not exist
in the free market. So how would the adjustment to a free society be carried out?
Rothbard: The only way is to allow the free society to operate without
government interference. For example, when we demobilized after World
War II, more than 10 million people were released from the armed forces.
Most economists predicted a massive depression and massive unemployment. How could the economy adjust to all these people suddenly thrown
on the labor market? Well, what happened? There was no massive unemployment, and within six months the adjustments had been made very
smoothly. If you allow the free market to operate, it works with remarkable speed and efficiency. If you try to tax the public more, supposedly
to ease the adjustment, youre going to have a lingering, chronic disease
instead of a short, swift end to the problem.
Also, youre going to perpetuate the vested interests, and theyre going
to be more and more in a position to try to continue their rule and to continue the emergency aid forever. Wed never get rid of it. Its very much
as if you had sort of a short, brief surgical operation rather than allowing a
chronic cancerous disease to continue along on its lethal course.
If government interference were eliminated, private citizens would
have the money that has been taken away from themexpropriated by
the stateand they would spend the money on what they wanted. Instead
22
The Rothbard Reader
of more extensions to the Pentagon, there would be more hi-fi sets, more
clothing, and other consumer goods. There would be more jobs in the private sector. The transition would be very rapid.
Penthouse: Many analysts have argued that big government is necessary to
provide leadership in foreign policy. What do you say to that?
Rothbard: Big government is no more beneficial in foreign policy than
it is in domestic affairs. It is precisely because the world economy and
the world society are interconnected and interdependent that individual
governments mixing in the situation create conditions leading to war and
conflict.
When the government tried to subsidize foreign investments or grab
raw materials or correct the so-called balance of power, it creates conditions of conflict that cause war and mass murder.
Penthouse: What about the argument that if the United States did not provide protection, dictators would impose their systems upon peoples and
tyranny would enslave the world?
Rothbard: Weve been going along with this idea of interventionist foreign policy since about the time of Woodrow Wilsons administration. We
began by going to war to make the world safe for democracy, as Wilson
put it. After five or six decades of ubiquitous government intervention, we
have a world that is much less free than ever before. Obviously, something
must be wrong with this kind of policy.
The Vietnam War has shown that in the long run we cannot prevent
the people of the world from controlling their own affairs, whether theyre
doing so badly or not. Whether they have dictatorships or not is their own
business. Its not the business of the United States to deplete our treasures
and sacrifice the lives of citizens in order to impose our solution on these
countries.
Penthouse: Eldridge Cleaver has recently said that critics of American military and Americas foreign policy have been mistaken and do not understand the nature of communism. What about that?
Rothbard: Well, I think Eldridge Cleaver has just about as much wisdom
in his present incarnation as he had in his previous onenot very much.
The danger is statism. I dont think communism is any particular danger
except insofar as it is statism. Weve got enough statism to try to roll back
23
here, and part of that rolling back is the sort of foreign policy and antimilitary policy that I advocate. I dont think that anybody really thinks
Russia or China or Albania are out to conquer us militarily. If you press
the cold warriors hard enough, they will admit that. But theyre worried
about so-called subversion. I other words, theyre worried about internal
communism, either here or abroad. And what Im saying is that the internal problem we have to worry about is statism. The main objection I have
to communism is that communism is statism. And American statism is
whats oppressing us.
Penthouse: If American statism were abolished, wouldnt that action enable
an enemy to move in and completely subjugate the American people?
Rothbard: I dont think theres any real threat of conquest. Conquest and
wars evolve from reciprocal conflicts. In other words, one state threatens another state or moves in on another state, and the one reacts to the
transgression. If you didnt have a state apparatus in this country, it would
remove that kind of provocation for attack. Second, if any country did
attack us, it would find that a voluntary defense, a free-market defense,
would be much more efficient than a state defense. When the state army is
conquered, the conquering army can run the system through the defeated
but still existent state apparatus. Britain ran Indiadespite the fact that
the British population was much smaller than the Indianby simply conquering the army of the Indian monarchs and then giving orders to the
monarchy. If theres no American state apparatus to give orders to, whats
the occupying force going to do? It would have to set up an entirely new
state apparatus in the United States, which is almost impossible, considering the size of the country.
And third, private defense is much more efficient than government
defense because the military is prone to making blunders. It is not subject
to any kind of market test to efficiency.
Penthouse: The present American military budget is in excess of $100
billion. What amount of money would be needed to defend the country
through your free-market system?
Rothbard: Well, Im really not a military expert, but as I understand it,
we could do without the rather enormous overkill, which would enable
us to destroy the entire Russian population many, many times over. I also
understand that all we really need to defend the country against a nuclear
attack is the Polaris submarines. If thats so, we can scrap all the spending
24
The Rothbard Reader
on everything else. I dont know how much the reduction of the budget
would be, but I imagine it would be enormous.
Penthouse: Marxists have said that excessive military spending proves that
capitalism doesnt work. How do you react to that argument?
Rothbard: Of course, state capitalism, or statism, has failed. But the freemarket hasnt failed. If you look at the history of Marxist economies, there
is no evidence that they have anything which is an improvement over the
free market. Not only have Marxist planners caused uncounted murders,
tortures, and the expropriation of untold sums, but also they havent delivered the goods, even in the sense of running a viable economic system.
One of the reasons why they are able to accomplish anything is the vast
black-market network. Despite planning policies in Russia and Eastern
Europe, theres still an enormous black-market that manages to deliver
goods and services, though in a crippling way, despite all the state can do.
Penthouse: What about environmental arguments against growth?
Rothbard: The answer is that the pollution of the environment has not
been caused by the free market. The culprit is conscious government
activity. For example, during the 1950s and perhaps the 1960s too, the
Department of Agriculture was spraying vast areas of farmland with
DDT from helicopters even though individual farmers objected. You also
have municipal government sewage-disposal units dumping sewage into
the rivers and onto land areas, polluting those areas without any kind of
check. So much of all environmental damage has been done by the government itself. Also, the government hasnt fulfilled its supposed function
of defending property rights. It has allowed the invasion of private property by other firms or individuals. An example of this is the smoke that
destroys orchards. Under the common law or any kind of libertarian legal
code, this would not be permitted. But the government has consciously
allowed it for a hundred years or more.
Penthouse: Without strict environmental pollution standards established
by the government, isnt there a danger that nuclear power plants would
pollute the environment?
Rothbard: Well, in the first place, nuclear power plants are subsidized by
the government; so if you eliminate the subsidies much of the problem
might disappear. Second, the government subsidizes the insurance of
25
nuclear power plants, against liability. If that were eliminated, it might

reduce the nuclear power problem to manageable proportions. But, in
general, I think the point is that the government shouldnt set any kind
of standards in advance of activity, in advance of production and sale,
because the government doesnt know much about what standards should
be set and doing so inhibits the voluntary actions of people. Also, much of
the time this means the standards of goods and services will be worse than
they would be if the government had kept its hands off. Quality tends to
go down to the lowest allowable minimum, to the government standard.
Also, people tend to get lured into thinking that because the government
sets the standard, everything is safe and acceptable. This is often not the
case. What should happen is that if any kind of product injures the consumerlets say you buy something and it turns out to be poisonthen
the consumer should be able to go to the courts and sue the seller or manufacturer for severe damages. But what tends to happen now is that if, for
example, a building is certified as safe by a government inspector and then
collapses and injures somebody, the victim cant sue, because the structure
has already been certified as safe! The best solution, I think, would be to go
through the regular court system to recover damages for injury.
Penthouse: What about efforts to socialize medicine in America?
Rothbard: That would be a monstrous development. In countries with
socialized medicine, for instance, Britain, the result has been a tremendous decline in the quality of the medical service and a huge burden of
taxes on the public and on the economy. The usual advance estimates of
how much socialized medicine would cost are always extrapolated from
the current number of people going to doctors and other statistics. What
most people dont realize is that if a visit to a doctor were free, then many
people would consult a doctor all the time. There would be an enormous
increase in demand for medical services, most of it unnecessary, and then
the doctors time would have to be rationed in some way and the quality
of medical care would decrease. That happened in England, with the result
that the people who can afford to do so avail themselves of private medical
care. They have to do this in order to get decent treatment.
The current government intervention in the medical field in the United
States has created most of the problems that now exist. By creating licensing requirementsstate regulations restricting the number of doctors
and medical schoolsthe government creates a medical monopoly and
increases the cost of medicine. In the last decade or so, the government has
26
The Rothbard Reader
created the Medicaid-Medicare program, which has enormously increased

the cost of doctors and hospitals by an almost indiscriminate disbursement of money to doctors. At first everybody thought the program would
be a big bonanza. Now wed be able to get most of our medical bills paid,
they thought. But what actually happened? Medical bills simply increased,
and so were really no better off than we were before.
In fact, were worse off. Any further government intervention would
compound the damage. And I advocate the elimination of licensing
requirements for doctors and hospitals and the loosening of restrictions
on other aspects of medicine. The cost of drugs could be cut by eliminating the requirement for prescriptions, which creates a pharmacy monopoly so that people have to go to licensed pharmacies in order to get their
drugs. I dont think theres any real need for that.
Penthouse: Youre saying that anybody, whether he has gone through medical school or not, should be able to put up a shingle and say, Im practicing medicine or, Im a healer, or some similar form of quasi-medical
self-advertisement.
Rothbard: Right. Of course, now you can be a spiritual healer without a
license, but you cant say youre engaging in medical service. You cant
employ medical techniques. I think that if I had a hangnail, I should be
able to go to a local old crone on the corner and pay fifty cents or so to
have the hangnail removed. I shouldnt have to go to a Park Avenue doctor
and spend something on the order of fifty-five dollars to have it removed.
There are all sorts of degrees of injury and illness. Each individual
should be able to decide for himself who he wants to administer to him,
whether licensed or unlicensedwhether an old crone or a Park Avenue
physician.
Penthouse: Do you see it as a major problem that many people have a
vested stake in the state system and would be quite reluctant to see the
regulations and subsidies removed?
Rothbard: Yes, there is a whole network of vested interests. And youre
stepping on corns when you try to reduce their power. On the other hand,
the mass of the public is not tied up in vested interests. Theyre the ones
who are being exploited by the system. So, really, we would have a majority of the public on our side if they became interested and aware of this
exploitation.
27
Penthouse: Do you believe the vested interests in America form a ruling

class, in the Marxist sense?
Rothbard: Yes, there is a ruling class that runs the state apparatus at the
expense of the rest of us, who are the ruled classes. But I think the Marxists are definitely wrong in believing that all businessmen or employers are
part of the ruling class, whether or not they have a leading role in the state.
Simply hiring someone does not make a person part of the ruling class. I
would say that there is no rule involved in any kind of voluntary employeremployee relationship on the free market.
The element of rule beginsand with it exploitationwhen someone,
or a group, gets hold of the state and starts to operate it. It could be a big
businessmanoften it isor some groups of big businessmen. And it also
could be members of the Communist party or whatever. In other words,
any groupwhether businessmen, labor union, or a king and his retinueany group that manages to get control of the state naturally becomes
a ruling class because of that overall control.
Penthouse: Who, then, constitutes the ruling class in America today?
Rothbard: Well, I would say its a coalition of several groups. Obviously,
the ruling politicians and bureaucrats are part of it. And in it, too, are
those particular big businessmen who are aligned as allies of the state.
Now, clearly, the Rockefellers and corporations like General Dynamics,
which get most of their income from the state, would be included. And,
as junior partners, so to speak, the unions, like the AFL-CIO unions, are
a part of this grouping, particularly the leadership of these unions. Those
are the basic elements of our ruling class.
Penthouse: Do you think things will get better or worse, insofar as our
system and its ruling class are concerned?
Rothbard: Its a paradoxical thing, but I think things will get better because
theyre getting worse. In other words, were now in such a crisis because
of big government, because of government intervention, that the only way
we can get out of it is through eliminating, or vastly reducing, government
intervention.
Im optimistic that we will do that. The public will see clearly now. I
think that big government has caused us to get into this whole mess and
cant get us out of it; therefore, there must be some other way outand the
28
The Rothbard Reader
only way is the libertarian way. So, Im optimistic because were in such a
bad fix.
Penthouse: Is there any prospect that there will ever be another American
Revolution, one which could get us out of the bad fix you talk about?
Rothbard: Well, the Founding Fathers were libertarians, basically. And
recent histories have shown, incontrovertibly, that they were animated by
libertarian visions. Jefferson said that if the American government became
too tyrannical, another revolution would be needed to overturn it.
One would hope that as the American public becomes apprised of the
situation in this country and becomes increasingly, sufficiently libertarian,
peaceful measures will be sufficient to reduce or eliminate the power of the
government.
CHAPTER
A Conversation with
Murray N. Rothbard
EN: How did Man, Economy, and State come to be?
Rothbard: It ended up totally different from the way it started. After Mises
had written Human Action, the Volker Fundwhich promoted classical
liberal and libertarian scholarshipwas looking for a college textbook that
would boil it down and spell it out. Mises hardly knew me at the time since
I had just started attending his seminar. I wrote a sample chapter, Money:
Free and Unfree. They showed it to Mises and he gave his endorsement.
I then received a many-year grant to work on it. I thought it was going to
be a textbook. But it grew and grew. New material kept coming in. As I
kept going, I found ideas Mises had left out, or steps that were implicit in
Mises that needed to be spelled out. I gave periodic reports to the Volker
Fund. Finally they asked me: Look, is this going to be a textbook or a treatise? When I delivered a 1,900-page manuscript, they knew the answer.
Power and Market was the final chapter called The Economics of Violent
Intervention. They asked me to cut it out because it was too radical. It was
published separately years later by the Institute for Humane Studies.
AEN: Did you write the book in sequence?
Reprinted from the Austrian Economics Newsletter 2, no. 2 (Summer 1990).

29
30
The Rothbard Reader
Rothbard: Yes. I started on page one with methodology and it wrote itself.
AEN: Did anything get left out of the final version?
Rothbard: I took chapter 5 out of Man, Economy, and State, which included
the usual cost-curve analysis. I wrote the whole chapter before I realized
my approach was nonsense. So I started over.
AEN: Is there any doubt that Mises was your primary influence?
Rothbard: I didnt think so, but Joseph Salerno once gave a talk in which
he said Man, Economy, and State is more Bhm-Bawerk-oriented than
Misess Human Action. I never thought of it that way, but it may be true.
When I was spelling out capital theory, I used Bhm-Bawerk primarily.
I didnt think about it since I thought Mises was a Bhm-Bawerkian and
didnt see any contradiction. I would like to see Professor Salerno explore
this. Its an example of the way an historian of economic thought can show
something about a persons work that he himself didnt realize.
AEN: How many years did it take to complete Man, Economy, and State?
Rothbard: This is complicated. I received the grant in 1952, but shortly
afterward I had to finish my doctoral thesis under Arthur Burns.1 From
195356 I was working partly on both. I finally finished Man, Economy,
and State in 1960 and it was published in 1962.
AEN: How was your dissertation, The Panic of 1819, received?
Rothbard: Very well. In fact, much better than any other of my books.
Maybe thats because I didnt analyze the causes. I only wrote about how
people wanted to cure it. I could have done much more work on it, and
there is still more to say, but I am pleased with it. Plus, it remains the only
book on the subject.
AEN: Were scholars anticipating the publication of Man, Economy, and
State?
Rothbard: Not really. Very few were even interested, except the Misesseminar people and FEE people like Larry Fertig and Henry Hazlitt.
Most were non-economists or friends and admirers of Mises. They were
1
Editors note: Rothbards dissertation adviser was Joseph Dorfman.
31
caterers, lawyers, clothing manufacturers. Other than Kirzner, Spadaro,

Sennholz, Raico, Reisman, and Percy and Bettina Greaves, there was no
Austrian movement to speak of.
AEN: Did you ever get discouraged and say Why am I doing this?
Rothbard: No. Any chance to write a book or meet new people was terrific.
But I was lonely. Mises was in his sixties, Hayek and Machlup were in their
fifties, and I was in my twenties. There was nobody in between. With the
possible exception of Baldy Harper, who was a libertarian, but whose Austrian knowledge was limited, there was a missing generation. It had been
wiped out by the New Deal.
AEN: If we do an Its a Wonderful Life experimentthe state of Austrian
economics without Man, Economy, and Stateit looks pretty grim.
Rothbard: Thats an interesting point. Of the economists, Sennholz became
a real-estate speculator, Spadaro didnt write much, Reisman became a
Ricardian, and Hayek had drifted into philosophy and social thought.
Kirzner was doing good work on entrepreneurship, but nobody was doing
methodology, monetary theory, capital theory, or much else.
AEN: What were your thoughts on Misess review of Man, Economy, and
State when it appeared in the New Individualist Review?
Rothbard: I liked it, but he didnt say much about the book. I would have
preferred him to go into more depth.
AEN: Was he bothered by some of your corrections of his theories?
Rothbard: I dont know because he never said. Mises and I had only two
friendly arguments. One was on monopoly theory where he wound up
calling me a Schmollerite. Although nobody else in the seminar realized
it, that was the ultimate insult for an Austrian. The other argument was on
his utilitarian refutation of government intervention. I argued that government officials can maximize their own well-being through economic
interventionism, if not those of the public. He in turn argued that those
kinds of politicians wouldnt survive popular vote, thus changing the
terms of debate.
AEN: Was there a difference on foreign policy?
32
The Rothbard Reader
Rothbard: In all the years I attended his seminar and was with him, he never
talked about foreign policy. If he was an interventionist on foreign affairs,
I never knew it. It would have been a violation of Rothbards law, which is
that people tend to specialize in what they are worst at. For example, Henry
George is great on everything but land, so therefore he writes about land
90 percent of the time. Friedman is great except on money, so he concentrates on money. Mises, however, and Kirzner too, always did what they
were best at.
AEN: Did Hayek ever attend Misess seminar in the US?
Rothbard: No. They had a very strange relationship. Hayek began making
very arcane anti-Misesian comments in his books, but nobody knew it,
not even Mises. For example, it turns out that the anti-Walras footnote in
Individualism and Economic Order was really an anti-Mises footnote, as
Hayek admitted a few years later. When Mises read the article, he called
Hayek up and said he liked it as an attack on formalism and equilibrium.
He didnt realize that some of it was directed against himself. Gradually,
Hayek became more and more anti-Misesian without actually refuting
what he had to say. Yet Mises and Hayek are still linked in academic minds.
AEN: What happened in the twelve years between Man, Economy, and
State and Hayek winning the Nobel Prize?
Rothbard: Very little. There were various informal meetings, with Walter
Block, and R.J. Smith. During the fifties, we had a whole group in New
York, but it disbanded when Hamowy, Raico, and Liggio went to graduate school. There was another group coming up in the sixties, students
of Robert LeFevres Freedom School and later Rampart College. At one
meeting, Friedman and Tullock were brought in for a week. I had planned
to have them lecture on occupational licensing and on ocean privatization,
respectively. Unfortunately, they spoke on these subjects for thirty minutes
and then rode their hobby horses, monetary theory and public choice, the
rest of the time. Friedman immediately clashed with the Rothbardians. He
had read my Americas Great Depression and was furious that he was suddenly meeting all these Rothbardians. He didnt know such things existed.
AEN: What happened to the Volker Fund?
Rothbard: The Volker Fund collapse in 1972 destroyed a major source of
funding for libertarian scholarship. The president was a follower of R.J.
33
Rushdoony, who at the time was a pre-millenialist Calvinist, later converting

to post-millenialism. He had sent me a Rushdoony book, which I blasted.
Combined with other reviews, he became convinced he was surrounded
by an atheist, anarchist, pacifist conspiracy to destroy Christianity. So he
closed the Volker Fund in early 1972. It was a great tragedy. IHS [Institute
for Humane Studies] was supposed to be established with the $17 million from the Volker Fund as an endowed think tankpublishing books,
sponsoring students, funding research, and holding conferences. Instead,
Baldy Harper had to start from scratch.
AEN: How did the Ethics of Liberty come about?
Rothbard: I received a Volker Fund grant to write it. It was supposed to be
a reconciliation of libertarianism with conservative culture and personal
ethics, what is called paleolibertarianism today. But as I worked on it, it
turned into an anarcho-libertarian treatise. By the early sixties, conservatives had become pro-war and the whole idea of reconciling us with them
had lost its attraction for me.
AEN: What about Conceived in Liberty?
Rothbard: After the Volker Fund collapsed, I got a grant from the Lilly
Endowment to do a history of the US, which I worked on from 196266.
The original idea was to take the regular facts and put a libertarian assessment on everything. But once I started to work on it, I found many facts
that had been left out, like tax rebellions. So it got longer and longer. It
turned into the five-volume Conceived in Liberty, covering the colonial
period to the Constitution. I dont like to completely chart out my research
in advance. I go step by step and it always seems to get longer than anticipated. After Arlington House published volume four, they went out of
business. Volume five, on the Constitution, was written longhand and no
one can read my handwriting.
AEN: What about conferences during the early seventies?
Rothbard: The first was conducted at Cornell, the summer of 1973. Forrest McDonald and myself were giving papers. At the 1974 conference, we
added Garrison, Rizzo, ODriscoll, Salerno, Ebeling, Hutt, Grinder, and
others. It was held in a tiny town in Vermont, which we called a WalrasianGeneral-Equilibrium town because there was no action, no competition,
34
The Rothbard Reader
no interest rates. In 1976, we had a wonderful conference at Windsor Castle, but after that there was nothing.
AEN: Just so that were clear, between the 1940s and the early 1970s, you
were practically the only one that did serious scholarly work in Austrian
economics?
Rothbard: Well, Henry Hazlitt did some excellent work. But then he was
un-credentialed. Hutt did some, but it wasnt really Austrian. Kirzner had
written some serious articles. But basically the tradition had stagnated.
By the late seventies, Austrian economics was considered Hayekian, not
Misesian. Without the founding of the Mises Institute, I am convinced the
whole Misesian program would have collapsed.
AEN: How is your history-of-thought book coming?
Rothbard: Fine. I start with Aristotle, but dont spend much time on the
Greeks. I leap to the early Christians. Economic theory became pretty
advanced in the Middle Ages and only started falling apart later. Most history of thought assumes linear growth. But I am trying to show that there
is slippage.
Unfortunately, there is a hole in my book. I got to the English mercantilists and Francis Bacon, which took me to 1620, but then bogged down
and leaped ahead. This summer I am going to repair the hole. Aside from
the hole, I have just finished the laissez-faire French school. The next step
is to cover the pre-Austrians of the mid-nineteenth century.
AEN: There seems to be a lengthening pattern to your projects.
Rothbard: Maybe so. What is happening to my history of thought is the
same thing that happened to Man, Economy, and State and Conceived in
Liberty. It was originally going to be a short book on the history of thought,
taking the same people the orthodox people do, reversing the judgment,
and giving the Austrian view. Unfortunately I couldnt do that since Smith
was not the beginning of economics. I had to start with Aristotle and the
Scholastics and work up. I found more and more people that couldnt be
left out.
AEN: How many volumes have been completed so far?
Rothbard: I can never estimate things like that, but probably two or more.
And I keep underestimating how much work I have to do. I thought I
35
could finish off Marx in one chapter, but it took five. So I cannot give a
projected date for finishing.
AEN: You have apparently taken an interest in religion as it affects the history of thought.
Rothbard: Religion was dominant in the history of thought at least through
Marshall. The Scholastics emerged out of the Catholic doctrine. And John
Locke was a Protestant Scholastic. I am convinced that Smith, who came
from a Calvinist tradition, skewed the whole theory of value by emphasizing labor pain, typical of a Puritan. The whole objective-cost tradition
grew out of that.
AEN: Why has all this been overlooked?
Rothbard: Because the twentieth century is the century of atheistic, secular intellectuals. When I was growing up, anyone who was religious was
considered slightly wacky or even unintelligent. That was the basic attitude of all intellectuals. This is the opposite of the attitudes of earlier centuries when everyone was religious.
The anti-religious bias even shows up in the interpretations of the history of art, for example, in the secularist and positivist interpretation of
Renaissance painting. When Jesus is painted as a real person, they assume
that means it is a secular work. Whereas the real point of the Renaissance
was to emphasize the Incarnation, when God became flesh. Even if art
historians arent interested in theology, they should realize that the people
they study were. The same is true for economics. In doing history, you cannot read your own values into the past.
AEN: The anti-socialist revolution seems to be the fulfillment of everything Austrians have worked for.
Rothbard: Thats right. We are living through revolutionary times. Its like
living through the French or American Revolution and being able to watch
it on television every night. Now the difference between the United States
and the Eastern Bloc is that the United States still has a communist party.
AEN: This seems to be a vindication for your article, Left, Right: the Prospects for Liberty.
36
The Rothbard Reader
Rothbard: Damn right. Western conservatives cannot take credit for this.
They always argued that socialist totalitarianism couldnt reform from
within. Only the libertarians considered and gloried in this possibility.
AEN: Did you see the seeds of anti-socialist revolt when you visited Poland
several years ago?
Rothbard: Yes. At the first conference I attended, several dissident Marxists
were there. But the next year, the organizers said they didnt need them.
We went expecting dissident socialists and we found followers of Hayek,
Friedman, Mises, and Rothbard. The economists and journalists that I met
with had read many of my books and were publishing underground books
on free markets.
AEN: Now that Marxism is dead where it has been tried, is there anything
that is useful and important that should be remembered or kept?
Rothbard: There is one good thing about Marx: he was not a Keynesian. I
recently asked Yuri Maltsev, former soviet economist, why is it that things
seem to have fallen apart so rapidly in the Soviet Union in the last twenty
years. He said in the last twenty years, the leaders of the Soviet Union
have relaxed the money supply and have used inflation to solve short-term
problems. That spelled doom for the system.
AEN: What about the prospects for liberty and a freer economy in the
United States?
Rothbard: Everything is getting worse, and very rapidly. Few favor central planning, but the battleground has shifted to interventionism. There
are three areas of interventionism which are the big issues, now and in
the future: (1) Prohibitionism and the attempt to eliminate all risk. If,
for example, automobiles cause accidents, they should be eliminated. (2)
Egalitarianism and the idea that victim groups should get special treatment for the next 2,000 years for previous oppression. (3) Environmentalism or antihumanism. The implicit idea is that man is the lowest creature
and every creature or inanimate thing has rights.
AEN: How are things in Las Vegas?
Rothbard: Great. Every semester we get more students, and the Austrians
are at the top of their classes. We have a Human Action study group. Im
37
teaching a graduate seminar in Austrian economics this term and Hoppe

will be teaching a seminar in the spring.
AEN: What in Austrian economics is most and least advanced?
Rothbard: In methodology, we are pretty advanced, thanks to the work of
Hans Hoppe. But we can always use more since that is what sets us apart
from the rest of the profession. And Joe Salerno is going great work on
calculation.
Banking theory, however, has taken a very bad turn with free banking.
We have to show that this is the old Currency and Banking school argument rehashed. They have adopted the Banking school doctrine, that the
needs of business require an expansion of the money supply and credit.
Moreover, the free banking people violate the basic Ricardian doctrine
that every supply of money is optimal. Once a market in money is established, there is no longer a need for more money. That is really the key
point.
CHAPTER
Murray Rothbard in
The New Banner
anaging Editors Note: Having never met Murray Rothbard prior

to this interview I was only aware of his scholarly sidethrough
his writings; I had no conception of the type of personality which
I was to encounter. Donald Stone, editor of the libertarian newsletter Pegasus and friend of The New Banner, who accompanied me and assisted
in the interview, had only briefly met Murray Rothbard on one occasion
a year before. We were both quite pleased, therefore, to discover that his
esteemed reputation as a scholar was matched by his joviality and candor
as a host and conversationalist. The New Banner is confident that with this
interview, it has made available to its readers an up-to-date view of the
libertarian struggle by the man who stands today as perhaps the foremost
libertarian.
New Banner: In the no. 7 issue of the Ayn Rand Letter, Miss Rand admonishes her readers, Do not join ... libertarian hippies who subordinate
reason to whims and substitute anarchism for capitalism. Do you think
that this remark was directed at you and other advocates of free market
alternatives to government institutions, and do you think this remark is
in keeping with Miss Rands oft-stated principle of defining your terms?
Reprinted from The New Banner: A Fortnightly Libertarian Journal, 25 February 1972.
38
39
Rothbard: Well, its hard to say, because you notice there are very few specific facts in her discussion. There is one sentence covering libertarian
hippies. Who are they? Where are they?
The movement that Im in favor of is a movement of libertarians who
do not substitute whim for reason. Now some of them do, obviously, and
Im against that. Im in favor of reason over whim. As far as Im concerned,
and I think the rest of the movement, too, we are anarcho-capitalists. In
other words, we believe that capitalism is the fullest expression of anarchism, and anarchism is the fullest expression of capitalism. Not only are
they compatible, but you cant really have one without the other. True
anarchism will be capitalism, and true capitalism will be anarchism.
As for her remark being in keeping with the principle of defining ones
termswell, obviously not. I dont think she has ever defined the term
anarchism, as a matter of fact.
New Banner: Do you see a possible future for libertarian retreatism or do
you see it as a blow against an effective political development of the movement?
Rothbard: I dont think its a blow, because there are not going to be many
retreatists. How many people are going to retreat to their own island or
their own atoll! Obviously, half a dozen people go out there, if they do, and
it might be fine for them. I wish them well, but personally I wouldnt do
it. Im not going to go off to some damn island or some damn atoll! Ha. I
think that most libertarians or most Americans wont do it either.
This might be a personal out for these individual people, but it is
hardly a solution for the country. Its not a solution for me or for anybody
else that I know of. And so I just think that they are interesting to read
about, but theyre irrelevantto use a much clichd termto the current
concerns of myself or the rest of the public.
Even if it were feasibleeven if the government didnt crack down on
it as a hazard to navigation or whatever, which it undoubtedly would,
even if they could get it off the ground, who is going to go there?
Some of the retreatists, by the way, are philosophically very bad. You
might know of this fellow Tom Marshall who is the big retreatist and
nomad leader. He has this view that in order to be free you have to be a
nomad. In other words, any ties to a place or a career injures your freedom.
I think this is an evil philosophical errorwhich all too many people have.
40
The Rothbard Reader
New Banner: The American people seem on the whole to be passively if

not actively supporting Phase II [of Nixons price controls].1 Conservatives
are more concerned with law and order than with economic freedom; liberals are calling for more restrictions after this recent taste of controls.
The rest the country apparently will resign itself to any situation after so
many years of Orwellian double-talk. Where does this leave the libertarian? Alone for the next generation?
Rothbard: Well, not necessarily, because I think whats happened is that
a vacuum of leadership has developed in the country about Phase I and
Phase II. In other words, libertarians have been the only people who have
been against Phase I and II from the beginning and on principle. Some
of the labor union leaders are against it because they didnt get enough
share of the pie. They obviously were not against it on principle. Libertarians were the only ones from the very beginning to establish this record
and to go out to the public and attack it. I know that Ive spent an enormous amount of time attacking it, debating Herb Stein and so forth. But I
think its useful also strategically, because Phase II is going to fall apart. Its
already beginning to crack-up. As it cracks-up libertarians will be the only
ones who have established a record of opposition to it. I think in a sense
we can fill the vacuum. This might be a very good thing for the libertarian
movement. As the thing falls apart people will begin to turn to us for leadership. Well, here are these guys whove been prophetic. When everybody
else was going along with it they realized it wasnt going to work.
New Banner: Some libertarians have recommended anti-voting activities
during the 1972 election. Do you agree with this tactic?
Rothbard: Im interested to talk about that. This is the classical anarchist
position, there is no doubt about that. The classical anarchist position is
that nobody should vote, because if you vote you are participating in a
state apparatus. Or if you do vote you should write in your own name, I
dont think that there is anything wrong with this tactic in the sense that if
there really were a nationwide movementif five million people, lets say,
pledged not to vote, I think it would be very useful. On the other hand, I
1
Editors note: Rothbard is referring to the phases of the Economic Stabilization Act of
1970, which, among other things, imposed wage and price controls on the US economy
from 1971 to April 1974.
41
dont think voting is a real problem. I dont think its immoral to vote, in
contrast to the anti-voting people.
Lysander Spooner, the patron saint of individualist anarchism, had a
very effective attack on this idea. The thing is, if you really believe that by
voting you are giving your sanction to the state, then you see you are really
adopting the democratic theorists position. You would be adopting the
position of the democratic enemy, so to speak, who says that the state is
really voluntary because the masses are supporting it by participating in
elections. In other words, youre really the other side of the coin of supporting the policy of democracythat the public is really behind it and
that it is all voluntary. And so the anti-voting people are really saying the
same thing.
I dont think this is true, because as Spooner said, people are being
placed in a coercive position. They are surrounded by a coercive system;
they are surrounded by the state. The state, however, allows you a limited
choicetheres no question about the fact that the choice is limited. Since
you are in this coercive situation, there is no reason why you shouldnt try
to make use of it if you think it will make a difference to your liberty or
possessions. So by voting you cant say that this is a moral choice, a fully
voluntary choice, on the part of the public. Its not a fully voluntary situation. Its a situation where you are surrounded by the whole state which
you cant vote out of existence. For example, we cant vote the Presidency
out of existenceunfortunately, it would be great if we couldbut since
we cant why not make use of the vote if there is a difference at all between
the two people. And it is almost inevitable that there will be a difference,
incidentally, because just praxeologically or in a natural law sense, every
two persons or every two groups of people will be slightly different, at
least. So in that case why not make use of it. I dont see that its immoral to
participate in the election provided that you go into it with your eyes open
provided that you dont think that either Nixon or Muskie is the greatest
libertarian since Richard Cobden!which many people, of course, talk
themselves into before they go out and vote.
The second part of my answer is that I dont think that voting is really
the question. I really dont care about whether people vote or not. To me
the important thing is, who do you support. Who do you hope will win
the election? You can be a non-voter and say I dont want to sanction the
state and not vote, but on election night who do you hope the rest of the
voters, the rest of the suckers out there who are voting, who do you hope
theyll elect. And its important, because I think that there is a difference.
42
The Rothbard Reader
The Presidency, unfortunately, is of extreme importance. It will be running or directing our lives greatly for four years. So, I see no reason why
we shouldnt endorse, or support, or attack one candidate more than the
other candidate. I really dont agree at all with the non-voting position in
that sense, because the non-voter is not only saying we shouldnt vote: he
is also saying that we shouldnt endorse anybody. Will Robert LeFevre, one
of the spokesmen of the non-voting approach, will he deep in his heart on
election night have any kind of preference at all as the votes come in. Will
he cheer slightly or groan more as whoever wins? I dont see how anybody
could fail to have a preference, because it will affect all of us.
New Banner: What other activities would you consider appropriate for
libertarians during the election?
Rothbard: Well, as I tried to indicatesupporting candidates. I think
there will be two main groups of libertarians this year. One group will be
the non-voting group. The other group will be the Dump Nixon group of
which I am an enthusiastic member. I almost take the positionanybody
but Nixon. Dump him! Punish him! Smash him! Retire him to the private
life which he so richly deserves. Get him out! I think there are all sorts of
reasons why, if you want to pursue it, why Nixon should be dumped.
I do not support Ashbrook, but I think it is a very interesting development, because there is a possibility that the extremists in the conservative camp are hoping that Ashbrook will run on a fifth party ticket in
the general election, which is the important thing. Because, if he runs in
Ohio, California, etc., he can break Nixon by just getting 10 percent of the
conservative vote. That is, if he has the guts to run in a general election.
New Banner: At the outset, your newsletter, Libertarian Forum, was coedited by Karl Hess. He has since departed. What ideological differences
led to this split?
Rothbard: First of all, he wasnt the editor, he was the Washington editor,
which meant that he wrote a column. He did not have anything to do with
the editorial policy of the paper. The concrete split came when I made a
very tangential attack on the Black Panthers. He got very upset about this.
He thought, one, it was a terrible thing to attack the Panthers, and two,
since his name was on the masthead, the Panthers might think he was
a part of the party which was attacking them. He felt at that time that it
was very important to work with the Panthers. I consider the Panthers a
bunch of hooligans and I dont see any reason for supporting themeither
43
in regard to whatever criminal activities they participate in or their free

breakfast program. You know the Salvation Army has been giving away
breakfast for many years, and I dont see anything particularly revolutionary in that. At any rate, at that time he was very committed to the Panthers
and that was really the split.
But more deep than that is the fact that Karl after having been an anarcho-capitalist for some time shifted over to become an anarcho-communist or anarcho-syndicalist. I dont really see any basis for collaboration
between the two groups, because even if we are both against the existing
state, they would very quickly come up with another state. I dont think
you can be an anarcho-communist or an anarcho-syndicalist. You know
if the commune runs everything, and decides for everything, whether it
is a neighborhood commune or a mass country communeit really does
not matter in this case, somebodys got to make the communal decision.
You cant tell me that youll have participatory democracy and that everybody is going to equally participate. There is obviously going to be a small
group, the officiating board or the statistical administrative board or whatever they want to call it, whatever its going to be, its going to be the same
damn group making decisions for everybody. In other words, its going to
be a coercive decision for the collective property. It will be another state
again, as far as I can see. So I really cant see any basis for collaboration.
That is really part of a broader analysis of the communist versus the individualist position.
You see, I was one of the people who originated the idea of an alliance
with the New Left. But I didnt think of it in these terms. I didnt think
of an alliance with the New Left as living in communes with the Black
Panthers. I thought of it as participating with the New Left in anti-draft
actions or in opposition to the war. I conceived of a political rather than
an ideological alliance. While we are both against the draft, lets have joint
rallies to attack it, or something like that. This is a completely different sort
of thing.
This incidentally has been a problem with libertarians for a long time.
Both in the old days when they were always allied with the right-wing and
now when they tend to be allied with the left. You start allying yourself
with a group and pretty soon you find yourself as one of the group. In
other words, the alliance slips away. Start with the idea that we are going to
work with either conservatives or radicals for specific goals and somehow
they start spending all their time with these people and they wind up as
either conservatives or radicals. The libertarian goal drops away and the
44
The Rothbard Reader
means become the ends. This is a very difficult problem because you dont
want to be sectarian and have nothing to do with anybody. Then youre
never going to succeed at all. I think that one of the answers to it is to have
a libertarian group which is strong enough to keep reinforcing the libertarianism of our members.
New Banner: David Nolan is forming a Libertarian Party. Its membership
has indicated an interest in nominating you for its Presidential candidate
in 1972. What is your response to this overture?
Rothbard: Ha, ha, ha (prolonged laughter). I really dont think, as lovable
as third parties are, that a libertarian party at this stage of our development is anything but foolhardy. There are just not that many libertarians
yet. Theres no finances, theres no people, theres nothing. Maybe eventually we will have a libertarian political party.
New Banner: What would be the purpose of a libertarian party?
Rothbard: I think if there were a libertarian partyand I dont want to
make it seem as if this is a realistic thing at this timeif there ever were
a strong libertarian party it could do several things. Tactically, we could
have a balance of power. Even better as an educational weapon. If we had
ten guys in Congress, lets say, each of whom are constantly agitating for
libertarian purposesvoting against the budget, etc., I think it would be
very useful.
Also, we have a long-range problem which none of us has ever really
grappled with to any extent. That is, how do we finally establish a libertarian society? Obviously ideas are a key thing. First off you have to persuade a lot of people to be anarchistsanarcho-capitalists. But then what?
What is the next step? You certainly dont have to convince the majority of
the public, because most of the public will follow anything that happens.
You obviously have to have a large minority. How do we then implement
this? This is the power problem. As Ive expressed this in other places, the
government is not going to resign. We are not going to have a situation
where Nixon reads Human Action, Atlas Shrugged, or Man, Economy and
State and says By God, theyre right. Im quitting! Im not denying the
philosophical possibility that this might happen, but strategically its very
low on the probability scale. As the Marxists put it, no ruling class has
ever voluntarily surrendered its power. There has to be an effort to deal
with the problem of how to get these guys off our backs. So, if you really
have a dedicated group in Congress or the Senate, you can start voting
45
measures down or whatever. But I dont think this is the only way. I think
maybe there will be civil disobedience where the public will start not paying taxes or something like that. If you look at it, there are several possible
alternatives in dismantling the state. There is violent revolution, there is
non-violent civil disobedience and there is the political action method. I
dont know which of these will be successful. Its really a tactical question
which you cant really predict in advance, it seems to me that it would be
foolhardy to give up any particular arm of this.
Its incumbent upon people to come up with some sort of strategic
perspective to dismantle the state. For example, Bob LeFevre somehow
works it out that its almost impossible to get rid of the statefrom his
own point of view. He is against violent revolutionokay, now that is a
very respectable position; hes also against voting; hes against political
partiesit becomes very difficult to really see how one can get to the state
at all with this kind of procedure. I dont see why we should give up something like political parties. It might be a route eventually to dismantling
the state or helping to dismantle it.
New Banner: In the February, 1971, Libertarian Forum you stated that the
movement was taking off. In the perspective of the last year would you
change your opinion?
Rothbard: No, I think its taking off. Its growing very rapidly, and its getting a lot of publicity which is important. The recent New York Conference
was very successful in many ways. We are still in pretty good shape. I dont
know where to go from here, particularly. Id like to see more strategic
thinking on the part of the movement as to what to do next. For instance,
should there be any organizational effort, if so, what? This sort of thing.
New Banner: Do you see any wisdom in anarcho-capitalists allying with
todays New Left?
Rothbard: There is no New Left now. The New Left is really finished
there isnt any such animal anymore. One of the reasons that I liked the
New Left in the old days, in the middle-60s, was that there were a lot of
libertarian elements in the New Left. Not only was there opposition to the
war and the draft, but also opposition to bureaucracy, central government,
and so forth. But all that seems to have dropped out. There is really nothing going on in the New Left now at all.
46
The Rothbard Reader
New Banner: Why do you think the New Left has never strongly supported
the anti-draft movement? They seemed to have been more anti-war, but
not concerned with anti-draft.
Rothbard: They were against the draft, but as you say, they didnt really
have their heart in it. They really werent against the draft. They are in
favor of the Peoples Republic draft, when the Peoples Republic gets established. I remember when Castro first got in power in 1959. A lot of the
more sincere Castro followers said that one of the great things about Castro was that he had abolished the draft. Of course, he had, but a couple
years later it was back. So you see, theyre against a draft by a reactionary
government, but not by a peoples government. Ha, ha.
New Banner: Do you agree with the proposal that libertarians overlook
their philosophical differences in order to provide a unified front?
Rothbard: I dont think that question can really be answered flatly. I dont
agree with the sectarian idea that you have to agree on everything before
you can act on anything. In other words, that you have to agree on A is A,
free will, modern art, or whatever. I dont buy that, I think its unrealistic.
On the other hand, simply saying that you will unite on anything if you
agree on Smash the State, on a couple of slogans, is very dangerous, too.
It depends upon the goal of your action or activity. If you are engaging in
an ad hoc sort of thing like an anti-draft rally, then I dont see anything
wrong with having speakers or common activity with all anti-draft people
regardless of their original premises. If you are going to have a libertarian
organization carrying on all sorts of activities, conferences, journals, and
things like that, you will want to have much more full agreement.
Of course, in the libertarian movement you have a pretty wide spectrum, which I think however, fortunately is narrowing. I think we are getting a situation in which the extreme left and the extreme right, so-called,
are sort of mellowing into a central position, which gives us more basis for
cooperation. The rip off Amerika group is beginning to calm down, and
the Randians are beginning to get more wary about the Constitution, the
Founding Fathers, and American foreign policy. So, I think that there is
more agreement now than there was a year ago.
New Banner: In regard to the ongoing debate between you and the Friedmanites, David Friedman has made an accusation. He has accused you of
having not read what his father Milton Friedman has written, misquoting
or quoting out of context what you have read, and further has accused you
47
of being a mediocre economist who is jealous of all the attention accorded

Milton. Any comments?
Rothbard: Ha, ha, ha. As for misquoting, of course, you can always say that
nobody has fully read the works of other people.
I dont think Milton, for example, knows anything about the Austrian
school. Obviously, Milton is more of an expert on his own writings than
anyone else. As for being jealous of attention, thats like saying that I am
jealous of Keynes or Galbraith. Let me put it this way, I think that they are
getting over-deserved attention. It seems to me that Galbraith is getting a
lot more attention than he deserves, and I think the same is true of Milton.
But I think it is also very clear that you dont have to be an expert
on Friedmans writings to realize that Milton is in favor of the absolute
control of the money supply by the state, that he is in favor of a 3 or 4
percent increase in the money supply (the numbers keep changing all the
time) by the state every year, that he favors a negative income tax which is
essentially a guaranteed annual income by the state, and that he favors a
voucher plan which would leave the state solidly in control of the educational system. These things are quite blatant; there is no secret about it. I
think it is pretty clear that Friedman is a statist. I mean, if you are in favor
of the state having control of the money supply, control of the education
system, and a guaranteed annual income, thats it. There is not much more
that can be said. The fact that the Friedmanites are against price control
is all very well, and I hail that, but the fundamental aspects of the state
remain. The state still commands the highposts of the economy.
This is one of the problems with Friedmanitesthey have no political
theory of the nature of the state. They think of the state, and this is true
of Milton and the whole gang as far as I can see, as another social instrument. In other words, there is the market out here and then there is the
state, which is another friendly neighborhood organization. You decide
on which thing, which activity, should be private and which should be
state on the basis of an ad hoc, utilitarian kind of approach. Well, lets see,
well feed the thing through the computer. We find that the market usually wins out, that the market is usually better. So, most of the time they
come out in favor of the market on things like price control or government regulations, but they really think of the state as just another social
instrument. And so when they come out in favor of the state, they go all
out. In other words, there is no limitation. Well, they say, the state will do
this. The state will run the educational system or whatever the cop-out
48
The Rothbard Reader
happens to be. So, they feed the thing inwell have controls for a while
and then they will die outits not very important anyway. You see, they
really think they can put through Friedmanism, lets say, just by educating
Nixon. The sort of thing I said before jocularly, about Nixon reading Atlas
Shrugged and being converted. That is really the sort of theory of social
change the Friedmanites have. You see the President once in a while, you
talk to him and you convince him that there shouldnt be price controls,
the ICC should be eliminated, or whateverand then he goes ahead and
does it. But it just doesnt work that way. They have no realization that the
state is essentially a gang of thieves and looters. That they are exploiting
the public, that they have a whole bureaucratic apparatus of exploitation,
and that they are not just going to give it up. In other words, there is the
whole problem of power involved which the Friedmanites refuse to face.
They dont realize that the state is not a social instrument. Its an inimical
organization which is hostile to society, plundering it, which has to be
confined, whittled away, reduced and hopefully ultimately abolished. They
have no conception of that at all. They just think of it as another friendly,
corner grocer kind of thing which you either use or dont use.
New Banner: Federal Reserve Chairman Arthur Burns said recently that
he would expand the money supply at a rate that would insure a vigorous expansion of the US economy. At the same lime, the Price Commission will be permitting only limited price increases. What do you think the
net result of these policies will be?
Rothbard: The net result will be further inflation, with black markets and
with people losing out. Those people who havent got the political muscle
at the Price Commission or Pay Board wont get their increases, while
those who do have that muscle will get it.
All sorts of monstrous situations will occur. Decline in quality, for
example. We will find that there will be more air in the Baby Ruthyou
cant find the Baby Ruth anymore anyway. There will be less chocolate in
the chocolate. There is no way the state can police this, of course. And its
very harmful to the public.
And the real root of inflation, which is the money supply, well, the tap
is being turned on. Its unfortunate, but a lot of people including conservatives and libertarians even, have been great fans of Arthur F. Burns. Ive
never been able to see that. Hes always been an inflationist, a statist, and
a pragmatist.
49
New Banner: Nixon is supposed to push for a value-added tax (VAT), a

move which he will probably reveal soon. What might be the results of
such a tax?
Rothbard: Well, its a national sales tax. It is one thing that has not been
tapped yet. I think Chodorov said that the principle of taxation that the
government always uses is the same principle as the highwayman: Grab
them where they areif it moves, tax it! If you can find something that
hasnt been taxed yet, well, tax it. VAT is a new gimmick which hasnt been
imposed yet in the United States.
Income tax is obviously reaching a critical limit. It would be difficult
for them to increase that. The property tax is fortunately going by the
board. And with the whole education questionwell, they need a new tax
to finance it. Its a sales tax, so it will tax the poor more than the wealthy.
Also, its a hidden tax, so the public wouldnt realize it. Its a value added
tax which is paid by each manufacturer as they go down the list.
It also injures turnovers. If a product is made eight times, if it turns
over eight times before it gets to the consumer, it is going to be taxed twice
as much as if it turns over four times. This will restrict what the Austrians
call the longer process of production which will injure capital investment a great deal. Incidentally, only the Austrians have dealt with this
whole question of the period of production. It will also bring about vertical integrationmergerswhich the government claims are monopolistic. If the thing turns over it means that you pay an extra tax, but if the two
firms merge they wont have to pay any tax on that phase of it. So, it will
encourage mergers.
New Banner: In the light of your past record of accurate predictions, what
will be the nature of Phase III?
Rothbard: I dont claim to be a great predictor or forecaster. It is in the
nature, incidentally, of Austrian economic theory that the economist cant
really forecast perfectly at all. Im not sure about Phase III. A lot depends
upon whether Nixon gets reelected or not. As in all cases of government
intervention you are presented with two alternatives as the sun sinks in the
westas Phase II begins to crack up as it already is.
Already the Pay Board has granted increases to some groups and
shut off increases to other groups. So, as this thing becomes increasingly
unworkable, then the government will be faced with the questioneither
we scrap the thing altogether and go back to the free market or we tighten
50
The Rothbard Reader
the controls, get people who really believe in it, get Galbraith instead of
Stein, and we have a rigorous program. It could go either way. Who knows
how Nixon is going to go? You cant tell from one day to the next what
Nixon is going to do anyway. The summer of last year, Nixon would have
been equally likely a priori to either drop a bomb on China or else form
an agreement with it. There is no way of predicting which path he is going
to take.
You have the curious situation now where the economists in charge of
the Phase II program almost exclusively are against it. They all say, Well
of course were against control and are in favor of the free market, but we
have to do this anyway. In this kind of self-contradictory situation, who
knows what theyre going to do?
New Banner: In February, 1971, Senator Mark Hatfield made some interesting but vague comments in praise of your book Power and Market. Have
you had any contact with the senator concerning his ostensible sympathy
with libertarianism?
Rothbard: Ive only met the senator personally oncein the summer of
1969. At that time he was very friendly toward libertarianism and said
he had committed himself to the cause of libertarianism. Now, Ive had a
couple of contacts with him since then by mail. But, obviously his voting
record is not particularly libertarian. Its very good on foreign policy and
the draft, but its not too great on other things.
What the reason for this is I really dont know. However, he has been
very good in introducing legislation for tax credits and for the right to own
gold. I really dont have that much contact with the Hatfield staff. In the
abstract, at least, he is very favorable to libertarianism.
He seems to understand it. I also understand that one member of the
Hatfield staff is an anarchist who was converted by the Tannehill book
this is the rumor I get.
New Banner: I understand that you have written two other major manuscripts that have yet to be published; The Ethics of Liberty and The Betrayal
of the American Right.
Rothbard: The Betrayal of the American Right is not really a major manuscript. It is a pleasant enough thing. Its fairly short. Its sort of a combination personal and general history of the right-wing from Mencken and
Nock in the Twenties and going into the World War II period and then up
51
to the present. Thats not going to be published so far, because Ramparts

Press, which was originally supposed to publish it, didnt like it, and it has
now been turned into a reader. Right now the idea is that they are going to
come out with a reader of Old Right stuff like Mencken and Nock, and Ill
be picking the readings and doing the introduction. So, as for that manuscript, after the reader comes out, I guess Ill look around for a publisher
for the original Betrayal of the American Right.
The ethics book has only been partially finished, so thats the problem
with that.
Right now Im working on a libertarianism book for Macmillan. The
tentative title is For a New Liberty. It will be sort of a general book. It is
a rather difficult book to write, because I cant be as scholarly as Id like
to be, and yet on the other hand I cant be too mass oriented. So, I have
to pick my spots. Ive started off with a description of the movement discussing who is in it, the spectrum in it, and then I go into the philosophy
of the movementthe central core of libertarian philosophy. Then I go
on to the applications of that philosophy. I just finished the chapter on
education and next Ill go on to welfare. After I finish that Ill start working on the ethics book, which is really my favorite. So far I have written in
Power and Market, etc., on the value free, praxeological aspects of liberty and I have not really tackled the ethical position in print. One thing
which I find exciting in it is that Im going to try to deduce the ethics like I
do the economics from a Robinson Crusoe and Friday situationa Crusoe political philosophy. Ill show what happens when Crusoe and Friday
engage in voluntary trade and exchange as opposed to coercion and then
bring in the whole coercion versus liberty issue. Then work from there
on up.
I also have another manuscript which is a very long-term thingthat
being a history of the United States. In that I have written up to the Constitution. It will be a history of the United States from a libertarian point
of view. It is very difficult to write that, because the thing is we dont know
what has happeneda lot of the facts have been buried. Orthodox histories dont give many facts; a lot of facts are just left out.
New Banner: Is it intended to be a textbook?
Rothbard: No, not really. Its just a libertarian history of the United States.
It could be used as a textbook, I hope. You know, Man, Economy, and State
was originally supposed to be a textbook and wound up as a giant treatise.
I think this might be the same thing.
52
The Rothbard Reader
New Banner: Dr. Rothbard, on behalf of our readers and our staff, I would
like to thank you for this most informative interview.
Rothbard: You are quite welcome.
Section II
Foundations of Social Science
and the Free Society
CHAPTER
The Discipline of Liberty
robably the most common question that has been hurled at mein
some exasperationover the years is: Why dont you stick to economics? For different reasons, this question has been thrown at me
by fellow economists and by political thinkers and activists of many different persuasions: Conservatives, Liberals, and Libertarians who have disagreed with me over political doctrine and are annoyed that an economist
should venture outside of his discipline.
Among economists, such a question is a sad reflection of the hyperspecialization among intellectuals of the present age. I think it manifestly
true that very few of even the most dedicated economic technicians began
their interest in economics because they were fascinated by cost curves,
indifference classes, and the rest of the paraphernalia of modern economic
theory. Almost to a man, they became interested in economics because
they were interested in social and political problems and because they
realized that the really hard political problems cannot be solved without
an understanding of economics. After all, if they were really interested
mainly in equations and tangencies on graphs, they would have become
professional mathematicians and not have devoted their energies to an
economic theory that is, at best, a third-rate application of mathematics. Unfortunately, what usually happens to these people is that as they
Excerpt from Introduction to Egalitarianism as a Revolt Against Nature, 1974.
55
56
The Rothbard Reader
learn the often imposing structure and apparatus of economic theory, they
become so fascinated by the minutiae of technique that they lose sight of
the political and social problems that sparked their interest in the first
place. This fascination is also reinforced by the economic structure of the
economics profession (and all other academic professions) itself: namely,
that prestige, rewards, and brownie points are garnered not by pondering
the larger problems but by sticking to ones narrow last and becoming a
leading expert on a picayune technical problem.
Among some economists, this syndrome has been carried so far that
they scorn any attention to politico-economic problems as a demeaning
and unclean impurity, even when such attention is given by economists
who have made their mark in the world of specialized technique. And
even among those economists who do deal with political problems, any
consideration devoted to such larger extra-economic matters as property
rights, the nature of government, or the importance of justice is scorned
as hopelessly metaphysical and beyond the pale.
It is no accident, however, that the economists of this century of the
broadest vision and the keenest insight, men such as Ludwig von Mises,
Frank H. Knight, and F.A. Hayek, came early to the conclusion that mastery of pure economic theory was not enough, and that it was vital to
explore related and fundamental problems of philosophy, political theory,
and history. In particular, they realized that it was possible and crucially
important to construct a broader systematic theory encompassing human
action as a whole, in which economics could take its place as a consistent
but subsidiary part.
In my own particular case, the major focus of my interest and my writings over the last three decades has been a part of this broader approach
libertarianismthe discipline of liberty. For I have come to believe that
libertarianism is indeed a discipline, a science, if you will, of its own,
even though it has been only barely developed over the generations. Libertarianism is a new and emerging discipline which touches closely on many
other areas of the study of human action: economics, philosophy, political theory, history, evenand not leastbiology. For all of these provide
in varying ways the groundwork, the elaboration, and the application of
libertarianism. Some day, perhaps, liberty and libertarian studies will be
recognized as an independent, though related, part of the academic curriculum.
CHAPTER
Value Implications of
Economic Theory
conomics, as a science, attempts and claims to be purely value-free;

that is, separate from the personal, valuational, or political proclivities of the economist. And yet economics and economists are continually making political pronouncements; economics per se is shot through
with value-loaded assumptions, usually implicit, which then emerge as
political conclusions and recommendations. It is my contention that this
procedure is illegitimate and unscientific, and that it is incumbent on
economic theory to purge itself of all vestiges of the unsupported value
judgment. As a science, economics can and should stand apart from such
value judgments. But since all political policy recommendations necessarily involve value judgments, does this mean that the economist must never
make any policy recommendations or indeed, never use any terminology
that is value-loaded? Not necessarily.
There are only two possible kinds of philosophical status for value judgments. Either they are all necessarily purely subjective and personal whims
on the part of the valuer, in which case for the economist to remain a scientist he must indeed refrain from all policy recommendations whatever. Or
these judgments may well be part of a general ethical system which is rationally and objectively demonstrable; in that case, it is perfectly legitimate
Reprinted from The American Economist (Spring, 1973): 3539; reprinted in Economic
Controversies (Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, 2011), chap. 12.
57
58
The Rothbard Reader
for the economist when he applies his scientific theory to public policy to
use this ethical system to arrive at economic policy recommendations. Let
us take an example from medicine. A purely scientific, value-free medical procedure enables a physician to say that Treatment X will cure disease
Y. As an applied scientist, the physician can then take this knowledge and
combine it with the ethical judgment that cure of the disease is good and
indeed is the goal of his treatment, and then conclude with the policy
conclusion that he should apply Treatment X. In this case both the patient
and the physician are proceeding, implicitly or explicitly, on the basis of a
deeply shared ethical system; their value judgments are neither personal
nor arbitrary, but stem from a shared ethical system which pronounces
health and life as great goods for man and death and disease as corresponding evils.1
The point is that in medicine all parties proceed from the basis of a
deeply shared ethical system. In the case of economics, this is scarcely
true; here there are many competing and clashing values and value-systems held in society. Hence, the applied economist is in a more difficult
situation. If an economist does not have an ethical system, but only subjective and arbitrary values, then it is incumbent upon him as a scientist
ruthlessly to keep them out of his work. In short, the economist who lacks
an ethical system must refrain from any and all value-loaded or political
conclusions. (This statement, of course, is itself a value judgment stemming from an ethical system which holds that science must confine itself
strictly to the search for, and the exposition of, truth.) But suppose on the
other hand that an economist also holds an ethical system. What then?
It must be emphasized that if ethics is a rational and demonstrable discipline, it is self-subsistent, that is, its principles are arrived at apart from
economics or any other particular science except itself. As in the case of
medicine, the applied economist would then have to take this ethical system and add it to his economic knowledge to arrive at policy conclusions
and recommendations. But in that case it is incumbent upon the applied
economist to state his ethical system fully and with supporting argument;
whatever he does, he must not slip value judgments, ad hoc, unanalyzed,
and unsupported, into the body of his economic theory or into his policy
1In some cases, of course, Treatment X may lead to other effects that both patient and phy-
sician may consider harmful; again both share a judgment stemming from a shared ethic
about the evils of injury to the human organism. Both parties will then have to judge the
treatment by weighing these contrasting effects.
Foundations of Social Science and the Free Society
59
conclusions. And yet this is precisely what the bulk of economists have
been doing. They, and economic theory along with them, habitually make a
host of value judgments which are smuggled into their analyzes, and which
then permit them to make policy recommendations, implicit or explicit,
without presenting or defending a coherent ethical system. Because they
cannot, like physicians, work from a universally shared ethical system, it is
incumbent upon economists to present a coherent and supported ethical
system or forever hold their valuational and political peace.
There is no room here to cover more than a few of the outstanding
examples of the smuggling of unsupported value judgments into economic analysis. In the first place, there is the familiar case of the Pareto
Optimum. If A and B trade two goods or services, they each do so because
they will be, or rather expect to be, better off as a result of the trade. Surely
it is legitimate then to say that A and B are both better off, and therefore that society is better off, since no one demonstrably loses by the
exchange. It is implicit, and even explicit from the use of the value-loaded
term optimal, that this exchange is therefore a good thing. I am sympathetic to the view that this exchange is a good thing, but I do not believe
that this can be concluded merely from the fact of exchange, as the Pareto
Optimum does. In the first place, there might well be one or more people
in existence who dislike and envy A or B, and who therefore experience
pain and psychic loss because the object of their envy has now improved
his lot. We cannot therefore conclude from the mere fact of an exchange
that everyone is better off, and we can therefore not simply leap to the
valuational idea of social utility. In order to pronounce this voluntary
exchange as good, we need another term to our syllogism: we must make
the ethical pronouncement that envy is evil, and should not be allowed
to cloud our approval of the exchange. But in that case we are back to the
need for a coherent ethical system. I believe, as an ethicist, that envy is
evil, but I see no willingness among economists to admit the need for,
much less set forth, any sort of coherent ethical position.
This brings me to the position of the bulk of free market economists,
such as the Chicago school, who favor the free market but claim to do so
not on ethical grounds, but purely on the grounds of efficiency. I maintain
that it is impermissible to advocate the free market without bolstering ones
economic analysis with an ethical framework. Indeed, in some cases it is
even impossible to set forth a coherent free-market approach without taking a frankly ethical position, and a position which goes beyond the almost
universally-held utilitarian viewpoint of economists. Let us ponder our
60
The Rothbard Reader
above-mentioned voluntary exchange between A and B. The free market

economist advocates a world where such exchanges are legitimate and not
interfered with. But any exchange implies an exchange of titles to private
property. If I buy a newspaper for fifteen cents, what has happened is that
I have ceded my ownership of the fifteen cents to the newsdealer, who in
turn has granted his ownership of the newspaper to me. But this means
that to advocate our right to make this exchange, means also to advocate
the propriety, and hence the justice, of the existing property titles in the
first place. To pronounce it good for myself and the newsdealer to have
the right to make the exchange, means also to pronounce it good and
just for each of us to own the fifteen cents and the newspaper to begin
with. Yet economists are not willing to make this extension, for to do so
would mean adopting a systematic concept of justice in property titles,
which would involve the adoption of a system of political ethics. Economists have generally regarded such ethical systems as beyond their province; but if so, it is illegitimate for them to advocate a free market at all.
Let us illustrate: suppose that in our presumed exchange between A
and B, A has sold to B a watch which he has stolen from a third party, C.
Here it becomes clear that it is illegitimate to cheer this voluntary exchange
from the sidelines. For since A had stolen the watch, it was not his legitimate property, and therefore he had no right to keep it or sell it; the watch
was not in his legitimate title to do with as he wished. But if this is true
in the case of the watch, then it would also be true in other less directly
flagrant cases of unjust property titles.
Furthermore, not only is it illegitimate for the economist to advocate a
free market without also adumbrating a theory of justice in property titles;
he cannot even define a free market without doing so. For even to define
and expound upon the free-market model, the economist is describing
a system in which property titles are being exchanged, and therefore he
must also define and expound upon how these titles are arrived at in the
first place; he must have a theory of original property and of how property
comes into being.
This problem of justice in property titles also exposes a fatal flaw in
the concept of the Unanimity Principle as a supposedly value-free guide
for the applied economist. Thus, Professor James Buchanan and others
have declared that it is legitimate and presumably value-free for the economist to advocate a public policy, provided that everyone can agree on
such a policy. Once again, and even more than in the case of the Pareto
Optimum, this position is scarcely self-evident when subjected to analysis.
61
For the implicit assumption of the Unanimity Principle is that all existing
property titles are just. The Unanimity Principle would mean, for example,
that it would be illegitimate to confiscate As watch even though he had
stolen it from C. But if we regard As property title as illegitimate, then
we must say that As watch should be confiscated and returned to C. Once
again, our ethical systems intrude ineluctably into the discussion.
The well-known Compensation Principle, adopted by most economists
as a supposedly value-free route for making political recommendations, is
in even worse straits than the pure Unanimity Principle. (A fortiori, the
weak version of the Compensation Principlethat compensation does
not actually have to be made but only be conceptually possibleseems to
me to have no rational foundation whatever.) For the Compensation Principle assumes also that it is conceptually possible to measure losses and
thereby to compensate the losers. But utility is a purely subjective and
unmeasurable concept, and being purely psychic, it cannot be measured,
either conceptually or in practice. If I buy the newspaper, all that can be
known is that my utility from the newspaper is greater than from the fifteen cents, and vice versa for the newsdealer. There is no way of measuring
these utility gains, for utility is not a quantity, but a rank order of subjective valuation.
Let us take, for example, the hypothetical proposition that the imposition of a tariff on zinc is good or socially useful because the gainers
can (and even do) take their gains from the tariff, recompense the losers,
and still have monetary gains left over. But suppose that I, as a convinced
adherent of free trade and opponent of tariffs, declare that my psychic loss
from the imposition of a zinc tariff is so great that no feasible monetary
compensation could compensate me for that disutility. No one can say to
me nay, and therefore the Compensation Principle falls to the ground.
Conversely, the same could be true for the idea that repeal of the tariff on
zinc could be advocated in some sort of value-free manner on compensation grounds. Once again, I might be such a dedicated protectionist that
I could not feasibly be compensated for my psychic loss stemming from
repeal of the tariff. The Compensation Principle falls in either case.
The relation between the Compensation Principle (as well as the related
Unanimity Principle) and theories of justice can be starkly demonstrated
from the example of slavery. During the debates in the British Parliament
in the early nineteenth century on abolition of slavery, the early adherents
of the Compensation Principle were maintaining that the masters must
be compensated for the loss of their investment in slaves. At that point,
62
The Rothbard Reader
Benjamin Person, a member of the Manchester school, declared that he

had thought it was the slaves who should have been compensated.2 Here
is the stark example of the need, in advocating public policy, of an ethical
system, of a concept of justice. Those of us who hold that slavery is unjust
would always oppose the idea of compensating the masters, and indeed
would think rather in terms of reparations of the masters compensating
the slaves for their years of oppression. But what is there here for the wertfrei economist to say?
A similar argument applies to the Coase-Demsetz analysis of property
rights and external cost. Coase-Demsetz declare that it doesnt matter
from the point of view of allocation of resources whether, for example, a
railroad is given the property right to pour smoke onto the land of neighboring farmers, or the farmers are given the property right to require compensation for invasion of their land by the railroad. The implication is that
the effect is only a matter of distribution of wealth. In the first place, of
course, the decision matters a great deal to the railroad and the farmers.
I contend that it is totally invalid to dismiss such distribution effects as
somehow unworthy of consideration by the economist, even though it is
clear that ethical considerations are directly relevant to any treatment of
such distribution. But apart from this, the Coase-Demsetz analysis is not
even correct for short-run allocational problems (setting aside its validity or invalidity for long-run allocation) if we realize that social costs are
psychic to the individual and therefore cannot be measured in monetary
terms. One or more of the farmers, for example, may love his land so
deeply that no feasible monetary compensation for the smoke loss could
be made by the railroad. As soon as we admit these psychic costs into the
picture, the Coase-Demsetz analysis becomes invalid even for the shortrun allocation of resources. This is apart from another consideration: that
in law, an invasion of property can be stopped completely by court injunction and not merely be compensated after the fact.
This brings us to the entire analysis of neighborhood effects in the
economic literature. It is simply assumed without adequate support, for
example, that external economies should be internalized. But why? What
is the ethical groundwork for this position? Let us take an example of an
external economy which no economist has suggested we internalize
not out of logical consistency but simply from empirical convenience.
2William
D. Grampp, The Manchester School of Economics (Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1960), p. 59.
63
Women, let us say, purchase and use cosmetics; this use has a great deal of
external spillover effects in conferring psychic benefits among a large part
of the population; and yet these males are free riders; they are not paying for the cosmetics. The neighborhood effect theorist, to be consistent,
must claim that too little cosmetics are being used; that men are free
riders on the female use of cosmetics and therefore should be taxed to
subsidize females in their use. There are, of course, many problems with
this doctrine, apart from those that we have already stated. The internalizing theorist must assume illegitimately that he can measure, even
conceptually, how much men are being benefited, and gauge the precise
amount of tax and subsidy. But apart from the conceptual impossibility of
doing this, there are other grave problems involved in all attempts to apply
such a principle for governmental action. One is that some men may dislike cosmetics intensely, and that they are therefore being penalized still
further by the subsidy program. And furthermore, the very use of government implies a whole host of questionable political value judgments: for
example, that government action per se involves neither psychic costs nor
ethical injustice.
But there is a flaw even more directly germane to the concept of internalizing external economies. For by what ethical standard is the production and use of cosmetics too low? Too low for whom, and by what ethical standards? The very concept of too low is a value judgment which
is by no means self-evident and arrives here unsupported by any sort of
ethical system.
Professor Demsetz goes on to advocate an allocation of property rights
in accordance with whichever allocation involves lower total social transaction costs, such as costs of enforcing the given property right.3 But once
again, there are two grave flaws in this position. One, since social costs
embody psychic costs or disutilities for each individual, it is impossible to
measure and hence to add them up interpersonally. But apart from this,
such a gauge for the allocation of property rights brusquely sets aside any
consideration of the justice of property titles. But this itself is an ethical
position unsupported by the economist. In the case of slavery, for example,
it might well be found that the monetary cost of enforcing slave titles is
lower than the monetary cost of each freed slave defending himself from
3Thus,
see Harold Demsetz, When Does the Rule of Liability Matter? Journal of Legal
Studies 1, no. 1 (1971): 2528; and Demsetz, Some Aspects of Property Rights, Journal of
Law and Economics (October 1966): 66.
64
The Rothbard Reader
reenslavement. For those of us who claim that slavery is unjust, such considerations would be piddling as compared to the dictates of justice. But
for an economist to try to decide such questions as the allocation of property rights by discarding considerations of justice must be totally unscientific and illegitimate.
There is only space here to touch very briefly on a few other examples
of the illegitimate use of implicit value assumptions in economics. One
example is the long-standing aim of the Chicago schoolat least until
Milton Friedmans recent essay on the Optimum Quantity of Money
to achieve a constant price level, either in the short or the long run. But
little has been written to justify this goal. The value of the goal is scarcely
self-evident, particularly when we consider the fact that a growing,
unhampered economy will lead to secularly falling prices and costs, with
the resulting higher living standards spread throughout the ranks of the
consumers. And if falling prices would be a consequence of an increased
demand for money, then again it is surely not self-evident that it is the
business of government deliberately to thwart the desire of the public for
a higher level of real cash balancesany more than it is the business of
government to thwart the desires of consumers for any other goods or
services.
Another example is the problem of rational pricing for governmental
services. Thus, in recent years, much valuable work has been done advocating market-clearing prices for such services as streets, roads, and subways;
for example, that pricing be graduated in accordance with peak hours and
the degree of congestion on the roads. All this makes a great deal of sense,
but one vital assumption is missing: that there is nothing wrong with the
fact that an increased amount of revenue will thereby accrue to the coffers of government. The implicit value assumption is that there is nothing wrong economically or ethically with an increased amount of social
resources being siphoned off to government. For those of us who do not
take such a sanguine ethical view of government, this consideration must
be an important factor in our policy conclusions.
In the area of government, indeed, there has been much discussion
of the difficulties of national product accounting, but little has been said
of the implicitand scarcely self-evidentvalue assumption at the heart
of the treatment of government. The blithe assumption that government
expenditure on its own salaries can in any way measure governments contribution to the national product encapsulates what some of us would consider a highly nave view of the functions and operations of government
65
indeed a view that places ones ethical imprimatur on every one of the
governments activities. In these days of military overkill, and of pyramidbuilding on a grand scale, there are not very many people who would still
automatically accept Lord Keyness famous dictum that building pyramids
is just as productive an expenditure as anything else. In fact, anyone who
believes that government expenditure contains at least 51 percent waste
surely not a very unreasonable assumption by anyones reckoningwould
construct national product accounts by subtracting government expenditures as a burden upon production and upon society, rather than adding it
as a productive contribution.
Finally, there is the generally held view that an economist can provide
technical advice to his client while remaining purely value-free. I submit,
on the contrary, that servicing a clients ends thereby commits the economist to the ethical value of the end itself. Often it is held that by simply
furnishing advice on the pursuit of goals or values held by the majority
of the public, the economist remains uncommitted to values. But surely
value-freedom means free of values, period; and the fact that the majority
of the public might have such values does not make commitment to them
any less value-laden. To take a deliberately dramatic example, let us suppose that an economist is hired by the Nazis to advise the government on
the most efficient way of setting up concentration camps. I submit that by
doing so, the economist has, willy-nilly, adopted a pursuit of better, that
is, more efficient, concentration camps as a goal. And he would be doing
so even if this goal were heartily endorsed by the great majority of the German public. To underscore this point, it should be clear that an economist
whose value system led him to oppose concentration camps might well
then give such advice to his clients as to make the concentration camps as
inefficient as possible, that is, to sabotage their operations. In short, whatever advice he gives to his clients, the economists value-commitment, for
or against the clients project, is inescapable. But if this is true for concentration camps, it is true also for the myriad of other and usually less
significant projects that his clients have in mind.
I would like to cite a passage on this question from the last essay of the
great Italian economist Luigi Einaudi. Einaudi wrote that the economic
advisors to government indispensable, extremely learned, extremely
informed, the experts, the only people who know the jargon, have become
... one of the seven plagues of Egypt, a disgrace to humanity. A plague,
Einaudi wrote, because of the typical economists view that I have performed my duty fully when I have decided whether the proposed means or
66
The Rothbard Reader
other alternatives are consistent with the end prosecuted by the politician.
Einaudi then commented:
No. The economist has failed in that case to perform the essential part of his task. ... The economist ... has not the right to be
neutral or to hide under an unreal distinction between means
and ends. He must declare himself for that end to which he is
closest; and must prove what he assumes.4
It is important to stress what this paper is not saying: I am not taking

the position, now fashionable in many quarters, that there is no such thing
as a value-free economics, that all economic analysis is inextricably shot
through with value assumptions. On the contrary, I believe that the main
body of economic analysis is scientific and value-free; what I am saying is
that any time that economists impinge on political or policy conclusions,
value-judgments have entered into their discussion. My conclusion, then,
is that economists must either make their value judgments explicit and
defend them with a coherent ethical system, or strictly refrain from entering, directly, or indirectly into the public policy realm.
4Luigi Einaudi, Politicians and Economists, Il Politico (Pavia) (June 1962): 258, 26263.
CHAPTER
Statistics:
Achilles Heel of Government
urs is truly an Age of Statistics. In a country and an era that worships statistical data as super scientific, as offering us the keys to
all knowledge, a vast supply of data of all shapes and sizes pours
forth upon us. Mostly, it pours forth from government. While private
agencies and trade associations do gather and issue some statistics, they
are limited to specific wants of specific industries. The vast bulk of statistics is gathered and disseminated by government. The overall statistics
of the economy, the popular gross national product data that permits
every economist to be a soothsayer of business conditions, come from
government. Furthermore, many statistics are by-products of other governmental activities: from the Internal Revenue bureau come tax data,
from unemployment insurance departments come estimates of the unemployed, from customs offices come data on foreign trade, from the Federal Reserve flow statistics on banking, and so on. And as new statistical
techniques are developed, new divisions of government departments are
created to refine and use them.
The burgeoning of government statistics offers several obvious evils
to the libertarian. In the first place, it is clear that too many resources are
Reprinted from Essays on Liberty (Irvington-on-Hudson, N.Y.: Foundation for Economic
Education, 1961), vol. 8; reprinted in The Logic of Action Two (Cheltenham, U.K.: Edward
Elgar, 1997), chap. 8; and Economic Controversies (Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, 2011),
chap. 22.
67
68
The Rothbard Reader
being channeled into statistics-gathering and statistics-production. Given

a wholly free market, the amount of labor, land, and capital resources
devoted to statistics would dwindle to a small fraction of the present
total. It has been estimated that the federal government alone spends over
$48,000,000 on statistics, and that statistical work employs the services of
over 10,000 full-time civilian employees of the government.1
THE HIDDEN COSTS OF COERCED REPORTING

Second, the great bulk of statistics is gathered by government coercion. This not only means that they are products of unwelcome activities;
it also means that the true cost of these statistics to the American public
is much greater than the mere amount of tax money spent by the government agencies. Private industry, and the private consumer, must bear the
burdensome costs of record keeping, filing, and the like, that these statistics demand. Not only that; these fixed costs impose a relatively great burden on small business firms, which are ill-equipped to handle the mountains of red tape. Hence, these seemingly innocent statistics cripple small
business enterprise and help to rigidify the American business system. A
Hoover Commission task force found, for example, that:
No one knows how much it costs American industry to
compile the statistics that the Government demands. The
chemical industry alone reports that each year it spends
$8,850,000 to supply statistical reports demanded by
three departments of the Government. The utility industry spends $32,000,000 a year in preparing reports for
Government agencies
All industrial users of peanuts must report their consumption to the Department of Agriculture. Upon the
intervention of the Task Force, the Department of Agriculture agreed that henceforth only those that consume
more than ten thousand pounds a year need report
1Cf. Neil Macneil and Harold W. Metz, The Hoover Report, 19531955 (New York: Macmil-
lan, 1956), pp. 9091; Commission on Organization of the Executive Branch of the Government, Task Force Report on Paperwork Management (Washington, DC: June 1955); and
idem, Report on Budgeting and Accounting (Washington, DC: February 1949).
69
If small alterations are made in two reports, the Task

Force says one industry alone can save $800,000 a year in
statistical reporting.
Many employees of private industry are occupied with
the collection of Government statistics. This is especially
burdensome to small businesses. A small hardware store
owner in Ohio estimated that 29 per cent of his time is
absorbed in filling out such reports. Not infrequently
people dealing with the Government have to keep several sets of books to fit the diverse and dissimilar requirements of Federal agencies.2
OTHER OBJECTIONS
But there are other important, and not so obvious, reasons for the libertarian to regard government statistics with dismay. Not only do statistics
gathering and producing go beyond the governmental function of defense
of persons and property; not only are economic resources wasted and misallocated, and the taxpayers, industry, small business, and the consumer
burdened. But, furthermore, statistics are, in a crucial sense, critical to all
interventionist and socialist activities of government. The individual consumer, in his daily rounds, has little need of statistics; through advertising,
through the information of friends, and through his own experience, he
finds out what is going on in the markets around him. The same is true of
the business firm. The businessman must also size up his particular market, determine the prices he has to pay for what he buys and charge for
what he sells, engage in cost accounting to estimate his costs, and so on.
But none of this activity is really dependent upon the omnium gatherum
of statistical facts about the economy ingested by the federal government.
The businessman, like the consumer, knows and learns about his particular market through his daily experience.
Bureaucrats as well as statist reformers, however, are in a completely
different state of affairs. They are decidedly outside the market. Therefore,
in order to get into the situation that they are trying to plan and reform,
they must obtain knowledge that is not personal, day-to-day experience;
2Macneil and Metz, The Hoover Report, pp. 9091.
70
The Rothbard Reader
the only form that such knowledge can take is statistics.3 Statistics are the
eyes and ears of the bureaucrat, the politician, the socialistic reformer.
Only by statistics can they know, or at least have any idea about, what is
going on in the economy.4 Only by statistics can they find out how many
old people have rickets, or how many young people have cavities, or how
many Eskimos have defective sealskinsand therefore only by statistics
can these interventionists discover who needs what throughout the
economy, and how much federal money should be channeled in what
directions. And certainly, only by statistics can the federal government
make even a fitful attempt to plan, regulate, control, or reform various
industriesor impose central planning and socialization on the entire
economic system. If the government received no railroad statistics, for
example, how in the world could it even start to regulate railroad rates,
finances, and other affairs? How could the government impose price controls if it didnt even know what goods have been sold on the market, and
what prices were prevailing? Statistics, to repeat, are the eyes and ears of
the interventionists: of the intellectual reformer, the politician, and the
government bureaucrat. Cut off those eyes and ears, destroy those crucial
guidelines to knowledge, and the whole threat of government intervention
is almost completely eliminated.5
3On
the deficiencies of statistics as compared to the personal knowledge of all participants utilized on the free market, see the illuminating discussion in F.A. Hayek, Individualism and the Economic Order (Chicago: University Press, 1948), chap. 4. Also see Geoffrey
Dobbs, On Planning the Earth (Liverpool: K.R.P. Pubs., 1951), pp. 7786.
4As early as 1863, Samuel B. Ruggles, American Delegate to the International Statistical
Congress in Berlin, declared: Statistics are the very eyes of the statesmen, enabling him
to survey and scan with clear and comprehensive vision the whole structure and economy
of the body politic. For more on the interrelation of statisticsand statisticiansand the
government, see Murray N. Rothbard, The Politics of Political Economists: Comment,
Quarterly Journal of Economics (November 1960): 65965. Also see Dobbs, On Planning
the Earth.
5 Macneil and Metz, Reports on Budgeting and Accounting, pp. 9192:
Government policy depends upon much detailed knowledge about

the Nations employment, production, and purchasing power. The formulation of legislation and administrative progress. Supervision
regulation and control must be guided by knowledge of a wide
range of relevant facts. Today as never before, statistical data play a
major role in the supervision of Government activities. Administrators
not only make plans in the light of known facts in their field of interest, but also they must have reports on the actual progress achieved in
accomplishing their goals.
71
WITHOUT STATISTICS BUREAUCRACY WOULD WITHER AWAY

It is true, of course, that even deprived of all statistical knowledge of
the nations affairs, the government could still try to intervene, to tax and
subsidize, to regulate and control. It could try to subsidize the aged even
without having the slightest idea of how many aged there are and where
they are located; it could try to regulate an industry without even knowing
how many firms there are or any other basic facts of the industry; it could
try to regulate the business cycle without even knowing whether prices or
business activity are going up or down. It could try, but it would not get
very far. The utter chaos would be too patent and too evident even for the
bureaucracy, and certainly for the citizens. And this is especially true since
one of the major reasons put forth for government intervention is that it
corrects the market, and makes the market and the economy more rational. Obviously, if the government were deprived of all knowledge whatever of economic affairs, there could not even be a pretense of rationality
in government intervention. Surely, the absence of statistics would absolutely and immediately wreck any attempt at socialistic planning. It is difficult to see what, for example, the central planners at the Kremlin could
do to plan the lives of Soviet citizens if the planners were deprived of all
information, of all statistical data, about these citizens. The government
would not even know to whom to give orders, much less how to try to plan
an intricate economy.
Thus, in all the host of measures that have been proposed over the
years to check and limit government or to repeal its interventions, the simple and unspectacular abolition of government statistics would probably
be the most thorough and most effective. Statistics, so vital to statism, its
namesake, is also the States Achilles heel.
CHAPTER
Ludwig von Mises and the

Paradigm for Our Age
nquestionably the most significant and challenging development

in the historiography of science in the last decade is the theory of
Thomas S. Kuhn. Without defending Kuhns questionable subjectivist and relativistic philosophy, his contribution is a brilliant sociological
insight into the ways in which scientific theories change and develop.1
Essentially, Kuhns theory is a critical challenge to what might be
called the Whig theory of the history of science. This Whig theory,
which until Kuhn was the unchallenged orthodoxy in the field, sees the
progress of science as a gradual, continuous, ever-upward process; year by
year, decade by decade, century by century, the body of scientific knowledge gradually grows and accretes through the process of framing hypotheses, testing them empirically, and discarding the invalid and keeping the
valid theories. Every age stands on the shoulders of and sees further and
more clearly than every preceding age.
1Philosophically, Kuhn tends to deny the existence of objective truth and therefore denies
the possibility of genuine scientific progress. Thomas S. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific
Revolutions, 2nd ed. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1970).
Written on the occasion of Misess ninetieth birthday. Originally appeared in Modern Age
(Fall, 1971); reprinted in The Logic of Action One (Cheltenham, U.K.: Edward Elgar, 1997),
chap. 9; and Economic Controversies (Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, 2011), chap. 11, pp.
22539.
72
73
In the Whig approach, furthermore, there is no substantive knowledge

to be gained from reading, say, nineteenth-century physicists or seventeenth-century astronomers. We may be interested in reading Priestley or
Newton or Maxwell to see how creative minds work or solve problems,
or for insight into the history of the period; but we can never read them
to learn something about science which we didnt know already. After all,
their contributions are, almost by definition, incorporated into the latest
textbooks or treatises in their disciplines.
Many of us, in our daily experience, know enough to be unhappy with
this idealized version of the development of science. Without endorsing
the validity of Immanuel Velikovskys theory, for example, we have seen
Velikovsky brusquely and angrily dismissed by the scientific community without waiting for the patient testing of the open-minded scientist,
which we have been led to believe is the essence of scientific inquiry.2 And
we have seen Rachel Carsons critique of pesticides generally scorned by
scientists only to be adopted a decade later.
But it took Professor Kuhn to provide a comprehensive model of the
adoption and maintenance of scientific belief. Basically, he states that scientists, in any given area, come to adopt a fundamental vision or matrix
of an explanatory theory, a vision that Kuhn calls a paradigm. And
whatever the paradigm, whether it be the atomic theory or the phlogiston theory, once adopted the paradigm governs all the scientists in the
field without being any longer checked or questionedas the Whig model
would have it.
The fundamental paradigm, once established, is no longer tested or
questioned, and all further research soon becomes minor applications
of the paradigm, minor clearing up of loopholes or anomalies that still
remain in the basic vision. For years, decades, or longer, scientific research
becomes narrow, specialized, and always within the basic paradigmatic
framework.
But then, gradually, more and more anomalies pile up; puzzles can
no longer be solved by the paradigm. But the scientists do not give up the
paradigm; quite the contrary, increasingly desperate attempts are made to
modify the particulars of the basic theory so as to fit the unpleasant facts
and to preserve the framework provided by the paradigm.
2On the sociology of the reception of Velikovsky in the scientific community, see Alfred de
Grazia, The Scientific Reception System, in The Velikovsky Affair, Alfred de Grazia, ed.
(New Hyde Park, N.Y.: University Books, 1966), pp. 171231.
74
The Rothbard Reader
Only when anomalies pile up to such an extent that the paradigm itself
is brought into question do we have a crisis situation in science. And
even here, the paradigm is never simply discarded until it can be replaced
by a new, competing paradigm which appears to close the loopholes and
liquidate the anomalies.
When this occurs, there arrives a scientific revolution, a chaotic
period during which one paradigm is replaced by another, which never
occurs smoothly as the Whig theory would suggest. And even here, the
older scientists, mired in their intellectual vested interests, will often cling
to the obsolete paradigm, with the new theory only being adopted by the
younger and more flexible scientists. Thus, of the codiscoverers of oxygen in the late eighteenth century, Priestley and Lavoisier, Joseph Priestley nevertill the day he diedconceded that he had in fact discovered
oxygen; to the end he insisted that what he had discovered was merely
dephlogisticated air, thus remaining within the framework of the phlogiston theory.3
And so, armed with Kuhns own paradigm of the history of scientific
theories, which is now in the process of replacing the Whig framework,
we see a very different picture of the process of science. Instead of a slow
and gradual upward march into the light, testing and revising at each step
of the way, we see a series of revolutionary leaps, as paradigms displace
each other only after much time, travail, and resistance.
Furthermore, without adopting Kuhns own philosophical relativism,
it becomes clear that, since intellectual vested interests play a more dominant role than continual open-minded testing, it may well happen that a
successor paradigm is less correct than a predecessor. And if that is true,
then we must always be open to the possibility that, indeed, we often know
less about a given science now than we did decades or even centuries ago.
Because paradigms become discarded and are never looked at again,
the world may have forgotten scientific truth that was once known, as well
as added to its stock of knowledge. Reading older scientists now opens
up the distinct possibility that we may learn something that we havent
knownor have collectively forgottenabout the discipline. Professor de
Grazia states that much more is discovered and forgotten than is known,
3Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, pp. 5356.
75
and much that has been forgotten may be more correct than theories that
are now accepted as true.4
If the Kuhn thesis is correct about the physical sciences, where we
can obtain empirical and laboratory tests of hypotheses fairly easily, how
much more must it be true in philosophy and the social sciences, where no
such laboratory tests are possible!
For in the disciplines relating to human action, there are no clear and
evident laboratory tests available. The truths must be arrived at by the processes of introspection, common sense knowledge, and deductive reasoning; and such processes, while arriving at solid truths, are not as starkly
or compellingly evident as in the physical sciences.
Hence, it is all the more easy for philosophers or social scientists to
fall into tragically wrong and fallacious paradigms, and thus to lead themselves down the garden path for decades, and even centuries. For once the
sciences of human action adopt their fundamental paradigms, it becomes
much easier than in the physical sciences to ignore the existence of anomalies, and therefore easier to retain erroneous doctrines for a very long time.
There is a further well-known difficulty in philosophy and the social
sciences which makes systematic error still more likely: the infusion of
emotions, value judgments, and political ideologies into the scientific process. The angry treatment accorded to Jensen, Shockley, and the other theorists of inequalities of racial intelligence by their fellow scientists, is a case
in point. For underlying the bulk of the scientific reception of Jensen and
Shockley is the idea that even if their theories are true, they should not say
so, at least for a century, because of the unfortunate political consequences
that may be involved.
While this sort of stultifying of the quest for scientific truth has happened at times in the physical sciences, it is fortunately far less prevalent
there; and whatever the intellectual vested interests at stake, there was at
least no ideological and political buttressing for the phlogiston theory or
the valence theory in chemistry.
Until recent decades, philosophers and social scientists harbored a
healthy recognition of vast differences between their disciplines and the
natural sciences; in particular, the classics of philosophy, political theory,
and economics were read not just for antiquarian interest but for the truths
that might lie there. The student of philosophy read Aristotle, Aquinas, or
4De Grazia, The Scientific Reception System, p. 197.
76
The Rothbard Reader
Kant not as an antiquarian game but to learn about answers to philosophical questions. The student of political theory read Aristotle and Machiavelli in the same light. It was not assumed that, as in the physical sciences,
all the contributions of past thinkers have been successfully incorporated
into the latest edition of the currently popular textbook; and it was therefore not assumed that it was far more important to read the latest journal
article in the field than to read the classical philosophers.
In recent decades, however, the disciplines of human actionphilosophy and the social scienceshave been frantically attempting to ape the
methodology of the physical sciences. There have been many grave flaws in
this approach, which have increasingly divorced the social sciences from
reality: the vain substitute of statistics for laboratory experimentation; the
adoption of the positivistic hypothesis-testing model; and the unfortunate
conquest of all of the disciplineseven history, to some extentby mathematics, are cases in point.
But here the important point is that in the aping of the physical sciences, the social disciplines have become narrow specialties; as in the
physical sciences, no one reads the classics in the field or indeed is familiar
with the history of the discipline further back than this years journal articles. No one writes systematic treatises anymore; systematic presentations
are left for jejune textbooks, while the real scholars in the field spend
their energy on technical minutiae for the professional journals.
We have seen that even the physical sciences have their problems from
uncritical perpetuation of fundamental assumptions and paradigms; but
in the social sciences and philosophy this aping of the methods of physical science has been disastrous. For while the social sciences were slow to
change their fundamental assumptions in the past, they were eventually
able to do so by pure reasoning and criticism of the basic paradigm.
It took, for example, a long time for marginal utility economics to
replace classical economics in the late nineteenth century, but it was finally
done through such fundamental reasoning and questioning. But no systematic treatisewith one exception to be discussed belowhas been
written in economics, not a single one, since World War I.
And if there are to be no systematic treatises, there can be no questioning of the fundamental assumptions. Deprived of the laboratory testing
that furnishes the ultimate checks on the theories of physical science and
now also deprived of the systematic use of reason to challenge fundamental
assumptions, it is almost impossible to see how contemporary philosophy
77
and social science can ever change the fundamental paradigms in which
they have been gripped for most of this century.
Even if one were in total agreement with the fundamental drift of the
social sciences in this century, the absence of fundamental questioning
the reduction of every discipline to narrow niggling in the journals
would be cause for grave doubts about the soundness of the social sciences.
But if one believes, as the present author does, that the fundamental
paradigms of modern, twentieth-century philosophy and the social sciences have been grievously flawed and fallacious from the very beginning,
including the aping of the physical sciences, then one is justified in a call
for a radical and fundamental reconstruction of all these disciplines, and
the opening up of the current specialized bureaucracies in the social sciences to a total critique of their assumptions and procedures.
Of all the social sciences, economics has suffered the most from this
degenerative process. For economics is erroneously considered the most
scientific of the disciplines. Philosophers still read Plato or Kant for
insights into truth; political theorists still read Aristotle and Machiavelli
for the same reason. But no economist reads Adam Smith or James Mill
for the same purpose any longer.
History of economic thought, once required in most graduate departments, is now a rapidly dying discipline, reserved for antiquarians alone.
Graduate students are locked into the most recent journal articles, the
reading of economists published before the 1960s is considered a dilettantish waste of time, and any challenging of fundamental assumptions
behind current theories is severely discouraged.
If there is any mention of older economists at all, it is only in a few
perfunctory brush strokes to limn the precursors of the current Great Men
in the field. The result is not only that economics is locked into a tragically
wrong path, but also that the truths furnished by the great economists of
the past have been collectively forgotten by the profession, lost in a form
of Orwellian memory hole.
Of all the tragedies wrought by this collective amnesia in economics, the greatest loss to the world is the eclipse of the Austrian school.
Founded in the 1870s and 1880s, and still barely alive, the Austrian school
has had to suffer far more neglect than the other schools of economics for
a variety of powerful reasons.
First, of course, it was founded a century ago, which, in the current
scientific age, is in itself suspicious. Second, the Austrian school has from
the beginning been self-consciously philosophic rather than scientistic;
78
The Rothbard Reader
far more concerned with methodology and epistemology than other modern economists, the Austrians arrived early at a principled opposition to
the use of mathematics or of statistical testing in economic theory. By
doing so, they set themselves in opposition to all the positivistic, naturalscienceimitating trends of this century. It meant, furthermore, that Austrians continued to write fundamental treatises while other economists
were setting their sights on narrow, mathematically oriented articles. And
third, by stressing the individual and his choices, both methodologically
and politically, Austrians were setting themselves against the holism and
statism of this century as well.
These three radical divergences from current trends were enough to
propel the Austrians into undeserved oblivion. But there was another
important factor, which at first might seem banal: the language barrier.
It is notorious in the scholarly world that, language tests to the contrary
notwithstanding, no American or English economists can really read a
foreign language. Hence, the acceptance of foreign-based economics must
depend on the vagaries of translation.
Of the great founders of the Austrian school, Carl Mengers work of
the 1870s and 1880s remained untranslated into English until the 1950s;
Mengers student Eugen von Bhm-Bawerk fared much better, but even
his completed work was not translated until the late 1950s. Bhm-Bawerks
great student, Ludwig von Mises, the founder and head of the neo-Austrian school, has fared almost as badly as Menger. His classic Theory of
Money and Credit, published in 1912, which applied Austrian economics
to the problems of money and banking, and which contained the seeds of
a radically new (and still largely unknown) theory of business cycles, was
highly influential on the continent of Europe, but remained untranslated
until 1934. By that time Misess work was to be quickly buried in England and the United States by the fervor of the Keynesian Revolution,
which was at opposite poles from Misess theory. Misess book of 1928,
Geldwerstabilisierung und Konjunkturpolitik, which predicted the Great
Depression on the basis of his developed business cycle theory, remains
untranslated to this day.5
Misess monumental systematic treatise, Nationalkonomie, integrating economic theory on the grounds of a sound basic epistemology, was
overlooked also from its being published in 1940, in the midst of war-torn
5Editors
note: This book was translated seven years later by Bettina Bien Greaves, and is
now available as The Causes of the Economic Crisis.
79
Europe. Again its English translation as Human Action (1949) came at a

time when economics had set its methodological and political face in a
radically different direction and therefore Misess work, as in the case of
other challenges to fundamental paradigms in science, was not refuted or
criticized but simply ignored.
Thus, while Ludwig von Mises was acknowledged as one of Europes
most eminent economists in the 1920s and 30s, the language barrier shut
off any recognition of Mises in the Anglo-American world until the mid1930s; then, just as his business cycle theory was beginning to achieve
renown as an explanation for the Great Depression, Misess overdue recognition was lost in the hoopla of the Keynesian Revolution.
A refugee deprived of his academic or social base in Europe, Mises
emigrated to the United States at the mercy of his new-found environment. But while, in the climate of the day, the leftist and socialist refugees
from Europe were cultivated, feted, and given prestigious academic posts,
a different fate was meted out to a man who embodied a methodological and political individualism that was anathema to American academia.
Indeed, the fact that a man of Misess eminence was not offered a single
regular academic post and that he was never able to teach in a prestigious
graduate department in this country is one of the most shameful blots on
the none-too-illustrious history of American higher education.
The fact that Mises himself was able to preserve his great energy, his
remarkable productivity, and his unfailing gentleness and good humor in
the face of this shabby treatment is simply one more tribute to the qualities
of this remarkable man whom we now honor on his ninetieth birthday.
Agreed then that Ludwig von Misess writings are the embodiment of
a courageous and eminent man hewing to his discipline and to his vision,
unheeding of shabby maltreatment. Apart from this, what substantive
truths do they have to offer an American in 1971? Do they present truths
not found elsewhere and therefore do they offer intrinsic interest beyond
the historical record of a fascinating personal struggle?
The answerwhich obviously cannot be documented in the compass
of this articleis simply and startlingly this: that Ludwig von Mises offers
to us nothing less than the complete and developed correct paradigm of
a science that has gone tragically astray over the last half century. Misess
work presents us with the correct and radically divergent alternative to the
flaws, errors, and fallacies which a growing number of students are sensing in present-day economic orthodoxy.
80
The Rothbard Reader
Many students feel that there is something very wrong with contemporary economics, and often their criticisms are trenchant, but they are
ignorant of any theoretical alternative. As Thomas Kuhn has shown, a
paradigm, however faulty, will not be discarded until it can be replaced by
a competing theory. Or, in the vernacular, you cant beat something with
nothing. And nothing is all that many present-day critics of economic
science can offer.
But the work of Ludwig von Mises furnishes that something; it furnishes an economics grounded not on the aping of physical science, but
on the very nature of man and of individual choice. And it furnishes that
economics in a systematic, integrated form that is admirably equipped
to serve as a correct paradigmatic alternative to the veritable crisis situationin theory and public policythat modern economics has been
bringing down upon us. It is not exaggeration to say that Ludwig von
Mises is the Way Out of the methodological and political dilemmas that
have been piling up in the modern world. But what is needed now is a host
of Austrians who can spread the word of the existence of this neglected
path.
Briefly, Misess economic systemas set forth particularly in his
Human Actiongrounds economics squarely upon the axiom of action:
on an analysis of the primordial truth that individual men exist and act,
that is, make purposive choices among alternatives. Upon this simple and
evident axiom of action, Ludwig von Mises deduces the entire systematic
edifice of economic theory, an edifice that is as true as the basic axiom and
the fundamental laws of logic.
The entire theory is the working out of methodological individualism
in economics, the nature and consequences of the choices and exchanges
of individuals. Misess uncompromising devotion to the free market, and
his opposition to every form of statism, stems from his analysis of the
nature and consequences of individuals acting freely on the one hand, as
against governmental coercive interference or planning on the other.
For, basing himself on the action axiom, Mises is able to show the
happy consequences of freedom and the free market in social efficiency,
prosperity, and development, as against the disastrous consequences of
government intervention in poverty, war, social chaos, and retrogression.
This political consequence alone, of course, makes the methodology as
well as the conclusions of Misesian economics anathema to modern social
science.
As Mises puts it,
81
Despots and democratic majorities are drunk with power.

They must reluctantly admit that they are subject to the
laws of nature. But they reject the very notion of economic
law. Are they not the supreme legislators? In fact, economic history is a long record of government policies that
failed because they were designed with a bold disregard
for the laws of economics.
It is impossible to understand the history of economic
thought if one does not pay attention to the fact that economics as such is a challenge to the conceit of those in
power. An economist can never be a favorite of autocrats
and demagogues. With them he is always the mischiefmaker.
In the face of all this frenzied agitation, it is expedient
to establish the fact that the starting point of all praxeological and economic reasoning, the category of human
action, is proof against any criticisms and objections.
From the unshakable foundation of the category of
human action praxeology and economics proceed step by
step by means of discursive reasoning. Precisely defining
assumptions and conditions, they construct a system of
concepts and draw all the inferences implied by logically
unassailable ratiocination.6
And again,
The laws of the universe about which physics, biology,
and praxeology [essentially economics] provide knowledge are independent of the human will, they are primary
ontological facts rigidly restricting mans power to act.
Only the insane venture to disregard physical and
biological laws. But it is quite common to disdain praxeological laws. Rulers do not like to admit that their power
is restricted by any laws other than those of physics and
biology. They never ascribe their failures and frustrations
to the violation of economic law.7
6Ludwig von Mises, Human Action (New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1949), p. 67.
7Ibid., pp. 75556. As Mises indicates, the revolt against economics as the harbinger of a
free-market economy is as old as the classical economists whom Mises acknowledges as
82
The Rothbard Reader
A notable feature of Misess analysis of interventionismof government intervention in the economyis that it is fundamentally what could
now be called ecological; for it shows that an act of intervention generates unintended consequences and difficulties, which then present the
government with an alternative: either more intervention to solve these
problems, or repeal of the whole interventionist structure.
In short, Mises shows that the market economy is a finely constructed,
interrelated web; and coercive intervention at various points of the structure will create unforeseen troubles elsewhere. The logic of intervention,
then, is cumulative; and so a mixed economy is unstablealways tending either toward full-scale socialism or back to a free-market economy.
The American farm-price support program, as well as the New York City
rent-control program, are almost textbook cases of the consequences and
pitfalls of intervention.
Indeed, the American economy has virtually reached the point where
the crippling taxation; the continuing inflation; the grave inefficiencies
and breakdowns in such areas as urban life, transportation, education,
telephone, and postal service; the restrictions and shattering strikes of
labor unions; and the accelerating growth of welfare dependency, all have
brought about the full-scale crisis of interventionism that Mises has long
foreseen.
The instability of the interventionist welfare-state system is now making fully clear the fundamental choice that confronts us between socialism
on the one hand and capitalism on the other. Perhaps the most important
single contribution of Mises to the economics of intervention is also the
one most grievously neglected in the present day: his analysis of money
and business cycles. We are living in an age when even those economists
supposedly most devoted to the free market are willing and eager to see
the state monopolize and direct the issuance of money. Yet Mises has
shown that
his forebears. It is no accident, for example, that George Fitzhugh, the foremost Southern
apologist for slavery and one of Americas first sociologists, brusquely attacked classical
economics as the science of free society, while upholding socialism as the science of
slavery. See George Fitzhugh, Cannibals All!, C. Vann Woodward, ed. (Cambridge, Mass.:
Harvard University Press, 1960), p. xviii; and Joseph Dorfman, The Economic Mind in
American Civilization (New York: Viking Press, 1964), vol. 2, p. 929. On the statist and
anti-individualist bias embedded deep in the foundations of sociology, see Leon Bramson,
The Political Context of Sociology (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1961), esp.
pp. 1117.
83
there is never any social or economic benefit to be conferred by an

increase in the supply of money;
the governments intervention into the monetary system is invariably inflationary;
therefore, government should be separated from the monetary

system, just as the free market requires that government not intervene in any other sphere of the economy.
Here Mises emphasizes that there is only one way to ensure this freedom and separation: to have a money that is also a useful commodity,
one whose production is like other commodities subject to the supply and
demand forces of the market. In short, that commodity moneywhich in
practice means the full gold standardshall replace the fiat issue of paper
money by the government and its controlled banking system.8
Misess brilliant theory of the business cycle is the only such theory to
be integrated with the economists general analysis of the pricing system
and of capital and interest. Mises shows that the business cycle phenomenon, the recurring alternations of boom and bust with which we have
become all too familiar, cannot occur in a free and unhampered market.
Neither is the business cycle a mysterious series of random events to be
checked and counteracted by an ever-vigilant central government. On the
contrary, the business cycle is generated by government: specifically, by
bank credit expansion promoted and fueled by governmental expansion
of bank reserves.
The present-day monetarists have emphasized that this credit
expansion process inflates the money supply and therefore the price level;
but they have totally neglected the crucial Misesian insight that an even
more damaging consequence is distortion of the whole system of prices
and production.
Specifically, expansion of bank money causes an artificial lowering of
the rate of interest, and an artificial and uneconomic overinvestment in
capital goods: machinery, plant, industrial raw materials, and construction projects. As long as the inflationary expansion of money and bank
credit continues, the unsoundness of this process is masked, and the economy can ride on the well-known euphoria of the boom; but when the bank
8Thus, see Ludwig von Mises, The Theory of Money and Credit (Irvington-on-Hudson,
N.Y.: Foundation for Economic Education, 1971).
84
The Rothbard Reader
credit expansion finally stops, and stop it must if we are to avoid a runaway
inflation, then the day of reckoning will have arrived.
For without the anodyne of continuing inflation of money, the distortions and misallocations of production, the overinvestment in uneconomic capital projects, and the excessively high prices and wages in those
capital goods industries become evident and obvious. It is then that the
inevitable recession sets in, the recession being the reaction by which the
market economy readjusts itself, liquidates unsound investments, and
realigns prices and outputs of the economy so as to eliminate the unsound
consequences of the boom. The recovery arrives when the readjustment
has been completed.
It is clear that the policy prescriptions stemming from the Misesian
theory of the business cycle are the diametric opposite of the post-Keynesian policies of modern orthodox economics. If there is an inflation, the
Misesian prescription is, simply, for the government to stop inflating the
money supply.
When the inevitable recession occurs, in contrast to the modern view
that the government should rush in to expand the money supply (the
monetarists) or to engage in deficit spending (the Keynesians), the Austrians assert that the government should keep its hands off the economic
systemshould, in this case, allow the painful but necessary adjustment
process of the recession to work itself out as quickly as possible.
At best, generating another inflation to end the recession will simply set the stage for another, and deeper, recession later on; at worst, the
inflation will simply delay the adjustment process and thereby prolong
the recession indefinitely, as happened tragically in the 1930s. Thus, while
current orthodoxy maintains that the business cycle is caused by mysterious processes within the market economy and must be counteracted by
an active government policy, the Mises theory shows that business cycles
are generated by the inflationary policies of government and that, once
underway, the best thing that government can do is to leave the economy
alone. In short, the Austrian doctrine is the only consistent espousal of
laissez-faire; for, in contrast to other free market schools in economics,
Mises and the Austrians would apply laissez-faire to the macro as well as
the micro areas of the economy.
If interventionism is invariably calamitous and self-defeating, what of
the third alternative: socialism? Here, Ludwig von Mises is acknowledged
to have made his best-known contribution to economic science: his demonstration, over fifty years ago, that socialist central planning was irrational
85
since socialism could not engage in that economic calculation of prices

indispensable to any modern, industrialized economy.
Only a true market, based on private ownership of the means of
production and on the exchange of such property titles, can establish
such genuine market prices, prices which serve to allocate productive
resourcesland, labor, and capitalto those areas which will most efficiently satisfy the demands of consumers. But Mises showed that even if
the government were willing to forget consumer desires, it could not allocate efficiently for its own ends without a market economy to set prices
and costs. Mises was hailed even by socialists for being the first to raise the
whole problem of rational calculation of prices in a socialist economy; but
socialists and other economists erroneously assumed that Oskar Lange
and others had satisfactorily solved this calculation problem in their writings of the 1930s. Actually, Mises had anticipated the Lange solutions
and had refuted them in his original article.9
It is highly ironic that no sooner had the economics profession settled
contentedly into the notion that Misess charge had been refuted, than the
Communist countries of Eastern Europe began to find, pragmatically and
much against their will, that socialist planning was indeed unsatisfactory,
especially as their economies were becoming industrialized. Beginning
with Yugoslavias breakaway from state planning in 1952, the countries of
Eastern Europe have been heading with astonishing rapidity away from
socialist planning and toward free markets, a price system, profit-and-loss
tests for enterprises, and so on. Yugoslavia has been particularly determined in its cumulative shift toward a free market and away even from
state control of investmentsthe last government stronghold in a socialistic economy. It is unfortunate but not surprising that, neither in the East
nor in the West, has Ludwig von Misess name been brought up as the
prophet of the collapse of central planning.10
9Misess classic article was translated as Economic Calculation in the Socialist Commonwealth, in Collectivist Economic Planning, F.A. Hayek, ed. (London: George Routledge and
Sons, 1935), pp. 87130. Misess and other articles by Lange and Hayek are reprinted in Comparative Economic Systems, Morris Bornstein, ed., rev. ed. (Homewood, Ill.: Richard D. Irwin,
1969). An excellent discussion and critique of the whole controversy may be found in Trygve
J.B. Hoff, Economic Calculation in the Socialist Society (London: William Hedge, 1949).
10On
Yugoslavia, see Rudolf Bicanic, Economics of Socialism in a Developed Country,

in Comparative Economic Systems, M. Bornstein, ed., pp. 22235; on the other countries of
Eastern Europe, see Michael Gamarnikow, Economic Reforms in Eastern Europe (Detroit,
Mich.: Wayne State University Press, 1968).
86
The Rothbard Reader
If it is becoming increasingly evident that the socialist economies are

collapsing in the East, and, on the other hand, that interventionism is falling apart in the West, then the outlook is becoming increasingly favorable
for both East and West to turn before very long to the free market and the
free society. For this courageous and devoted champion of liberty, there
could be no more welcome prospect in his ninetieth year.
But what should never be forgotten is that these events are a confirmation and a vindication of the stature of Ludwig von Mises, and of the
importance of his contribution and his role. For Mises, almost singlehandedly, has offered us the correct paradigm for economic theory, for
social science, and for the economy itself, and it is high time that this paradigm be embraced, in all of its parts.
There is no more fitting conclusion to a tribute to Ludwig von Mises
than the moving last sentences of his greatest achievement, Human Action:
The body of economic knowledge is an essential element
in the structure of human civilization; it is the foundation upon which modern industrialism and all the moral,
intellectual, technological, and therapeutical achievements of the last centuries have been built. It rests with
men whether they will make the proper use of the rich
treasure with which this knowledge provides them or
whether they will leave it unused. But if they fail to take
the best advantage of it and disregard its teachings and
warnings, they will not annul economics; they will stamp
out society and the human race.11
Thanks in no small measure to the life and work of Ludwig von Mises,
we can realistically hope and expect that mankind will choose the path of
life, liberty, and progress and will at last turn decisively away from death
and despotism.
11Mises, Human Action, p. 881.
Section III
Principles of Economics
and Government Intervention
CHAPTER
Fundamentals
of Value and Price
udwig von Mises (18811973) was born on September 29, 1881, in

the city of Lemberg (present day Ukraine), then part of the AustroHungarian Empire, where his father, Arthur Edler von Mises, a distinguished construction engineer working for the Austrian railroads, was
stationed. Growing up in Vienna, Mises entered the University of Vienna
at the turn of the century to study for his graduate degree in law and economics. He died October 10, 1973, in New York City.
Mises was born and grew up during the high tide of the great Austrian school of economics, and neither Mises nor his vital contributions
to economic thought can be understood apart from the Austrian school
tradition which he studied and absorbed.
By the latter half of the nineteenth century, it was clear that classical
economics, which had reached its apogee in England in the persons of
David Ricardo and John Stuart Mill, had foundered badly on the shoals of
several fundamental flaws. The critical flaw was that classical economics
had attempted to analyze the economy in terms of classes rather than the
actions of individuals. As a result, the classical economists could not find
the correct explanation of the underlying forces determining the values and
Reprinted from The Essential von Mises (1973); reprinted in Scholar, Creator, Hero (1988);
and The Essential von Mises (Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, 2009), pp. 311.
89
90
The Rothbard Reader
relative prices of goods and services; nor could they analyze the actions of
consumers, the crucial determinants of the activities of producers in the
economy. Looking at classes of goods, for example, the classical economists could never resolve the paradox of value: the fact that bread, while
extremely useful and the staff of life, had a low value on the market;
whereas diamonds, a luxury and hence a mere frippery in terms of human
survival, had a very high value on the market. If bread is clearly more useful than diamonds, then why is bread rated so much more cheaply on the
market?
Despairing at explaining this paradox, the classical economists unfortunately decided that values were fundamentally split: that bread, though
higher in use value than diamonds, was for some reason lower in
exchange value. It was out of this split that later generations of writers
denounced the market economy as tragically misdirecting resources into
production for profit as opposed to the far more beneficial production
for use.
Failing to analyze the actions of consumers, classical economists earlier than the Austrians could not arrive at a satisfactory explanation of
what it was that determined prices on the market. Groping for a solution,
they unfortunately concluded (a) that value was something inherent in
commodities; (b) that value must have been conferred on these goods by
the processes of production; and (c) that the ultimate source of value was
production cost or even the quantity of labor hours incurred in such
production.
It was this Ricardian analysis that later gave rise to Karl Marxs perfectly logical conclusion that since all value was the product of the quantity of labor hours, then all interest and profit obtained by capitalists and
employers must be surplus value unjustly extracted from the true earnings of the working class.
Having thus given hostage to Marxism, the later Ricardians attempted
to reply that capital equipment was productive and therefore reasonably
earned its share in profits; but the Marxians could with justice offer the
rebuttal that capital too was embodied or frozen labor, and that therefore wages should have absorbed the entire proceeds from production.
The classical economists did not have a satisfactory explanation or
justification for profit. Again treating the share of proceeds from production purely in terms of classes, the Ricardians could only see a continuing class struggle between wages, profits, and rents, with workers,
capitalists, and landlords eternally warring over their respective shares.
Principles of Economics and Government Intervention
91
Thinking only in terms of aggregates, the Ricardians tragically separated

the questions of production and distribution, with distribution a matter of conflict between these combating classes. They were forced to conclude that if wages went up, it could only be at the expense of lower profits
and rents, or vice versa. Again, the Ricardians gave hostages to the Marxian system.
Looking at classes rather than individuals, then, the classical economists not only had to abandon any analysis of consumption and were
misled in explaining value and price; they could not even approach an
explanation of the pricing of individual factors of production: of specific
units of labor, land, or capital goods. As the nineteenth century passed its
mid-mark, the defects and fallacies of Ricardian economics became even
more glaring. Economics itself had come to a dead end.
It has often happened in the history of human invention that similar
discoveries are made at the same time purely independently by people
widely separated in space and condition. The solution of the aforementioned paradoxes appeared, purely independently and in different forms,
in the same year, 1871: by William Stanley Jevons in England; by Lon Walras in Lausanne, Switzerland; and by Carl Menger in Vienna. In that year,
modern, or neo-classical, economics was born. Jevonss solution and his
new economic vision was fragmented and incomplete; furthermore, he had
to battle against the enormous prestige that Ricardian economics had accumulated in the tight intellectual world of England. As a result, Jevons had
little influence and attracted few followers. Walrass system also had little
influence at the time; as we shall see in what follows, it was unfortunately
reborn in later years to form the basis of the fallacies of current microeconomics. By far the outstanding vision and solution of the three neo-classicists was that of Carl Menger,1 professor of economics at the University of
Vienna. It was Menger who founded the Austrian school.
Mengers pioneering work bore full fruition in the great systematic work
of his brilliant student, and his successor at the University of Vienna, Eugen
von Bhm-Bawerk. It was Bhm-Bawerks monumental work, written
1See
Carl Mengers Principles of Economics, James Dingwall and Bert F. Hoselitz, trans.
(Glencoe, Ill.: The Free Press, 1950); reprinted 2007 (Auburn, Ala.: Ludwig von Mises Institute); original German edition, Grundstze der Volkswirtschaftslehre (1871). See also
Mengers Problems of Economics and Sociology, Francis J. Nock, trans. (Urbana: University
of Illinois Press, 1963); original German edition, Untersuchungen ber die Methode der
Socialwissenschaften und der Politischen Oekonomie insbesondere (1883).
92
The Rothbard Reader
largely during the 1880s, and culminating in his three-volume Capital and
Interest,2 that formed the mature product of the Austrian school. There
were other great and creative economists who contributed to the Austrian
school during the last two decades of the nineteenth century; notably
Bhm-Bawerks brother-in-law, Friedrich von Wieser, and to some extent
the American economist John Bates Clark; but Bhm-Bawerk towered
above them all.
The Austrian, or MengerBhm-Bawerkian, solutions to the dilemmas of economics were far more comprehensive than those by the Ricardians, because the Austrian solutions were rooted in a completely contrasting epistemology. The Austrians unerringly centered their analysis on the
individual, on the acting individual as he makes his choices on the basis of
his preferences and values in the real world. Starting from the individual,
the Austrians were able to ground their analysis of economic activity and
production in the values and desires of the individual consumers. Each
consumer operated from his own chosen scale of preferences and values;
and it was these values that interacted and combined to form the consumer
demands that form the basis and the direction for all productive activity.
Grounding their analysis in the individual as he faces the real world, the
Austrians saw that productive activity was based on the expectations of
serving the demands of consumers.
Hence, it became clear to the Austrians that no productive activity,
whether of labor or of any productive factors, could confer value upon
goods or services. Value consisted in the subjective valuations of the individual consumers. In short, I could spend thirty years of labor time and
other resources working on the perfection of a giant steam-powered tricycle. If, however, on offering this product no consumers can be found to
purchase this tricycle, it is economically valueless, regardless of the misdirected effort that I had expended upon it. Value is consumer valuations,
2See
Eugen von Bhm-Bawerks three-volume Capital and Interest: vol. I, History and
Critique of Interest Theories; vol. II, Positive Theory of Capital; vol. III, Further Essays on
Capital and Interest, George D. Huncke and Hans F. Sennholz, trans. (Grove City, Penn.:
Libertarian Press, 1959); this was the first complete English translation of the third and
fourth German editions. German title for Bhm-Bawerks opus is, Kapital und Kapitalzins
(first edition of vol. I in 1884 and vol. II in 1889; second edition of vol. I in 1900 and vol.
II in 1902; third and completely revised edition of vol. I in 1914 and part of vols. II and III
in 1909; balance of vols. II and III in 1912; fourth (posthumous) edition, I, II, III in 1921).
93
and the relative prices of goods and services are determined by the extent
and intensity of consumer valuations and desires for these products.3
Looking clearly at the individual rather than at broad classes, the
Austrians could easily resolve the value paradox that had stumped
classicists. For no individual on the market is ever faced with the choice
between bread as a class and diamonds as a class. The Austrians had
shown that the greater the quantitythe larger the number of unitsof a
good that anyone possesses, the less he will value any given unit. The man
stumbling through the desert, devoid of water, will place an extremely
high value of utility on a cup of water: whereas the same man in urban
Vienna or New York, with water plentiful around him, will place a very
low valuation or utility on any given cup. Hence the price he will pay for
a cup of water in the desert will be enormously greater than in New York
City. In short, the acting individual is faced with, and chooses in terms
of, specific units, or margins; and the Austrian finding was termed the
law of diminishing marginal utility. The reason that bread is so much
cheaper than diamonds is that the number of loaves of bread available
is enormously greater than the number of carats of diamonds: hence the
value, and the price, of each loaf will be far less than the value and price of
each carat. There is no contradiction between use value and exchange
value; given the abundance of loaves available, each loaf is less useful
than each carat of diamond to the individual.
The same concentration on the actions of the individual, and hence
on marginal analysis, also solved the problem of the distribution of
income on the market. The Austrians demonstrated that each unit of a factor of production, whether of different types of labor, of land, or of capital equipment, is priced on the free market on the basis of its marginal
productivity: in short, on how much that unit actually contributes to the
value of the final product purchased by the consumers. The greater the
supply, the quantity of units of any given factor, the less will its marginal
productivityand hence its pricetend to be; and the lower its supply,
the higher will tend to be its price. Thus, the Austrians showed that there
was no senseless and arbitrary class struggle or conflict between the different classes of factors; instead, each type of factor contributes harmoniously to the final product, directed to satisfying the most intense desires of
the consumers in the most efficient manner (i.e., in the manner least costly
3See
Eugen von Bhm-Bawerk, The Ultimate Standard of Value in Shorter Classics of

Bhm-Bawerk (Grove City, Penn.: Libertarian Press, 1962).
94
The Rothbard Reader
of resources). Each unit of each factor then earns its marginal product, its
own particular contribution to the productive result. In fact, if there was
any conflict of interests, it was not between types of factors, between land,
labor, and capital; it was between competing suppliers of the same factor.
If, for example, someone found a new supply of copper ore, the increased
supply would drive down the price of copper; this could only work to the
benefit and the earnings of the consumers and of the cooperating labor
and capital factors. The only unhappiness might be among existing copper
mine owners who found the price declining for their own product.
The Austrians thus showed that on the free market there is no separation whatever between production and distribution. The values and
demands of consumers determine the final prices of the consumer goods,
the goods purchased by consumers, which set the direction for productive
activity, and in turn determine the prices of the cooperating units of factors: the individual wage rates, rents, and prices of capital equipment. The
distribution of income was simply the consequence of the price of each
factor. Hence, if the price of copper is 20 cents per pound, and a copper
owner sells 100,000 pounds of copper, the owner will receive $20,000 in
distribution; if someones wage is $4 an hour, and he works forty hours a
week, he will receive $160 per week, and so on.
What of profits and the problem of frozen labor (labor embodied
in machinery)? Again working from analysis of the individual, BhmBawerk saw that it was a basic law of human action that each person
wishes to achieve his desires, his goals, as quickly as possible. Hence, each
person will prefer goods and services in the present to waiting for these
goods for a length of time in the future. A bird already in the hand will
always be worth more to him than one bird in the bush. It is because of
this basic primordial fact of time preference that people do not invest all
their income in capital equipment so as to increase the amount of goods
that will be produced in the future. For they must first attend to consuming goods now. But each person, in different conditions and cultures, has
a different rate of time preference, of preferring goods now to goods later.
The higher their rate of time preference, the greater the proportion of their
income they will consume now; the lower the rate, the more they will save
and invest in future production. It is the fact of time preference that results
in interest and profit; and it is the degree and intensity of time preferences
that will determine how high the rate of interest and profit will be.
Take, for example, the rate of interest on a loan. The scholastic philosophers of the Catholic Church, in the Middle Ages and in the early
95
modern period, were in their way excellent economists and analyzers of

the market; but one thing they could never explain or justify was the simple charging of interest on a loan. They could understand gaining profits for risky investments; but they had learned from Aristotle that money
itself was barren and unproductive. Therefore, how could pure interest on
a loan (assuming no risk of default) be justified? Not being able to find the
answer, the church and the scholastics discredited their approach in the
eyes of worldly men by condemning as sinful usury all interest on a loan.
It was Bhm-Bawerk who finally found the answer in the concept of time
preference. For when a creditor lends $100 to a debtor, in exchange for
receiving $106 a year from now, the two men are not exchanging the same
things. The creditor is giving the debtor $100 as a present good, money
that the debtor can use at any time in the present. But the debtor is giving
the creditor in exchange, not money, but an IOU, the prospect of receiving money one year from now. In short, the creditor is giving the debtor a
present good, while the debtor is only giving the creditor a future good,
money which the creditor will have to wait a year before he can make use
of. And since the universal fact of time preference makes present goods
worth more than future goods, the creditor will have to charge, and the
debtor will be willing to pay, a premium for the present good. That premium is the rate of interest. How large that premium will be will depend
on the rates of time preference of everyone in the market.
This is not all for Bhm-Bawerk went on to show how time preference
determined the rate of business profit in the same way: in fact that the
normal rate of business profit is the rate of interest. For when labor or
land is employed in the process of production, the crucial fact is that they
do not have to wait, as they would in the absence of capitalist employers,
for their money until the product is produced and sold to the consumers.
If there were no capitalist employers, then laborers and landowners would
have to toil for months and years without pay, until the final productthe
automobile or bread or washing machineis sold to the consumers. But
capitalists perform the great service of saving up money from their income
ahead of time and then paying laborers and landowners now, while they
are working; the capitalists then perform the function of waiting until the
final product is sold to the consumers and then receiving their money. It is
for this vital service that the laborers and landowners are more than willing to pay the capitalists their profit or interest. The capitalists, in short,
are in the position of creditors who save and pay out present money, and
then wait for their eventual return; the laborers and landowners are, in a
96
The Rothbard Reader
sense, debtors whose services will only bear fruit after a certain date in
the future. Again, the normal rate of business profit will be determined by
the height of the various rates of time preference.
Bhm-Bawerk also put this another way: capital goods are not simply
frozen labor; they are also frozen time (and land); and it is in the crucial element of time and time preference that the explanation for profit
and interest can be found. He also enormously advanced the economic
analysis of capital; for in contrast not only to Ricardians but also to most
economists of the present day, he saw that capital is not simply a homogeneous blob,4 or a given quantity. Capital is an intricate latticework that
has a time-dimension; and economic growth and increasing productivity
comes from adding not simply to the quantity of capital but to its timestructure, to building longer and longer processes of production. The
lower peoples rate of time preference, the more they are willing to sacrifice
consumption now on behalf of saving and investing in these longer processes that will yield a significantly greater return of consumer goods at
some date in the future.
4See Bhm-Bawerk, Capital and Interest, vol. II, Positive Theory of Capital, pp. 1118.
CHAPTER
Exchange and the

Division of Labor
t is now time to bring other men into our Robinsonian idyllto extend
our analysis to interpersonal relations. The problem for our analysis is
not simply more people: after all, we could simply postulate a world of
a million Crusoes on a million isolated islands, and our analysis would
not need to be expanded by one iota. The problem is to analyze the interaction of these people. Friday, for example, might land in another part of
the island, and make contact with Crusoe, or he might land on a separate
island, and then later construct a boat that could reach the other island.
Economics has revealed a great truth about the natural law of human
interaction: that not only is production essential to mans prosperity and
survival, but so also is exchange. In short, Crusoe, on his island or part
thereof, might produce fish, while Friday, on his part, might grow wheat,
instead of both trying to produce both commodities. By exchanging part of
Crusoes fish for some of Fridays wheat, the two men can greatly improve
the amount of both fish and bread that both can enjoy.1 This great gain
for both men is made possible by two primordial facts of naturenatural
1On the economic analysis of all this, see Murray N. Rothbard, Man, Economy, and State
(Princeton, N.J.: D. Van Nostrand, 1962), chap. 2.
Reprinted from chapter 7 Interpersonal Relations: Voluntary Exchange, in The Ethics of

Liberty (New York: New York University Press, 1998), pp. 3541.
97
98
The Rothbard Reader
lawson which all of economic theory is based: (a) the great variety of
skills and interests among individual persons; and (b) the variety of natural resources in geographic land areas. If all people were equally skilled
and equally interested in all matters, and if all areas of land were homogeneous with all others, there would be no room for exchanges. But, in the
world as it is, the opportunity for specialization in the best uses for land
and people enables exchanges to multiply vastly and immensely to raise
the productivity and the standard of living (the satisfaction of wants) of all
those participating in exchange.
If anyone wishes to grasp how much we owe to the processes of
exchange, let him consider what would happen in the modern world if
every man were suddenly prohibited from exchanging anything with anyone else. Each person would be forced to produce all of his own goods and
services himself. The utter chaos, the total starvation of the great bulk of
the human race, and the reversion to primitive subsistence by the remaining handful of people, can readily be imagined.
Another remarkable fact of human action is that A and B can specialize and exchange for their mutual benefit even if one of them is superior to the other in both lines of production. Thus, suppose that Crusoe is
superior to Friday in fish and wheat production. It still benefits Crusoe to
concentrate on what he is relatively best at. If, for example, he is a far better fisherman than Friday but only a moderately better farmer, he can gain
more of both products by concentrating on fishing, and then exchanging
his produce for Fridays wheat. Or, to use an example from an advanced
exchange economy, it will pay a physician to hire a secretary for typing, filing, etc., even if he is better at the latter jobs, in order to free his time for far
more productive work. This insight into the advantages of exchange, discovered by David Ricardo in his Law of Comparative Advantage, means
that, in the free market of voluntary exchanges, the strong do not devour
or crush the weak, contrary to common assumptions about the nature
of the free-market economy. On the contrary, it is precisely on the free
market where the weak reap the advantages of productivity because it
benefits the strong to exchange with them.
The process of exchange enables man to ascend from primitive isolation to civilization: it enormously widens his opportunities and the market
for his wares; it enables him to invest in machines and other high-order
capital goods; it forms a pattern of exchangesthe free marketwhich
enables him to calculate economically the benefits and the costs of highly
complex methods and aggregates of production.
99
But economists too often forget, in contemplating the critical importance and the glories of the free market, what precisely is being exchanged.
For apples are not simply being exchanged for butter, or gold for horses.
What is really being exchanged is not the commodities themselves, but
the rights to ownership of them. When Smith exchanges a bag of apples
for Joness pound of butter, he is actually transferring his ownership rights
in the apples in exchange for the ownership rights to the butter, and vice
versa. Now that Smith rather than Jones is the absolute controller of the
butter, it is Smith who may eat it or not at his will; Jones now has nothing
to say in its disposition, and is instead absolute owner of the apples.
Returning now to Crusoe and Friday, suppose that more people, C,
D, E ... join Crusoe and Friday on the island. Each specializes in different products; gradually one particular product emergesbecause of such
qualities as high value, steady demand, ready divisibilityas a medium
of exchange. For it is discovered that the use of a medium enormously
expands the scope of exchanges and the wants that can be satisfied on
the market. Thus, a writer or an economics teacher would be hard put to
exchange his teaching or writing services for loaves of bread, parts of a
radio, a piece of a suit, etc. A generally acceptable medium is indispensable for any extensive network of exchange and hence for any civilized
economy.
Such a generally acceptable medium of exchange is defined as a money.
It has generally been found, on the free market, that the best commodities for use as a money have been the precious metals, gold and silver. The
exchange sequence now appears as follows: A, owning his body and his
labor, finds land, transforms it, produces fish which he then owns; B uses
his labor similarly to produce wheat, which he then owns; C finds land
containing gold, transforms it, produces the gold which he then owns. C
then exchanges the gold for other services, say As fish. A uses the gold
to exchange for Bs wheat, etc. In short, the gold enters circulation, i.e.,
its ownership is transferred from person to person, as it is used as a general medium of exchange. In each case, the exchangers transfer ownership
rights, and, in each case, ownership rights are acquired in two ways and
two ways only: (a) by finding and transforming resources (producing),
and (b) by exchanging ones produce for someone elses productincluding the medium of exchange, or money commodity. And it is clear that
method (b) reduces logically to (a), for the only way a person can obtain
something in exchange is by giving up his own product. In short, there is
only one route to ownership of goods: production-and-exchange. If Smith
100
The Rothbard Reader
gives up a product in exchange for Joness which Jones also acquired in a

previous exchange, then someone, whether the person from whom Jones
bought the product or someone else down the line, must have been the
original finderandtransformer of the resource.
A man then, can acquire wealtha stock of useful capital or consumer goodseither by producing it himself, or by selling to its producer
some other product in exchange. The exchange process reduces logically
back to original production. Such production is a process by which a man
mixes his labor with the soilfinding and transforming land resources
or, in such cases as a teacher or writer, by producing and selling ones own
labor services directly. Put another way: since all production of capital
goods reduces ultimately back to the original factors of land and labor,
all production reduces back either to labor services or to finding new and
virgin land and putting it into production by means of labor energy.2
A man may also obtain wealth voluntarily in another way: through
gifts. Thus Crusoe, upon stumbling on Friday at another end of the
island, may give him some sustenance. In such a case, the giver receives,
not another alienable good or service from the other party, but the psychic satisfaction of having done something for the receiver. In the case
of a gift, also, the process of acquisition reduces back to production and
exchangeand again ultimately to production itself, since a gift must be
preceded by production, if not directly as in this case, then somewhere
back down the line.
We have so far analyzed the exchange process for a multitude of
exchanges of consumer goods. We must now complete our picture of
the real world by analyzing exchanges along the structure of production.
For exchanges in an advanced economy are not only horizontal (of
consumer goods), but also vertical: they proceed downward from the
original transformation of land, down through the various types of capital
goods, and finally to the ultimate state of consumption.
Let us consider a simple vertical pattern as it occurs in the exchange
economy. Smith transforms land resources and constructs an axe; instead
of using the axe to make another product, Smith, as a specialist in a vast
exchange economy, sells his axe for gold (money). Smith, producer of the
2That capital goods reduce back to land and labor as original factors is a fundamental
insight of the Austrian school of economics. In particular, see Eugen von Bhm-Bawerk,
The Positive Theory of Capital, vol. 2 of Capital and Interest (South Holland, Ill.: Libertarian
Press, 1959).
101
axe, transfers his right of ownership to Jones, in exchange for a certain

amount of Joness goldthe precise amount of gold being agreed upon
voluntarily by the two parties. Jones now takes the axe and fells lumber,
then sells the lumber to Johnson for gold; Johnson in turn sells the lumber
to Robbins, a contractor, for gold, and Robbins in his turn constructs a
house in exchange for the gold of his client/Benton. (It should be evident
that this vertical network of exchange could not take place without the use
of a monetary medium for the exchanges.)
To complete our picture of a market economy, let us suppose that
Jones has cut down his lumber, but has to ship it down-river to transfer
it to Johnson; Jones, then, sells the lumber to another intermediary, Polk,
who hires the labor services of X, Y, and Z to transport the logs to Johnson.
What has happened here, and why doesnt the use of X, Y, and Zs labor in
transforming and transporting the logs to a more useful place give them
rights to ownership of the logs?
What has happened is this: Polk transfers some gold to X and to Y, and
to Z, in return for their selling to him their labor services of transporting
the logs. Polk did not sell the logs to these men for money; instead, he sold
them money in exchange for employing their labor services on his logs. In
short, Polk may have bought the logs from Jones for 40 gold ounces, and
then paid X, Y, and Z 20 gold ounces each to transport the logs, and then
sold the logs to Johnson for 110 ounces of gold. Hence, Polk netted a gain of
10 gold ounces on the entire transaction. X, Y, and Z, if they had so desired,
could have purchased the logs from Jones themselves for the 40 ounces,
and then shipped the logs themselves, sold them to Johnson for 110 and
pocketed the 10 extra ounces. Why didnt they? Because (a) they didnt have
the capital; in short, they hadnt saved up the requisite money, by reducing
their previous consumption sufficiently below their income to accumulate
the 40 ounces; and/or (b) they wanted money payment while they worked,
and were not willing to wait for the number of months it took for the logs
to be shipped and sold; and/or (c) they were unwilling to be saddled with
the risk that the logs might indeed not be saleable for 110 ounces. Thus, the
indispensable and enormously important function of Polk, the capitalist in
our example of the market economy, is to save the laborers from the necessity of restricting their consumption and thus saving up the capital themselves, and from waiting for their pay until the product would (hopefully)
be sold at a profit further down the chain of production. Hence, the capitalist, far from somehow depriving the laborer of his rightful ownership of the
product, makes possible a payment to the laborer considerably in advance
102
The Rothbard Reader
of the sale of the product. Furthermore, the capitalist, in his capacity as

forecaster or entrepreneur, saves the laborer from the risk that the product
might not be sold at a profit, or that he might even suffer losses.
The capitalist, then, is a man who has labored, saved out of his labor
(i.e., has restricted his consumption) and, in a series of voluntary contracts has (a) purchased ownership rights in capital goods, and (b) paid
the laborers for their labor services in transforming those capital goods
into goods nearer the final stage of being consumed. Note again that no
one is preventing the laborers themselves from saving, purchasing capital
goods from their owners and then working on their own capital goods,
finally selling the product and reaping the profits. In fact, the capitalists
are conferring a great benefit on these laborers, making possible the entire
complex vertical network of exchanges in the modern economy. For they
save the money needed to buy the capital goods and to pay the laborers in
advance of sale for producing them further.3
At each step of the way, then, a man producesby exerting his labor
upon tangible goods. If this good was previously unused and unowned,
then his labor automatically brings the good under his control, his ownership. If the good was already owned by someone else, then the owner
may either sell this (capital) good to our laborer for money, after which
his labor is exerted on the good; or the previous owner may purchase the
labor service for money in order to produce the good further and then
sell it to the next buyer. This process, too, reduces back to the original
production of unused resources and to labor, since the capitalistthe previous owner in our exampleultimately derived his own ownership from:
original production; voluntary exchange; and the saving of money. Thus,
all ownership on the free market reduces ultimately back to: (a) ownership
by each man of his own person and his own labor; (b) ownership by each
man of land which he finds unused and transforms by his own labor; and
(c) the exchange of the products of this mixture of (a) and (b) with the
similarly-produced output of other persons on the market.
3In technical economic terms, the laborers, by choosing to take their money in advance of
sale, earn the discounted marginal value product of their laborthe discount being the
value which the laborers achieve by getting their money now instead of later. The capitalists, by advancing money now and relieving the laborers of the burden of waiting until later,
earn the discount for time-preference; the farsighted ones also earn the reward for being
better at forecasting the future under conditions of uncertainty, in the form of pure profits. The less farsighted entrepreneurs suffer losses for poor handling of decisions under
uncertainty. See Rothbard, Man, Economy, and State, passim.
103
The same law holds true for all ownership, on the market, of the money
commodity. As we have seen, money is either (1) produced by ones own
labor transforming original resources (e.g., mining gold); or (2) obtained
by selling ones own productor selling goods previously purchased with
the proceeds of ones own productin exchange for gold owned by someone else. Again, just as (c) in the previous paragraph reduces logically back
to (a) and (b), production coming before exchangeso here (2) ultimately
reduces logically back to (1).
In the free society we have been describing, then, all ownership reduces
ultimately back to each mans naturally given ownership over himself, and
of the land resources that man transforms and brings into production. The
free market is a society of voluntary and consequently mutually beneficial
exchanges of ownership titles between specialized producers. It has often
been charged that this market economy rests on the wicked doctrine that
labor is treated as a commodity. But the natural fact is that labor service
is indeed a commodity, for, as in the case of tangible property, ones own
labor service can be alienated and exchanged for other goods and services.
A persons labor service is alienable, but his will is not. It is most fortunate,
moreover, for mankind that this is so; for this alienability means (1) that
a teacher or physician or whatever can sell his labor services for money;
and (2) that workers can sell their labor services in transforming goods
to capitalists for money. If this could not be done, the structure of capital
required for civilization could not be developed, and no ones vital labor
services could be purchased by his fellow men.
The distinction between a mans alienable labor service and his inalienable will may be further explained: a man can alienate his labor service,
but he cannot sell the capitalized future value of that service. In short, he
cannot, in nature, sell himself into slavery and have this sale enforced
for this would mean that his future will over his own person was being
surrendered in advance. In short, a man can naturally expend his labor
currently for someone elses benefit, but he cannot transfer himself, even if
he wished, into another mans permanent capital good. For he cannot rid
himself of his own will, which may change in future years and repudiate
the current arrangement. The concept of voluntary slavery is indeed a
contradictory one, for so long as a laborer remains totally subservient to
his masters will voluntarily, he is not yet a slave since his submission is
voluntary; whereas, if he later changed his mind and the master enforced
his slavery by violence, the slavery would not then be voluntary. But more
of coercion later on.
104
The Rothbard Reader
The society that we have been describing in this sectionthe society

of free and voluntary exchangesmay be called the free society or the
society of pure liberty. The bulk of this work will be devoted to spelling out the implications of such a system. The term free market, while
properly signifying the critically important network of free and voluntary
exchanges, is insufficient when going at all beyond the narrowly economic
or praxeologic. For it is vital to realize that the free market is exchanges of
titles to property, and that therefore the free market is necessarily embedded in a larger free societywith a certain pattern of property rights and
ownership titles. We have been describing the free society as one where
property titles are founded on the basic natural facts of man: each individuals ownership by his ego over his own person and his own labor, and
his ownership over the land resources which he finds and transforms.
The natural alienability of tangible property as well as mans labor service
makes possible the network of free exchanges of ownership titles.
The regime of pure libertythe libertarian societymay be described
as a society where no ownership titles are distributed, where, in short,
no mans property in his person or in tangibles is molested, violated, or
interfered with by anyone else. But this means that absolute freedom, in the
social sense, can be enjoyed, not only by an isolated Crusoe but by every
man in any society, no matter how complex or advanced. For every man
enjoys absolute freedompure libertyif, like Crusoe, his naturally
owned property (in his person and in tangibles) is free from invasion or
molestation by other men. And, of course, being in a society of voluntary
exchanges, each man can enjoy absolute liberty not in Crusoe-like isolation, but in a milieu of civilization, harmony, sociability, and enormously
greater productivity through exchanges of property with his fellow men.
Absolute freedom, then, need not be lost as the price we must pay for the
advent of civilization; men are born free, and need never be in chains. Man
may achieve liberty and abundance, freedom and civilization.
This truth will be obscured if we persist in confusing freedom or
liberty with power. We have seen the absurdity of saying that man does
not have free will because he has not the power to violate the laws of his
nature-because he cannot leap oceans at a single bound. It is similarly
absurd to say that a man is not truly free in the free society because, in
that society, no man is free to aggress against another man or to invade
his property. Here, again, the critic is not really dealing with freedom but
with power; in a free society, no man would be permitted (or none would
permit himself) to invade the property of another. This would mean that
105
his power of action would be limited; as mans power is always limited by

his nature; it would not mean any curtailment of his freedom. For if we
define freedom, again, as the absence of invasion by another man of any
mans person or property, the fatal confusion of freedom and power is at
last laid to rest.4 We then see clearly that a supposed freedom to steal
or assaultin short, to aggresswould not be a state of freedom at all,
because it would permit someone, the victim of an assault, to be deprived
of his right to person and propertyin short, to have his liberty violated.5
Each mans power, then, is always necessarily limited by the facts of the
human condition, by the nature of man and his world; but it is one of the
glories of mans condition that each person can be absolutely free, even in
a world of complex interaction and exchange. It is still true, moreover, that
any mans power to act and do and consume is enormously greater in such
a world of complex interaction than it could be in a primitive or Crusoe
society.
A vital point: if we are trying to set up an ethic for man (in our case,
the subset of ethics dealing with violence), then to be a valid ethic the theory must hold true for all men, whatever their location in time or place.6
This is one of the notable attributes of natural lawits applicability to all
men, regardless of time or place. Thus, ethical natural law takes its place
alongside physical or scientific natural laws. But the society of liberty is
the only society that can apply the same basic rule to every man, regardless of time or place. Here is one of the ways in which reason can select
one theory of natural law over a rival theoryjust as reason can choose
between many economic or other competing theories. Thus, if someone
claims that the Hohenzollern or Bourbon families have the natural right
to rule everyone else, this kind of doctrine is easily refutable by simply
pointing to the fact that there is here no uniform ethic for every person:
ones rank in the ethical order being dependent on the accident of being,
4We
shall see later that this definition of freedom or liberty must be clarified to read absence of molestation of a mans just property, with justice implying, once again, ownership
title to ones own self, to ones own transformed property, and to the fruits of voluntary
exchanges built upon them.
5For
a critique of the freedom to steal or assault argument against the libertarian position, see Murray N. Rothbard, Power and Market, 2nd ed. (Kansas City: Sheed Andrews
and McMeel, 1977), p. 242.
6On the requirement that ethical laws be universally binding, see R.M. Hare, The Language
of Morals (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1952), p. 162; Marcus Singer, Generalization in Ethics
(New York: Knopf, 1961), pp. 1333.
106
The Rothbard Reader
or not being, a Hohenzollern. Similarly, if someone says that every man

has a natural right to three square meals a day, it is glaringly obvious that
this is a fallacious natural law or natural rights theory; for there are innumerable times and places where it is physically impossible to provide three
square meals for all, or even for the majority, of the population. Hence this
cannot be set forth as some kind of natural right. On the other hand,
consider the universal status of the ethic of liberty, and of the natural right
of person and property that obtains under such an ethic. For every person,
at any time or place, can be covered by the basic rules: ownership of ones
own self, ownership of the previously unused resources which one has
occupied and transformed; and ownership of all titles derived from that
basic ownership-either through voluntary exchanges or voluntary gifts.
These ruleswhich we might call the rules of natural ownershipcan
clearly be applied, and such ownership defended, regardless of the time
or place, and regardless of the economic attainments of the society. It is
impossible for any other social system to qualify as universal natural law;
for if there is any coercive rule by one person or group over another (and
all rule partakes of such hegemony), then it is impossible to apply the same
rule for all; only a rulerless, purely libertarian world can fulfill the qualifications of natural rights and natural law, or, more important, can fulfill the
conditions of a universal ethic for all mankind.
CHAPTER
10
The Division
of Labor Clarified
have come to realize, since writing this essay, that I overweighted the
contributions and importance of Adam Smith on the division of labor.
And to my surprise, I did not sufficiently appreciate the contributions of
Ludwig von Mises.
Despite the enormous emphasis on specialization and the division
of labor in the Wealth of Nations, much of Smiths discussion was misplaced and misleading. In the first place, he placed undue importance on
the division of labor within a factory (the famous pin-factory example),
and scarcely considered the far more important division of labor among
various industries and occupations. Second, there is the mischievous contradiction between the discussions in Book 1 and Book 5 in the Wealth of
Nations. In Book 1, the division of labor is hailed as responsible for civilization as well as economic growth, and is also praised as expanding the
alertness and intelligence of the population. But in Book 5 the division of
labor is condemned as leading to the intellectual and moral degeneration
of the same population, and to the loss of their intellectual, social, and
martial virtues. These complaints about the division of labor as well as
Excerpt from Freedom, Inequality, Primitivism, and the Division of Labor, in Egalitarianism as a Revolt Against Nature, and Other Essays (Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, 2000),
pp. 299302.
107
108
The Rothbard Reader
similar themes in Smiths close friend Adam Ferguson, strongly influenced

the griping about alienation in Marx and later socialist writers.1
But of greater fundamental importance was Smiths abandonment
of the tradition, since Jean Buridan and the Scholastics, that emphasized
that two parties always undertook an exchange because each expected to
gain from the transaction. In contrast to this emphasis on specialization
and exchange as a result of conscious human decision, Smith shifted the
focus from mutual benefit to an alleged irrational and innate propensity to truck, barter, and exchange, as if human beings were lemmings
determined by forces external to their own chosen purposes. As Edwin
Cannan pointed out long ago, Smith took this tack because he rejected the
idea of innate differences in human talents and abilities, differences which
would naturally lead people to seek out different specialized occupations.2
Smith instead took an egalitarian-environmentalist position, still dominant today in neo-classical economics, holding that all men are uniform
and equal, and therefore that differences in labor or occupations can only
be the result rather than a cause of the system of division of labor. Moreover, Smith inaugurated the corollary tradition that differences in wage
rates among this uniform population can only reflect differences in the
cost of training.3,4
In contrast, the recent work of Professor Joseph Salerno has illuminated the profound contributions of Ludwig von Misess emphasis on the
division of labor as the essence of society and the fundamental social
1On Fergusons influence, see M.H. Abrams, Natural Supernaturalism: Tradition and Revo-
lution in Romantic Literature (New York: Norton, 1971), pp. 22021, 508.
2Edwin Cannan, A History of the Theories of Production and Distribution in English Political
Economy from 1776 to 1848 (3rd ed., London: Staples Press, 1917), p. 35.
3Contrast
Smiths egalitarianism with the great early-fifteenth-century Italian Scholastic,

San Bernardino of Siena (13801444). In his On Contracts and Usury, written in 143133,
Bernardino pointed out that wage inequality on the market is a function of differences
of ability and skill as well as training. An architect is paid more than a ditch digger, Bernardino explained, because the formers job requires more intelligence and ability as well as
training, so that fewer men will qualify for the task. See Raymond de Roover, San Bernardino of Siena and Sant Antonio of Florence, The Two Great Economic Thinkers of the Middle
Ages (Boston: Baker Library, 1967), and Alejandro Chafuen, Christians for Freedom: Late
Scholastic Economics (San Francisco: Ignatius Press, 1986), pp. 12331.
4Modern neoclassical labor economics fits in this tradition by defining discrimination as
any wage inequalities greater than differences in the cost of training. Thus, see the standard
work by Gary Becker, The Economics of Discrimination (Chicago: University of Chicago
Press, 1957).
109
phenomenon. For Mises, as I wrote in the essay, the division of labor stems
from the diversity and inequality of human beings and of nature. Salerno,
in addition, brings out with unparalleled clarity that for Mises the division
of labor is a conscious choice of mutual gain and economic development.
The process of social evolution therefore becomes the development of
the division of labor, and this allows Mises to refer to the worldwide division of labor as a vital social organism or oecumene. Mises also points
out that division of labor is at the heart of biological organisms, and the
fundamental principle of all forms of life. The difference of the social
organism is that, in contrast to biological organisms, reason and will are
the originating and sustaining form of the organic coalescence. Therefore,
for Mises human society is thus spiritual and teleological, the product
of thought and will. It therefore becomes of the utmost importance for
people to understand the significance of maintaining and expanding the
oecumene that consists of the free market and voluntary human exchanges,
and to realize that breaching and crippling that market and oecumene can
only have disastrous consequences for the human race.5
In the standard account, writers and social theorists are supposed to
mellow and moderate their views as they get older. (Two glorious exceptions to this rule are such very different libertarian figures as Lysander
Spooner and Lord Acton.) Looking back over the two decades since
writing this essay, it is clear that my views, on the contrary, have radicalized and polarized even further. As unlikely as it would have seemed
twenty years ago, I am even more hostile to socialism, egalitarianism, and
Romanticism, far more critical of the British classical and modern neoclassical tradition, and even more appreciative of Misess great insights
than ever before. Indeed, for someone who thought that he had absorbed
all of Misess work many years ago, it is a constant source of surprise how
rereading Mises continues to provide a source of fresh insights and of
new ways of looking at seemingly trite situations. This phenomenon, in
which many of us have experience, bears testimony to the remarkable
5Joseph T. Salerno, Ludwig von Mises as Social Rationalist, Review of Austrian Economics
4 (1990): 2654. See also Salernos critique of Eamonn Butlers uncomprehending reaction
to Misess insights, charging Mises with the organic fallacy, and difficulty with English.
Ibid., p. 29n. The implicit contrast of Misess view with Hayeks emphasis on unconscious
action and blind adherence to traditional rules is made explicit by Salerno in the latter part
of this article dealing with the socialist calculation debate, and in Salerno, Postscript, in
Ludwig von Mises, Economic Calculation in the Socialist Commonwealth (Auburn, Ala.:
Ludwig von Mises Institute, 1990), pp. 5171.
110
The Rothbard Reader
quality and richness of Misess thought. Although he died almost two

decades ago, Ludwig von Mises remains more truly alive than most of our
conventionally wise contemporaries.
CHAPTER
11
Monopoly and Competition
ere entering the wild, wonderful world of monopoly and competition. To sum up from the last lecture, whats happened is that
the words monopoly and competition have been changed.
In the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries, and also in the
mind of the ordinary person even today, what competition means is competing; in other words, rivalry, trying to offer a better product or a cheaper
price than the other guy, the next guy in the industry. Competing means
acts of competing and, as I say, its what the average person thinks of, what
businessmen think of, when hearing the word competition.
Also, a very important point, competition can be potential as well as
active. Even if you have one firm in an industry, it could still suffer or be
subjected to the rigors of competition, because if it raises prices and cuts
production, another firm might come in and outcompete it, and then its
stuck with the other firm forever. And what business firms hate more than
anything else is to bring in other competitors. And if they cut production
and raise prices when they enjoy a monopoly price, then their higher profits will attract more competitors. Other capitalists will come in with new
equipment and new plants, more modern equipment than this firm has.
So potential competition is just as powerful as actual competition in the
Lecture presented at New York Polytechnic University in 1986.

111
112
The Rothbard Reader
minds of the businessmen. We have competing, either actual or potential

or both.
Monopoly meant, from the seventeenth century on, a grant of exclusive privilege by the government. It means exclusively either one person or
one firm or several firms. So, for example, the king of England gave to John
Smith the monopoly of production of all playing cards in the kingdom of
England. Anybody else who produced cards was shot. Doing this put you
in a state of illegality, in other words.
Why did the government do this? John Smith benefits and the consumers suffer and potential competitors suffer. Suppose a given price and
quantity supplied for playing cards, decks of cards. You say that only John
Smith can produce it. That means youre shifting the supply curve to the
left and youre forcing consumers to pay more for a lower quantity supplied. Youre keeping out all other competitors, people who would want to
produce cards if they were allowed to do it.
You should ask yourself this in all cases of government interference,
who benefits and who pays. Who? Whom?1 In other words, who is screwing
whom in any act of government whatsoever? The beneficiary is John Smith,
the monopolist with playing cards. The losers are the consumers and the
competitors, the people who would have competed; excluded competitors,
in other words. Also benefiting is the king and his bureaucracy. In the old
days, the king would simply sell the monopoly privilege to John Smith.
John Smith gets a monopoly privilege producing playing cards for twenty
years; the king gets paid for it. And also the king or the government builds
up a bureaucracy and builds up political allies, in this case John Smith.
This, of course, is happening all the time, not just with monopolies but also
with cost-plus contracts, in fact with any government contract.
Take, for example, the New York City scandals right now, the famous
parking violation scandal The City administration had a question, who
should get the computer contractit wanted to buy computerized machines
that search for parking violators. Two companies competed for the contract,
Motorolaits an old distinguished computer companyand an obscure
little outfit called CompuSource, one nobody ever heard of. CompuSource
gets the contract. CompuSource has no money and no computers yet. Why
did they get the contract? Because Stanley Friedman, the distinguished head
of the Bronx Democracythe Bronx Democratic Partywas the lobbyist of
1Editors note: Rothbard is alluding to Lenins slogan, formulated in 1921.
113
the contract. Stanley Friedman received no money but, in return for getting
the contract, received a majority shareholdership of the company. In other
words, he got $1.5 million in shares as his legal fee. He became the majority
shareholder to a previously non-existent company, which was formed only
for the purpose of getting the contract.
Who benefits? The recipient of the monopoly privilege or contract,
and the government official. So whether its the king who does it or some
city official who does it, it really doesnt make much difference. The government is in a position of selling monopoly privileges and people are
then buying them.
If roulette wheels are outlawed, for example, but if a police captain
allows a certain roulette wheel establishment to operate in his district and
hes on the take from the company that does it, then the police captain is
selling monopoly privileges. The monopoly privilege is operating a roulette wheel in that district. This sort of thing is going on all the time. This is
essentially known as the Government-Industrial Complex. In the defense
area, its called the Military-Industrial Complex, but its wider than that.
Its the Government-Industrial Complex, the Government-BusinessComplex, also known as Government-Business Partnership. Well see that
examples of exclusive privilege are rife, for example in the taxi industry,
the airlines before deregulation, etc., etc., etc.
Now, to continue with monopolythe American Revolution was
fought largely against monopoly. In other words, against the British government, which had given to the East India Company, a corporation
which had a monopoly of all trade with the Far East, the exclusive privilege to import tea into America. And the Americans rose up against them
and dumped the tea in Boston Harbor, in the so-called Boston Tea Party.
This was an attack not only on the tax but also on the monopoly privilege.
When the first American states were created, they put provisions in their
constitutions outlawing monopoly. What they intended, of course, was not
outlawing what is now meant by monopoly in the textbooks. They meant
no grants of monopoly privilege by the government. Of course, this has
become a dead letter basically; but at least it was there in the state constitutions to express the fact the American Revolution was an anti-monopoly
revolution as well as an anti-tax one.
To simplify the situation, these were the definitions of competition
and monopoly until the 1930s, basically. In the 1930s, a crazy new theory in microeconomics was coined slightly earlier than Keynesian macroeconomics. What weve had in the last thirty years is a process of roll-back
114
The Rothbard Reader
by which Keynesianism is getting increasingly discredited in macroeconomics, and none too soon; and also increasingly discredited is this new
monopolistic competition theory, which, however, is still in the textbooks.
In other words, its been rolled back quite a bit. Its not taken as seriously
as it used to be, in the 1930s. But its still there, the alleged ideal of perfect
competition.
During the 1930s, competition and monopoly were redefined. But the
old terms were retained and they kept the old value connotation they had
with their customary meanings. In other words, everybody was in favor
of competition and against monopoly. The American public, economists,
intellectuals, and everybody else agreed that competition was good and
monopoly was bad. Or if they wanted to speak in so-called scientific terms,
competition was efficient and monopoly was inefficient; but basically, this
was another way of saying good and bad. And for obvious reasons they
redefined the words competition and monopoly, and then applied the
same old value judgments, the emotional baggage these terms had, to a
new set of definitions.
Competition was defined as a state not of competing, but as a state of
so-called perfection and purity. Monopoly was a state of imperfection
monopolistic meant imperfect and impure. Now, notice the terms here.
Theyre supposed to be value-free scientific terms. But perfectwho does
not prefer perfection to imperfection? I mean, the very terminology gets
you to be in favor of perfect. Who doesnt prefer pure to impure? Who
doesnt prefer perfect competition to monopolistic competition? So the term
monopolistic competition is used to suggest a negative value judgment.
And the redefinition was as follows. Competition meant a situation
where each firm, not the industry but the firm, faces a horizontal demand
curve, an infinitely elastic demand curve. And monopolyor monopolistic competition, or impure, imperfect competitionits all the same,
badis defined as a situation where each firm faces a falling demand
curve. Thats it. Now, this is really the definition. You cut through all the
jargon and all the junk in many chapters of the textbooks and this is the
heart of the matter. Fortunately, Miller has less of such junk than youll
find in most other textbooks.
In previous lectures, Ive already provedand it took me several weeks
to demonstrate thisthat all demand curves are falling. Where then do we
get this horizontal demand curve from? We get it in this way: The model
is the wheat industry. There are two million wheat farms in the world and
you have Hiram Jones, who has 100 acres of wheat in Iowa. If Hiram Jones
115
is a very, very tiny proportion of the total wheat industry, whatever he does
on his wheat farm doesnt make any difference to the price. In other words,
if he increases his production like 20 percent, its not going to make a big
dent in the total supply. We can therefore assume, according to the theory,
that hes facing a horizontal demand curve. In other words, he can increase
his supply by cutting the fat. He can sell it at the same price because it
makes a very tiny dent on the total. In this model of the ideal, every firm is
so tiny that it cant affect its price, relative to the total quantity supplied by
the industry. Whether it goes out of business or triples its production will
have no effect on price. This is supposed to be an ideal situation. Everything else is imperfect, impure, monopolistic.
And, of course, each one of us is a monopolist, by the way. Each one
of us faces a falling demand curve, Were all monopolists, every one of us,
if were engineers or economists or whatever, If you go out in the engineering labor market and you insist on a higher wage rate, a very high
wage rate, youre going to see a falling off of demand for your services. For
example, you insist that you wont work for IBM for less than $500,000
a year, youll probably get disemployed very fast. What kind of a crazy
system is it where everybody is a monopolist? Everybody except possibly
Hiram Jones and the wheat industry. It makes very little sense.
The next point is trying to figure out why it is that competition is better than so-called monopoly. Why is it? Whats so great about a horizontal
demand curve anyway? And by the way, the result of this was, all during
the 1930s and 1940s, the Anti-Trust Division, which was influenced by
the economists who have this view, was trying to break up big business
into small parts so as to duplicate the small wheat-farm situation. In other
words, its like taking General Motors and Ford and breaking them up into
two million teeny little blacksmith shop-sized automobile plants. Automobiles used to be made in blacksmith shops and bicycle shops when the
auto industry first got started in the 1900s. Bicycle shops used the wheel
and axle technology, so they were able to shift to producing cars. But these
shops were very small. Youre grinding out two cars a month. Thats the
ideal of the perfect competition supporters.
Ill now give you the whole shtick, the full argument about, why is
this better, why a falling demand curve is supposed to be evil.2 Im going
to set forth for you now a series of insane assumptions, none of which are
2Editors note: Shtick is a Yiddish word, here meaning gimmick.
116
The Rothbard Reader
realistic, and all of which are flawed, deeply flawed. Using these assumptions, we wind up with the conclusion that competition in the sense of a
horizontal demand curve is better than monopoly in the sense of a falling
demand curve.
First of all, we need to consider the concept of final or long-run equilibrium. Now, long-run equilibrium is different from what Ive been talking
about, supply and demand on a day-to-day basis. Long-run equilibrium is
this: In the real business world, there are lots of changes taking place in
values and resources and technology. Suppose that the angel Gabriel came
to the earth and froze everything, all value scales, resources, supply, labor,
land, and technology, etc. Then, in a few years, you would wind up with
every corporation making the same long-run interest rate say, 6 percent.
In other words, there would be no pure profit and no pure losses, because
everything would be the same all the time. If you can foresee everything,
youre not going to make any losses If a firm is now making heavy profits,
for example one in a capital-poor industry, new firms will enter the industry, until you wind up with the usual 6 percent. If industries are making
losses, firms will leave. You wind up after a kind of shuffling back and forth
after a few years with everybody making 6 percent, no more, no lessor 4
percent, whatever the interest rate is.
But remember, final equilibrium does not exit; never can exist; never
has existed and never will exist. You cant freeze the data. The data are
always changing. Value scales are changing, fashions are changing; technology changes, investment changes and labor changes. A lot is changing
all the time. So you never get to long-run equilibrium.
The important thing about long-run equilibrium is to show you how to
analyze profits and interest. Equilibrium shows you that profits and losses
are a matter of forecasting, and interest is a matter of time preference. Its
really an analysis of where the economy is going. It should not be taken seriously as an existing situation because it never has existed and it never will.
But what has happened, unfortunately in microeconomics since the
1930s is that long-run equilibrium has been taken seriously as not only
existing, but as something which should exist. But it shouldnt. If it did,
wed all be in miserable shape. Wed be in a state of stasis; where nothing
ever improved and nothing ever changed. It would be pretty miserable, like
an ant heap or a beehive. Anyway, this is supposed to be the ideal situation.
In this situation where all firms earn the same return, you wind up
geometrically with total cost tangent to total revenue at whatever the production point is. In the average-cost diagram, you have your U-shaped
117
average-cost curve and you have an average-revenue curvethey would

have to be tangent in final equilibrium.
And given a U-shaped average cost curve, we can compare what happens when a firm faces a horizontal demand curve and a falling demand
curve. The points of tangency will be different. With a firm facing a falling
demand curve, the output will be smaller and the price will be higher than
a firm with a horizontal demand curve. Thats it. Thats the whole shtick.
The supporters of perfect competition compare this to a monopoly privilege where the government excludes firms. Here you have a smaller product at a higher price. The conclusion they draw is that consumers are being
screwed by a monopoly whenever a firm faces a falling demand curve.
Therefore, the Anti-Trust Division should come in and break every firm
up into teeny parts so as to get to the bottom of the average cost curve.
Now, to say there are many problems with this is putting it kindly. In
the first place, mean, just one question: How big is this difference in price
and quantity anyway? Youre going to the trouble of breaking up firms.
Is this difference one half of 1 percent or is it really important? Nobody
knows. Remember, all laws in economics are qualitative. You might be
going through this entire headache for a very small fraction of return. As a
matter of fact, some economists have tried to estimate what this percentage
is. Its something like 2 percent. But thats the least of the problems here.
One problem is, who says we have a U-shaped cost curve? As weve
already seen, its not really U-shaped. In most cases, the cost curve goes
down and its flat. In a flat plateau, none of this works. This whole thing is
out the window because, first of all, the intersection point is now a whole
area, not just one point. You have a whole range at which marginal costs
and average costs are equal. Its possible that a falling demand curve could
intersect with the cost curve at its lowest point.
Dont forget, theres nothing that says that the falling demand curve
has to be linear. Remember, the linear part is truly for simplification purposes. Nobody knows that its a straight line. All we know is that its falling. There could be a little gap in the line. And so you could easily twist it
around a little bit so that a falling demand curve, like a horizontal demand
curve, could hit the cost curve at the bottom. With a flat bottom, the intersection point is pretty extensive.
Second of all, the model only works in equilibrium. In other words,
the rest of the time, in the real world when there is no equilibrium, none
of this applies. Theres no way you can say that output is smaller or priced
higher in so-called monopolistic situations. You can only show that in
118
The Rothbard Reader
long-run equilibrium. Since there never is long-run equilibrium, this

whole thing is pointless. This situation, tangency at one point, never exists
in real life. It never can exist. It never will exist. And we d be in bad shape
if it did exist. Theres nothing great about long-run equilibrium.
Also, and finally, and probably the most important point here is, who
says that the cost curve would remain the same if large firms were broken
up? Where is it written? In fact, its just the opposite. If we took General
Motors or Ford and broke them up into 500,000 or whatever number of
teeny plants, each the size of the blacksmith shop, you might hit the bottom of the cost curve, its true. But the cost curve would be extremely high
because each plant would be very inefficient. You wouldnt capture the
advantage of large-scale production. So you might get a price of $5 million per car, which only a few millionaires could afford. This is, by the way,
what happened in the early days of the automobile. It was a toy for the
rich. Diamond Jim Brady and his like could ride around in them. And only
when Henry Ford introduced mass production and interchangeable parts
could the average person ride.
So in other words, we could have inefficient production in an industry, but the consumers would have the thrill of knowing that each firm
would be at the bottom of the cost curve. You would have eliminated the
so-called monopoly here. On the other hand, unfortunately, you would
be paying $5 million a car because each cost curve would be enormously
higher than the cost curve under large-scale production. So the fallacy of
the perfect competition school is to assume the cost curves are equal after
breaking up large firms. Cost curves are never equal. And the reason for
large-scale production is precisely because the cost-curve is lower.
So all this, I think, is to demonstrate the egregious fallacy with this
whole idea that somehow perfect or pure competition is better than socalled monopolistic competition, that theres something evil about a falling demand curve.
So how did this whole idea arise? And the answer is interesting. It was
partly in the anti-business climate of the 1930s that this kind of doctrine
became popular. So whats been happening over the years is that the economics profession has been slowly rolling backward from this commitment to this crazy perfect-competition doctrine. But its still there as an
idea. Its still listed as the ideal outcome. And itll take quite a while before
that gets blasted loose, Im afraid.
119
Whats happening now is the economists have essentially stopped

endorsing the idea of breaking up all businesses into tiny little blacksmith-shop size. But theyre still somehow intellectually committed to
this alleged ideal, largely because you see the U tangency in equations in
differential calculus. If everything is tangent and in equilibrium and the
curves are smoothly arcing and so forth, you also have beautiful equations
of tangency and the graphs are great. This produces the alleged hard science of economics. Of course, this hard science is only alleged; its really
a fabrication of hard science. But as soon as you drop tangency and equilibrium and bring in the real world, the graphs and equations have to be
either modified or eliminated. The science has to be abandoned.
Another feature of the perfect competition doctrine is that goods are
given. This means that you cant have any improvement. Any improvement is monopolistic, because only one firm will come out with a new
product or invention.
So according to this doctrine, if Polaroid is the first firm that comes out
with the Polaroid process, it becomes monopolistic right away. Monopoly, taken in the way perfect competition people use the term, is good
because without it, you wouldnt have any improvements at all. Under
their ideal, every firm would be like a small wheat farm. No firm would
be able to invent a new product or a new process. There wouldnt be any
computers. There wouldnt be any Xerox. There wouldnt be any Polaroid.
There would be nothing, no calculators. Everybody would be stuck in the
old wheat-farm kind of situation, where no one firm could do anything.
No firm could even be active as a competing force, much less do anything
else. So what Im saying here is that the whole alleged ideal is a lot of hocus
pocus; its mumbo jumbo based on a whole series of crazy assumptions.
In real life, again, the real problem of monopoly is not the falling
demand curve. Theres nothing wrong with a falling demand curve. Theres
nothing inefficient or unethical or anything of the sort. The problem of
monopoly is once again the same problems we had in the seventeenth,
eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries, namely government grants of exclusive privilege, either for one firm or for several firms. Thats really the
situation when monopoly comes in. Cost-plus or exclusive contracts, or
keeping out different parts of the industry and, thereby, shifting the supply
curve to the left, raising prices, keeping out competitors, that sort of thing,
This always has existed and always has been the problem with monopoly.
It still is.
120
The Rothbard Reader
Lets see how this works. For example, before the deregulation of airlines, from the 1930s to a couple of years ago, [before 1986] we had the
Civil Aeronautics Board. Its a lovely institution. It served as a cartelizing
device, in other words, a monopolizing device. The CAB was lobbied for
by the big airlines. It was essentially staffed by people from the big airlines.
The idea was to exclude competing airlines and to assign monopoly routes
and also to regulate the rates so the rate would keep going up. For example,
I think only Eastern Airlines could do the New York to Boston route in
those days. If anybody else tried to fly from New York to Boston, they were
shot. In other words, they were considered illegal. They were excluded by
the CAB. The CAB gave Certificates of Convenience and Necessity, I think
they were called, to any airline on the route. If the CAB said, no, you cant
fly on that route, you couldnt do it. There was no free market, no free
enterprise in the airline industry. I think at one point Pan Am had the
entire Pacific locked up. All routes to the Pacific had to be flown by Pan
Am. I think Pan Am was the Republican Airline and TWA was the Democratic. The Democrats came in and they allowed TWA to fly that route.
And there still [i.e., in 1986] is, by the way, a very powerful international airline cartel, the IATA, International Airline Transport Association, that has a lock up on all European flights. Now those of you who have
never flown to Europe will see, to your horror, that its more expensive to
fly from London to Frankfurt than it is from New York to London, because
the intra-European flights are locked up by a very powerful inter-governmental cartel.
In other words, you have a rationing situation. You assign routes. You
exclude everybody except one or two airlines on each route. You lock up
particularly the major routes, the most profitable routes, and jack up the
price.
Now originally, I think until as late as the 1950s, there was no such
thing as First Class and Coach. All classes were First Class. Everything was
extremely expensive, at least relatively speaking. But one thing you have to
realize, which well emphasize in this course, is that a big company doesnt
necessarily outcompete a small one. Sometimes small competitors are
more efficient. And so, in this case, the small airlines came in and started
out competing the big ones by offering cheaper service and a no-frills service. What you had then were heroic little airlines. There had names like
Transamerica and Continental and Transcontinental. They were named
the poor-people express. And immediately, the CAB and the rest of the
airlines came in and prohibited them from scheduling their flights.
121
There was no safety problem, by the way. Safety is handled by the FAA,
the Federal Aviation Administration. The CAB was purely in charge of
economic monopoly; it was part of the airline business. And these small
airlines had very good safety records, much better than the big airlines per
mile flown. But the CAB said, You guys are unfair competitors; we wont
allow you to schedule your flights. In other words, they couldnt have any
timetable. They had to sit there on the runway until they filled up. So they
could only say, Were flying on Tuesday. They couldnt say, Were flying
Tuesday at 11:00 a.m. They were prohibited by the law and by the CAB
from doing that. They were non-scheduled airlines, called the non-scheds.
Even as non-scheds, they were able to outcompete the big airlines.
They were able to fly people from New York to LA, lets say, for half the
price of United or American or TWA. Its true, there were no frills. Some
of these outfits used to weigh you along with the luggage. It was the maximum weight of you plus the luggage. Those of us who are on the heavyset
side thought of it as a kind of discrimination. Still, in all, its a trade-off,
the ignominy of getting weighed against the fact that it costs you a lot less.
I remember my wife flew from Los Angeles to New York on a nonsched. I think it was Transamerica. It was very cheap. It was kind of scary. At
one point, they announced, Please, everybody, go to the back of the plane.
It didnt give you a feeling of great confidence. Also, at one point, it was raining, and there was a leak in the ceiling of the plane. The stewardess, with
great aplomb, went up there and took a Band-Aid and put it on the leak.
They didnt give you great security. On the other hand, they had a very
good safety record. They had no crashes that I remember. And the competition of Transamerica and Transcontinental forced the big five to create a
Coach section in the rear of their planes, with a fare cut in half of the First
Class price. That was in the 1950s.
Finally, the CAB, they simply forced them out of business, saying,
from now on, you cant fly anymore. That was the end of that, the end of
Transamerica and the end of Transcontinental and the rest of them.
And there was another plane that went to Europe a friend of mine
used to go on. It would fly to Iceland and Luxemburg, and on the return
trip would land somewhere in a field in New Hampshire. You would then
make your way to New York by train or bus, Again, it was very cheap,
much cheaper than the official fares in that period.
What, happened when minimum fares were set by the CAB at a very
high rate? There are all sorts of ways to compete. If you cant compete on the
basis of price, you can compete on the basis of quality of service, the frills.
122
The Rothbard Reader
And so you start giving better food or swankier portions, prettier stewardesses and so on. These became the methods of competition rather than price.
At one point, IATA cracked down and said, from now on, no more hot
meals on Trans-Atlantic flights. You can only have sandwiches. And so
what the individual airlines started to do in order to break the cartel was
to have open-faced sandwiches. They took the whole Beef Bourguignon
dinner and put it on a piece of bread and called it a sandwich, in this way,
getting around the crazy cartel regulations. You see this pattern frequently
in economic history: the government puts on crazy regulations and the
market tries to get around them.
What finally began to happen on the airlines is characteristic of government granted monopolies. If youre a monopoly, youve got a very high
profit; but in the long-run, the profit gets competed away and costs rise. In
other words, you have a high demand curve, which generates high profits. That increases your demand for workers and raw materials and these
prices start going up. You have very high salaries, for example, for pilots
and stewardesses, much higher for these big airlines than for anybody else,
such as the un-scheduled type. You have very high costs, plush offices and
so forth; and an enormous amount of inefficiency. You wound up after
about forty years of this with the airlines losing money, even though theyre
monopolistic. This, by the way, is what happened with the railroads. Railroads were overbuilt. They were then regulated. Their fares were kept up
by the Interstate Commerce Commission.
Finally, when the move for deregulation came in the late years of the
Carter administration, 1978, the airlines were almost ready for it. They
had to try something new. So they more or less went along with it, even
though reluctantly, because the monopoly just wasnt working. They were
just losing money anyway. And they began to realize, maybe we would
do better under deregulation. Their love for monopoly had more or less
withered away after forty years.
And as a result of deregulation, you had tremendous changes in the
airline industry. Some lines went bankrupt. Other lines have popped up
as new and effective competitors, like Peoples Express, which offers much
cheaper fares. On the other hand, youre not quite sure when theyre going
to take off because they might sit there, loading up. And you realize that
you pay for the difference.
So various outfits have been involved, and there has been a lot of
reshuffling in the airline industry. Another development was the invention
of the hub and spoke plan, which came about when the market began to
123
realize this plan was more efficient. There are hub cities, like Denver, lets
say. Instead of having a lot of non-stop flights from New York to Los Angeles, you stop at Denver. You have a lot of airlines coming in from other
cities into Denver and going out again. Nobody could have predicted it in
advance, but this is what happened.
To keep you up on the news since the term has started, the current
Time magazine, on the front cover, it says Oil Price, Cheap Oil, Good
News. And underneath, it has a headline, Cheap Oil, Bad News. And
then it has a typical Time-type discussion, which is very middle of the
road, having quotes from both sides, saying Cheap oil, good; Cheap oil
bad. In the latest political flap, Vice President George H.W. Bush, who is,
indeed, a Texas oil man came out in favor of raising the price of oil, stabilizing it, thereby violating the current principles of the Reagan administration.
The price of oil has magnificently fallen from $30$35 a barrel several years ago to about $10 a barrel now (1986). In real terms, since prices
in general have tripled in the last twenty years, its the equivalent of about
$3 a barrel in 1967 or so. Its just a little bit higher than before the OPEC
Arab oil explosion in the early 1970s.
So what happens with any price change? Hysteria hits. Whether the
price is going up or down, most of the establishment and most of the
media are attacking it. A terrible thing; itll cause inflation or a depression, depending on the nature of the price change. The claims cant both
be right. It couldnt have been a terrible thing to raise the price of oil from
three bucks to $35 and also terrible to go down to $10. You cant have it
both ways, unless you think that any change whatsoever is bad, which is
an idiotic position.
So whats the real story here? If youre a Texas oil man, you love the $35
barrel crude oil price. You dont like it going down to $10. On the other
hand, who cares about Texas oil men? Why should they set the standard
for how we decide something?
You shouldnt judge these price changes by taking Gallup polls or
asking a Texas congressman and a New England congressman. What
you should do is figure out where the consumers stand on this thing. The
whole point of production of an economy in general is for consumption.
The whole point of producing oil is that it will eventually get to the consumer in the form of kerosene, gasoline, heating oil, or whatever itll be
124
The Rothbard Reader
used for. From the days of the caveman to the present, more and more
consumer wants are being satisfied. The standard of living keeps going
up. Everything gets cheaper and more abundant. The choices available to
the consumer keep improving and increasing. New products come on the
market and the old products get cheaper. Thats what an increased standard of living means, that the consumers can get more and more goods
and services.
So we know how to judge any price change up or down, namely,
cheaper is better, Hold it in your heart. This of course, is what the average persons reaction is anyway. What you find in economics is that the
average persons immediate reaction is usually correct. Unfortunately, this
reaction is often misdirected by phony economics and bad advice people get from the media. Of course, if you have maximum price controls,
you screw everything up. Im talking about cheaper on the free market. A
cheaper market is an expression of increased supply. Cheaper prices often
result from breaking up cartels, and cartels are our next topic.
Notice some of the phony arguments you get about cheap prices. One
is that the trouble with cheaper oil is that people use a lot of it and then itll
get more expensive. In response, we worry about it if and when it does get
more expensive. You dont say that you have to jack up the price of oil now
and re-establish the cartel, essentially what Bush wants to do, to avoid an
increase in the price of oil ten years from now. The whole concept is nuts.
Thats an argument so ridiculous, nobody can really hold it. These arguments are advanced for sinister economic interests. By sinister, I mean
interests that want to re-establish the cartel, jack up the price of oil and
lower the supply, against the public interest. Texas oil people want to do
these things, of course.
The cartel is the situation where suppliers of any sort try to band
together to restrict the supply and raise the price, taking advantage of an
alleged inelastic demand curve. Lets assume the demand curve for the
industry is inelastic. We know, of course, the demand curve of every firm
is elastic. Its fairly flat. If, for example, Wonder Bread tried to raise the
price to two bucks a loaf, nobodys going to buy it, except a couple of the
very wealthy Wonder Bread fanatics. Everybody will shift to Pepperidge
Farm or Tasty Bread. But if all the bread firms get together and try to raise
the price, theyre trying to go up their industry demand curve. This industry demand curve doesnt have to be inelastic; but if it is, firms are tempted
125
to try to restrict production and raise the price, thereby benefiting each
firm and screwing the consumer.
Most people think its easy to have a cartel, but in this case, the average
person has the wrong instincts. Lets say General Electric and Westinghouse are essentially a two-firm electrical industry. The vice presidents of
each company get together over at the Union League Club and one says to
the other, Hey, Jim, why dont we increase our price by 20 percent? Well
both do it, and because well have an inelastic demand curve, well have
increased profits. And Jim says, Thats a great idea, Joe. People think
thats the end of it, but it isnt. Its very difficult to establish a cartel, even
disregarding the anti-trust laws.
The reason is this. In order to have a viable rise in price, they have
to cut production. But every businessman hates to cut production. Every
businessman wants to expand his operations. So to form a cartel is a very
difficult process, requiring months of negotiations.
Lets say that two or three firms in the industry each agree to cut production by 15 percent, using 1985 as the base year to determine the cuts.
Well, they can do that. In a year or so, though, each one will say, Ive
got new machines. Ive got better equipment. Ive got new products. Why
should I be bound by the 1985 restrictions when I know that if I expand
production, I can outcompete these other firms now? I can get a bigger
share of the market. Each firm has to believe that, because to be an entrepreneur, you have to be an optimist. Youre spending a lot of money, investing a lot of money. And pessimists dont last long in business. And so the
cartel quotas tend to be busted. Each businessman tries to renegotiate the
cartel agreement. They say, Ive got a better product. I want to increase
my production this year. And the rival says, No, you cant do that; youre
violating the quota. And often, the whole agreement breaks up in mutual
recriminations of hatred. So its very difficult to maintain sustained quotas
of this sort over time.
And, in addition to that, each firm has a tremendous temptation to
cheat. Theyre restricted in production by 15 percent. They have a higher
price and each is making higher profits. Each one says, If I can cut my
price secretly, I could pick up an enormous increase in sales. Ill go down
the firm demand curve and make millions. So he goes to his customer,
and says, Look, Jim, Ill give you a secret discount, a rebate of 15 percent
or 20 percent. Dont tell Westinghouse about it, because we have a cartel
agreement to keep prices up and cut production. After about six months,
126
The Rothbard Reader
everybody spies on everybody else. Each firm finds out that the others
cheat and the whole cartel breaks up in mutual hatred.
When the railroads were the big business in the nineteenth century,
a person who owned two railroads would form a pool or a cartel with
another railroad. He couldnt get his own managers not to cheat. Each
vice-president in charge of sales was devoted to increasing sales and hated
to make cuts. Even though the one tycoon owned both railroads, the mangers still cheated.
Another reason cartels break up stems from the fact that theres a lot
of loose capital around. Capitalists throughout the world, who have a lot of
money theyd like to invest, are looking around for profitable investments.
When they see a profitable cartel, they say, Lets go in and put in a new
plant, new equipment, and undercut the cartel. So a new capitalist comes
in. They create a new railroad or a new plant. And the old firms are now
confronted with this new plant with better equipment. Because its starting
from scratch, its going to have new modern equipment. And then theyre
faced with a question: Either they have to cut the new firm into the cartel,
which means they might have to cut their own production by 30 percent.
Otherwise, the whole cartel gets busted, and youre back down again to
square zero.
And when you have external pressure, when a new sugar refining plant
comes in or a new shoe production plant or a new railroad, the new firm
is there permanently. No industry likes the situation where a high-profit
umbrella invites new, unwelcome competitors into the industry.
Every cartel in history, in the world, has broken up on the free market,
very quickly broken up. It doesnt take very long either, a year or two. The
cartel has to break up. The only thing which can sustain a cartel is government intervention, compulsory cartels to keep the price up, keep production limited, and keep new firms from coming in. This is a compulsory
cartel, when the government comes in and forces the establishment of a
cartel. Its the essence of what were living under right now, whether you
want to call it the warfare state, or the warfare-welfare state. Essentially,
we have a cartelizing state where government intervenes to try to cartelize
different industries.
CHAPTER
12
Are Diamonds Really Forever?
he international diamond cartel, the most successful cartel in history, far more successful than the demonized OPEC, is at last falling
on hard times. For more than a century, the powerful DeBeers Consolidated Mines, a South African corporation controlled by the Rothschild
Bank in London, has managed to organize the cartel, restricting the supply
of diamonds on the market and raising the price far above what would
have been market levels.
It is not simply that DeBeers mines much of the worlds diamonds;
DeBeers has persuaded the worlds diamond miners to market virtually
all their diamonds through DeBeers Central Selling Organization (CSO),
which then grades, distributes, and sells all the rough diamonds to cutters
and dealers further down on the road toward the consumer.
Even an unchallenged cartel, of course, does not totally control its
price or its market; even it is at the mercy of consumer demand. One of the
reasons that diamond prices and profits are slumping is the current world
recession. World demand, and particularly consumer demand in the US
for diamonds, has fallen sharply, with consumers buying fewer diamonds
and downgrading their purchases to cheaper gems, which of course particularly hits the market in the expensive stones.
Reprinted from The Free Market 10, no. 11 (November 1992).

127
128
The Rothbard Reader
But how could even this degree of cartel success occur in a free market? Economic theory and history both tell us that maintaining a cartel,
for any length of time, is almost impossible on the free market, as the firms
who restrict their supply are challenged by cartel members who secretly
cut their prices in order to expand their share of the market as well as by
new producers who enter the fray enticed by their higher profits attained
by the cartelists. So, how could DeBeers maintain such a flourishing, century-long cartel on the free market?
The answer is simple: the market has not been really free. In particular, in South Africa, the major center of world diamond production, there
has been no free enterprise in diamond mining.
The government long ago nationalized all diamond mines, and anyone who finds a diamond mine on his property discovers that the mine
immediately becomes government property. The South African government then licenses mine operators who lease the mines from the government and, it so happened, that lo and behold!, the only licensees turned
out to be either DeBeers itself or other firms who were willing to play ball
with the DeBeers cartel. In short: the international diamond cartel was
only maintained and has only prospered because it was enforced by the
South African government.
And enforced to the hilt: for there were severe sanctions against any
independent miners and merchants who tried to produce illegal diamonds, even though they were mined on what used to be private property. The South African government has invested considerable resources
in vessels that constantly patrol the coast, firing on and apprehending the
supposedly pernicious diamond smugglers.
Back in the pre-Gorbachev era, it was announced that Russia had
discovered considerable diamond resources. For a while, there was fear
among DeBeers and the cartelists that the Russians would break the international diamond cartel by selling in the open market abroad. Never fear,
however. The Soviet government, as a professional monopolist itself, was
happy to cut a deal with DeBeers and receive an allocation of their own
quota of diamonds to sell to the CSO.
But now the CSO and DeBeers are in trouble. The problem is not only
the recession; the very structure of the cartel is at stake, with the problem
centering on the African country of Angola.
Not that the communist government (or formerly communist, but
now quasi-communist, government) refuses to cooperate with the cartel.
It always has. The problem is threefold. First, even though the Angolan
129
civil war is over, the results have left the government powerless to control
most of the country. Second, the end of the war has given independent
wildcatters access to the Cuango River in northern Angola, a territory rich
in diamonds. And third, the African-drought has dried up the Cuango
along with other rivers, leaving the rich alluvial diamond deposits in the
beds and on the banks of the Cuango accessible to the eager prospectors.
With the diamond deposits available and free of war, and the central
government unable to enforce the cartel, 50,000 prospectors have happily
poured into the Cuango Valley of Angola. Furthermore, the prospectors
are being protected by a private army of demobilized but armed Angolan
soldiers. As one Johannesburg broker pointed out, If you fly a patrol over
the province you can get shot down by a missile. And its a 100-mile river.
You cant put a fence around it.
So far, DeBeers has been holding the line by buying up the over-supply caused by the influx of Angolan diamonds; this year, the cartel may
be forced to buy no less than $500 million in illegal Angolan diamonds,
twice as much as that countrys official output. Consequently, DeBeers is
taking heavy losses; as a result, Julian Ogilvie Thompson, the arrogant and
aristocratic chairman of DeBeers, was forced to announce that the company was slashing its dividend, for only the second time since World War II.
Immediately, DeBeers shares plummeted by one-third, taking with it much
of the Johannesburg Stock Exchange.
Overall, DeBeerss CSO had to purchase $4.8 billion of rough diamonds in 1992, while being able to sell only $3.5 billion. This huge pileup
of inventory could break the cartel price; to stave off such a perceived
disaster, DeBeers ordered cartel members to cut back 2.5 percent on the
diamonds they had already contracted to market through the cartel. Such
a large cutback sets the stage for individual firms to sneak supplies into the
market and evade the cartel restrictions.
No wonder that Sir Harry Oppenheimer, the octogenarian head of
DeBeers, decided to vacation in Russia at the end of August, presumably
to persuade the Russians to resist any temptation to engage in free-market competition in the diamond market. With luck, however, the forces
of free competitionas well as the worlds consumers of diamondsmay
triumph.
CHAPTER
13
The Infant-Industry
Argument
he infant-industry argument has been considered as the only justifiable ground for a protective tariff by many neoclassical economists. The substance of the argument was clearly stated by one of its
most noted exponents, Professor F.W. Taussig:
The argument is that while the price of the protected article is temporarily raised by the duty, eventually it is lowered. Competition sets in ... and brings a lower price in
the end. ... [T]his reduction in domestic price comes only
with the lapse of time. At the outset the domestic producer has difficulties, and cannot meet foreign competition. In the end he learns how to produce to best advantage, and then can bring the article to market as cheaply
as the foreigner, even more cheaply.1
1F.W. Taussig, Principles of Economics, 2nd ed. rev. (New York: Macmillan 1916), p. 527.
Taussig went on to assert that the theoretical validity of this argument has been admitted
by almost all economists, and that the difficulties lay in the practical application of the
policy.
Originally prepared for the William Volker Fund; date unknown. Reprinted in Strictly
Confidential: The Private Volker Fund Memos of Murray N. Rothbard, David Gordon, ed.
(Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute,2010), pp. 24953.
130
131
Thus, older competitors are alleged to have historically acquired skill

and capital that enable them to outcompete any new infant rivals. Wise
protection of the government for the new firms will, in the long run, promote, rather than hinder, competition.
The troublesome question arises; if long-run prospects in the new
industry are so promising, why does private enterprise, ever on the lookout
for profitable investment opportunities, persistently fail to enter the new
field? Such unwillingness to invest signifies that such investment would be
uneconomic, i.e., would waste capital and labor that might otherwise be
invested in satisfying more urgent wants of consumers.
An infant industry will be established if the superiority of the new
location outweighs the economic disadvantages of abandoning alreadyexisting, nontransferable capital goods in the older plants. If that is the
case, then the new industry will compete successfully with the old without benefit of special governmental protection. If the superiorities do not
balance the disadvantages, then government protection constitutes a subsidy causing a wastage of scarce factors of production. Labor and capital
(including land) is wastefully expended in building new plants, when an
existing plant could have been used more economically. Consumers are
forced to pay a subsidy for a wastage of goods needed to serve their wants.
This does not imply that if, at one time, an infant industry is unprofitable
on the free market, and hence uneconomic, that such will always be the
case. In many instances, the new location becomes superior after a portion
of the existing capital goods in the old plants has been allowed to wear
away.
Protectionist economic historians are under pains to assert that no
important infant industry can be established without substantial tariff
protection against entrenched foreign competition. The high degree of
tariff protection in the greater part of the history of the United States, has
made this preeminent industrial country a favorite proof of the infantindustry argument.
Ironically, it is the United States that provides the most striking illustrations of the fallaciousness of the infant-industry doctrine. Within its
vast borders, the United States offers an example of one of the worlds largest free-trade areas. The frequent regional shifts in American industries
provide numerous examples of birth and growth of infant industries, and
decline of old, established industries. One of the most striking examples is
that of the cotton textile industry.
132
The Rothbard Reader
One of Americas important industries, cotton textiles were manufactured almost exclusively in New England from 1812 to 1880. During that
period, there were practically no textile plants in the cotton-growing areas
of the South. In 1880, the cotton textile industry began to grow rapidly in
the South, rising at a far greater rate than the industry in the entrenched
New England area, despite absence of special protection. By 1925, half of
the countrys cotton textile production occurred in the South. In the early
1920s, moreover, cotton textile production in New England began a sharp
absolute decline as well, so that, at present, the South produces approximately three-fourths of the countrys cotton textiles, and the New England
area less than one-fourth.2
Another striking example of a regional shift is the clothing industry,
which was highly concentrated in New York City and Chicago (close to
the retail markets) until the 1921 depression. At that time, under the pressure of union-maintained wage rates and work rules in the face of falling
prices, the clothing industry moved with great rapidity to disperse in rural
areas. Other important shifts have been the relative dispersal of steelmaking from the Pittsburgh area, the growth of coal mining in West Virginia,
airplane manufacturing in California, etc.
Logically, the infant-industry argument must apply to interlocal and
regional as well as national trade, and failure to apply it to those areas
is one of the reasons for the persistence of this point of view. Logically
extended, the argument would imply that it is difficult or impossible for
any firm to exist and grow against the competition of existing firms in the
industry, wherever located. Illustrations of this growth, and of decay of old
firms, however, are innumerable, particularly in the United States. That, in
many instances, a firm with almost no capital can successfully outcompete
a firm with existing entrenched capital need only be demonstrated by
2Cf. Jules Backman and Martin Gainsbrugh, Economics of the Cotton Textile Industry (New
York: National Industrial Conference Board, 1946). Some of the reasons for the shift in
capital from North to South were (1) lower wage rates for comparable labor in the South
about half in 1900; (2) development of power in the South; (3) more rapid unionization
in the North, and hence, shorter hours, and great work restrictions, raising the unit labor
cost; (4) earlier wage and hour legislation in the North; (5) higher taxes in the North.
These factors took on greater importance after World War I, when immigration restrictions sharply reduced the supply of mill labor in the North, while the labor supply of the
poor Ozark Southerners continued to be plentiful, and when unions and social legislation
became more powerful.
133
the case of the lowly peddler, who is legally banned or restricted at the
instance of his rivals throughout the world.
HISTORICAL APPENDIX
It is ironic that the American cotton textile industry provides a major
example of the growth of an unprotected infant industry, for the infantindustry argument first came into prominence precisely in connection
with this industry. Although the infant-industry argument has been traced
back to mid-seventeenth-century England,3 it was first widely used after
the War of 1812 in America. During the war, when foreign trade had practically ceased, American capital turned to investment in domestic manufactures, particularly cotton textiles in New England and the Mid-Atlantic
states. After 1815, these new firms had to compete with established English and East Indian competition. The protectionists first appeared in force
upon the American scene, urging that the new industry must be protected
in its infant stages. Mathew Carey, Philadelphia printer, brought the argument into prominence, and he exerted great influence on young Friedrich
List, who was later to become the infant-industry arguments best-known
advocate.4
3Cf. Jacob Viner, Studies in the Theory of International Trade (New York: Harper and Broth-
ers, 1937), pp. 7172.

4
Cf. Mathew Carey, Essays in Political Economy (Philadelphia: H.C. Carey & I. Lea, 1822);
Joseph Dorfman, Economic Mind in American Civilization, vols. 1 and 2 (New York: Viking
Press, 1946).
CHAPTER
14
Airport Congestion:
A Case of Market Failure?
he press touted it as yet another chapter in the unending success

story of government-business cooperation. The traditional tale is
that a glaring problem arises, caused by the unchecked and selfish
actions of capitalist greed. And that then a wise and farsighted government agency, seeing deeply and having only the public interest at heart,
steps in and corrects the failure, its sage regulations gently but firmly
bending private actions to the common good.
The latest chapter began in the summer of 1984, when it came to light
that the public was suffering under a 73 percent increase in the number
of delayed flights compared to the previous year. To the Federal Aviation
Agency (FAA) and other agencies of government, the villain of the piece
was clear. Its own imposed quotas on the number of flights at the nations
airports had been lifted at the beginning of the year, and, in response to this
deregulation, the shortsighted airlines, each pursuing its own profits, overscheduled their flights in the highly remunerative peak hours of the day.
The congestion and delays occurred at these hours, largely at the biggest
and most used airports. The FAA soon made it clear that it was prepared to
impose detailed, minute-by-minute maximum limits on takeoffs and landings at each airport, and threatened to do so if the airlines themselves did
Reprinted from The Free Market 3, no. 1 (January 1986).

134
135
not come up with an acceptable plan. Under this bludgeoning, the airlines
came up with a voluntary plan that was duly approved at the end of
October, a plan that imposed maximum quotas of flights at the peak hours.
Government-business cooperation had supposedly triumphed once more.
The real saga, however, is considerably less cheering. From the beginning of the airline industry until 1978, the Civil Aeronautics Board (CAB)
imposed a coerced cartelization on the industry, parceling out routes to
favored airlines, and severely limiting competition, and keeping fares far
over the free-market price. Largely due to the efforts of CAB chairman
and economist Alfred E. Kahn, the Airline Deregulation Act was passed
in 1978, deregulating routes, flights, and prices, and abolishing the CAB
at the end of 1984.
What has really happened is that the FAA, previously limited to safety
regulation and the nationalization of air traffic control services, has since
then moved in to take up the torch of cartelization lost by the CAB. When
President Reagan fired the air-controllers during the PATCO strike in
1981, a little-heralded consequence was that the FAA stepped in to impose
coerced maxima of flights at the various airports, all in the name of rationing scarce air-control services. An end of the air-controller crisis led the
FAA to remove the controls in early 1984, but now here they are more than
back again as a result of the congestion.
Furthermore, the quotas are now in force at the six top airports. Leading the parade in calling for the controls was Eastern Airlines, whose services using Kennedy and LaGuardia airports have, in recent years, been
outcompeted by scrappy new Peoples Express, whose operations have
vaulted Newark Airport from a virtual ghost airport to one of the top six
(along with LaGuardia, Kennedy, Denver, Atlanta, and OHare at Chicago.) In imposing the voluntary quotas, it does not seem accidental that
the peak hour flights at Newark Airport were drastically reduced (from
100 to 68), while the LaGuardia and Kennedy peak hour flights were actually increased.
But, in any case, was the peak hour congestion a case of market failure? Whenever economists see a shortage, they are trained to look immediately for the maximum price control below the free market. And sure
enough, this is what has happened. We must realize that all commercial
airports in this country are government-owned and operatedall by
local governments except Dulles and National, owned by the federal government. And governments are not interested, as is private enterprise,
in rational pricing, that is, in a pricing that achieves the greatest profits.
136
The Rothbard Reader
Other political considerations invariably take over. And so every airport

charges fees for its slots (landing and takeoff spots on its runways) far
below the market-clearing price that would be achieved under private
ownership. Hence congestion occurs at valuable peak hours, with private
corporate jets taking up space from which they would obviously be outcompeted by the large commercial airliners. The only genuine solution to
airport congestion is to impose market-clearing pricing, with far higher
slot fees at peak than at non-peak hours. And this would accomplish the
task while encouraging rather than crippling competition by the compulsory rating of underpriced slots imposed by the FAA. But such rational
pricing will only be achieved when airports are privatizedtaken out of
the inefficient and political control of government.
There is also another important area to be privatized. Air control services are a compulsory monopoly of the federal government, under the
aegis of the FAA. Even though the FAA promised to be back to pre-strike
air control capacity by 1983, it still employs 19 percent fewer air controllers than before the strike, all trying to handle 6 percent greater traffic.
Once again, the genuine solution is to privatize air-traffic control.
There is no real reason why pilots, aircraft companies, and all other aspects
of the airline industry can be private, but that somehow air control must
always remain a nationalized service. Upon the privatization of air control, it will be possible to send the FAA to join the CAB in the forgotten
scrap heap of history.
CHAPTER
15
The Union Problem
abor unions are flexing their muscles again. Last year, a strike against
the New York Daily News succeeded in inflicting such losses upon
the company that it was forced to sell cheap to British tycoon Robert
Maxwell, who was willing to accept union terms. Earlier, the bus drivers
union struck Greyhound and managed to win a long and bloody strike.
How were the unions able to win these strikes, even though unions have
been declining in numbers and popularity since the end of World War
II? The answer is simple: in both cases, management hired replacement
workers and tried to keep producing. In both cases, systematic violence
was employed against the product and against the replacement workers.
In the Daily News strike, the Chicago Tribune Company, which
owned the News, apparently did not realize that the New York drivers
union had traditionally been in the hands of thugs and goons; what
the union apparently did was commit continuing violence against the
newsstandsinjuring the newsdealers and destroying their stands, until
none would carry the News. The police, as is typical almost everywhere
outside the South, were instructed to remain neutral in labor disputes,
that is, look the other way when unions employ gangster tactics against
employers and non-striking workers. In fact, the only copies of the News
Reprinted from The Free Market (December 1991); reprinted in Making Economic Sense
(1995, 2006).
137
138
The Rothbard Reader
visible during the long strike were those sold directly to the homeless,
who peddled them in subways. Apparently, the union felt that beating up
or killing the homeless would not do much for its public relations image.
In the Greyhound strike, snipers repeatedly shot at the buses, injuring
drivers and passengers. In short, the use of violence is the key to the winning of strikes.
Union history in America is filled with romanticized and overblown
stories about violent strikes: the Pullman strike, the Homestead strike,
and so on. Since labor historians have almost all been biased in favor of
unions, they strongly imply that almost all the violence was committed
by the employers guards, wantonly beating up strikers or union organizers. The facts are quite the opposite. Almost all the violence was committed by union goon squads against the property of the employer, and
in particular, against the replacement workers, invariably smeared and
dehumanized with the ugly word scabs. (Talk about demeaning language!)
The reason unions are to blame is inherent in the situation. Employers
dont want violence; all they want is peace and quiet, the unhampered and
peaceful production and shipment of goods. Violence is disruptive, and
is bound to injure the profits of the company. But the victory of unions
depends on making it impossible for the company to continue in production, and therefore they must zero in on their direct competitors, the
workers who are replacing them.
Pro-union apologists often insist that workers have a right to strike.
No one denies that. Few peopleexcept for panicky instances where, for
example, President Truman threatened to draft striking steel workers into
the army and force them back into the factoriesadvocate forced labor.
Everyone surely has the right to quit. But thats not the issue. The issue is
whether the employer has the right to hire replacement workers and continue in production.
Unions are now flexing their muscle politically as well, to pass legislation in Congress to prohibit employers from hiring permanent replacement workers, that is, from telling the strikers, in effect: OK, you quit, so
long! Right now, employers are already severely restricted in this right:
they cannot hire permanent replacement workers, that is, fire the strikers,
in any strikes over unfair labor practices. What Congress should do is
extend the right to fire to these unfair labor cases as well.
In addition to their habitual use of violence, the entire theory of labor
unions is deeply flawed. Their view is that the worker somehow owns
139
his job, and that therefore it should be illegal for an employer to bid permanent farewell to striking workers. The ownership of jobs is of course
a clear violation of the property right of the employer to fire or not hire
anyone he wants. No one has a right to a job in the future; one only has
the right to be paid for work contracted and already performed. No one
should have the right to have his hand in the pocket of his employer forever; that is not a right but a systematic theft of other peoples property.
Even when the union does not commit violence directly, it should
be clear that the much revered picket line, sanctified in song and story,
is nothing but a thuggish attempt to intimidate workers or customers
from crossing the line. The idea that picketing is simply a method of free
expression is ludicrous: if you want to inform a town that theres a strike,
you can have just one picket, or still less invasively, take out ads in the
local media. But even if there is only one picket, the question then arises:
on whose property does one have the right to picket, or to convey information? Right now, the courts are confused or inconsistent on the question: do strikers have the right to picket on the property of the targeted
employer? This is clearly an invasion of the property right of the employer,
who is forced to accept a trespasser whose express purpose is to denounce
him and injure his business.
What of the question: does the union have the right to picket on the
sidewalk in front of a plant or of a struck firm? So far, that right has been
accepted readily by the courts. But the sidewalk is usually the responsibility of the owner of the building abutting it, who must maintain it, keep
it unclogged, etc. In a sense, then, the building owner also owns the
sidewalk, and therefore the general ban on picketing on private property
should also apply here.
The union problem in the United States boils down to two conditions
in crying need of reform. One is the systematic violence used by striking
unions. That can be remedied, on the local level, by instructing the cops
to defend private property, including that of employers; and, on the federal level by repealing the infamous Norris-LaGuardia Act of 1932, which
prohibits the federal courts from issuing injunctions against the use of
violence in labor disputes.
Before 1932, these injunctions were highly effective in blocking union
violence. The act was passed on the basis of much-esteemed but phony
140
The Rothbard Reader
research by Felix Frankfurter, who falsely claimed that the injunctions had
been issued not against violence but against strikes per se.1
The second vital step is to repeal the sainted Wagner Act (National
Labor Relations Act) of 1935, which still remains, despite modifications,
the fundamental law of labor unions in the United States, and in those
states that have patterned themselves after federal law. The Wagner Act
is misleadingly referred to in economics texts as the bill that guarantees
labor the right to bargain collectively. Bunk. Labor unions have always
had that right. What the Wagner Act did was to force employers to bargain collectively in good faith with any union which the federal National
Labor Relations Board decides has been chosen in an NLRB election by a
majority of the bargaining unita unit which is defined arbitrarily by
the NLRB.
Workers in the unit who voted for another union, or for no union at
all, are forced by the law to be represented by that union. To establish
this compulsory collective bargaining, employers are prevented from firing union organizers, are forced to supply unions with organizing space,
and are forbidden to discriminate against union organizers.
In other words, we have been suffering from compulsory collective
bargaining since 1935. Unions will never meet on a fair playing field and
we will never have a free economy until the Wagner and Norris-LaGuardia
Acts are scrapped as a crucial part of the statism that began to grip this
country in the New Deal, and has never been removed.
For a masterful and definitive refutation of Frankfurter, which unfortunately came a halfcentury too late, see Sylvester Petro, Unions and the Southern CourtsThe Conspiracy
and Tort Foundations of Labor Injunction, The North Carolina Law Review (March 1982):
544629.
CHAPTER
16
Outlawing Jobs:
The Minimum Wage,
Once More
here is no clearer demonstration of the essential identity of the two

political parties than their position on the minimum wage. The
Democrats proposed to raise the legal minimum wage from $3.35
an hour, to which it had been raised by the Reagan administration during
its allegedly free-market salad days in 1981. The Republican counter was
to allow a sub-minimum wage for teenagers, who, as marginal workers,
are the ones who are indeed hardest hit by any legal minimum.
This stand was quickly modified by the Republicans in Congress, who
proceeded to argue for a teenage subminimum that would last only a piddling ninety days, after which the rate would rise to the higher Democratic minimum (of $4.55 an hour). It was left, ironically enough, for Senator Edward Kennedy to point out the ludicrous economic effect of this
proposal: to induce employers to hire teenagers and then fire them after
eighty-nine days, to rehire others the day after.
Finally, and characteristically, George Bush got the Republicans out
of this hole by throwing in the towel altogether, and plumping for a Democratic plan, period. We were left with the Democrats forthrightly proposing a big increase in the minimum wage, and the Republicans, after a
series of illogical waffles, finally going along with the program.
Reprinted from The Free Market (December 1998); reprinted in Making Economic Sense
(Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, 1995, 2006).
141
142
The Rothbard Reader
In truth, there is only one way to regard a minimum wage law: it is

compulsory unemployment, period. The law says: it is illegal, and therefore criminal, for anyone to hire anyone else below the level of X dollars
an hour. This means, plainly and simply, that a large number of free and
voluntary wage contracts are now outlawed and hence that there will be a
large amount of unemployment. Remember that the minimum wage law
provides no jobs; it only outlaws them; and outlawed jobs are the inevitable result.
All demand curves are falling, and the demand for hiring labor is no
exception. Hence, laws that prohibit employment at any wage that is relevant to the market (a minimum wage of 10 cents an hour would have
little or no impact) must result in outlawing employment and hence causing unemployment.
If the minimum wage is, in short, raised from $3.35 to $4.55 an hour,
the consequence is to disemploy, permanently, those who would have
been hired at rates in between these two rates. Since the demand curve for
any sort of labor (as for any factor of production) is set by the perceived
marginal productivity of that labor, this means that the people who will be
disemployed and devastated by this prohibition will be precisely the marginal (lowest wage) workers, e.g., blacks and teenagers, the very workers whom the advocates of the minimum wage are claiming to foster and
protect.
The advocates of the minimum wage and its periodic boosting reply
that all this is scare talk and that minimum wage rates do not and never
have caused any unemployment. The proper riposte is to raise them one
better; all right, if the minimum wage is such a wonderful anti-poverty
measure, and can have no unemployment-raising effects, why are you such
pikers? Why you are helping the working poor by such piddling amounts?
Why stop at $4.55 an hour? Why not $10 an hour? $100? $1,000?
It is obvious that the minimum wage advocates do not pursue their
own logic, because if they push it to such heights, virtually the entire labor
force will be disemployed. In short, you can have as much unemployment
as you want, simply by pushing the legally minimum wage high enough.
It is conventional among economists to be polite, to assume that economic fallacy is solely the result of intellectual error. But there are times
when decorousness is seriously misleading, or, as Oscar Wilde once wrote,
when speaking ones mind becomes more than a duty; it becomes a positive pleasure. For if proponents of the higher minimum wage were simply
143
wrong-headed people of good will, they would not stop at $3 or $4 an

hour, but indeed would pursue their dimwit logic into the stratosphere.
The fact is that they have always been shrewd enough to stop their
minimum wage demands at the point where only marginal workers are
affected, and where there is no danger of disemploying, for example,
white adult male workers with union seniority. When we see that the most
ardent advocates of the minimum wage law have been the AFL-CIO, and
that the concrete effect of the minimum wage laws has been to cripple
the low-wage competition of the marginal workers as against higher-wage
workers with union seniority, the true motivation of the agitation for the
minimum wage becomes apparent.
This is only one of a large number of cases where a seemingly purblind
persistence in economic fallacy only serves as a mask for special privilege
at the expense of those who are supposedly to be helped.
In the current agitation, inflationsupposedly brought to a halt by
the Reagan administrationhas eroded the impact of the last minimum
wage hike in 1981, reducing the real impact of the minimum wage by 23
percent. Partially as a result, the unemployment rate has fallen from 11
percent in 1982 to under 6 percent in 1988. Possibly chagrined by this
drop, the AFL-CIO and its allies are pushing to rectify this condition, and
to boost the minimum wage rate by 34 percent.
Once in a while, AFL-CIO economists and other knowledgeable liberals will drop their mask of economic fallacy and candidly admit that their
actions will cause unemployment; they then proceed to justify themselves
by claiming that it is more dignified for a worker to be on welfare than
to work at a low wage. This of course, is the doctrine of many people on
welfare themselves. It is truly a strange concept of dignity that has been
fostered by the interlocking minimum wage-welfare system.
Unfortunately, this system does not give those numerous workers who
still prefer to be producers rather than parasites the privilege of making
their own free choice.
CHAPTER
17
The Myth of Tax Reform
veryone will agree that the American tax system is a mess. Taxes are
far too high, and the patchwork system is so complicated that even
IRS officials dont understand it. Hence the evident need for some
sort of dramatic, even drastic, reform. As often happens, a group of dedicated and determined reformers has arisen to satisfy that need. But before
we embrace this new gospel, we should heed the old maxim about jumping from the frying pan into the fire, and also remember the warning of
the great H.L. Mencken, who defined reform as Mainly a conspiracy
of prehensile charlatans to mulct the American taxpayer. And we should
also bear in mind that all acts of government, however worthy they may
seem, have a way of winding up solving no problems and only making
matters worse.
Working within current tax realities, the reformers plans are varied
and change nearly daily, as they meet conflicting political pressures. But
whether they be Kemp-Kasten, Bradley-Gephardt, the Treasury plan of
fall, 1984 (Regan, or Reagan I), or the final Reagan plan of spring, 1985
(Reagan II), there is one common and seemingly simple goal: that every
person or group should pay the same proportional tax on their net income,
Reprinted from World Market Perspective 18, no. 11 (November 1985); The Logic of Action
Two (Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute and Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar, 1997).
144
145
and that all deductions, exemptions, and shelters be abolished in the name
of this uniform proportional tax (a flat tax with no exemptions).
The flat tax reformers have much in common with militant ideologues
that we have become all too familiar with in the twentieth century. In the
first place, they are egalitarians in this case, assuming it to be sinful or at
least grossly unfair for any person or group to escape the scythe of the
great uniform tax. Second, and along with this egalitarianism, they assume
in brusque and lordly fashion that they alone represent and embody the
general interest, and that all objections to a uniform flat tax may be
quickly dismissed as the self-interested croakings of the special interests. It doesnt seem to matter if the special interests encompass most
of the American populace; they must be unceremoniously swept aside to
achieve the flat tax paradise. The fact that most of the impetus for this and
other reforms comes from academic economists puts the icing on the flat
tax cake. Academic idealists have always been accustomed to sweeping
aside everyone elses interests and concerns as petty and special, while
they speak automatically for the larger interests of mankind. At best, the
reformers cavalierly overlook the enormous amount of harm and pain
they will inflict in the course of their grandiose reform.
One example: the flat tax would impose an enormous amount of harm
and damage on every American homeowner. In their wisdom, the flat taxers have decided that deduction of interest payments on your mortgage is
a subsidy granted by the tax system, and that your true net income would
permit no such deduction. They have also concluded that the unwitting
homeowner also enjoys another subsidy from the government: failure
to tax his imputed rent; that is, the amount that he would have had to
pay in rent if he had been renting the house instead of owning it. One of
the many problems with the latter proposal is that the poor homeowner
is never able to pay his imputed taxes; no, his taxes would have to be
paid in cold cash, even though his income is psychic and not earned in
money. But we press on. A third body blow to the homeowner would be
the flat taxers insistence on eliminating federal tax deductions for state
and local taxes, most of which are property taxes on ones home. Thus, we
have a three-fold tax increase inflicted on the homeowner, and the effect
of this one-two-three punch would be a permanent lowering of the market
value of ones home, which consists of the present value of expected future
returns from the house.
These are but a few of the many grave consequences and damages that
would flow from the reformers measures. But the reformers literally do
146
The Rothbard Reader
not care; no pains (almost invariably suffered by others) must be permitted to block or delay the speedy achievement of their Utopia. Any alterations are only grudging concessions to the fierce resistance of the special
interests to the advent of the flat taxers New Jerusalem. Thus, the Regan
plan of fall, 1984 (Reagan I), proposed to increase drastically the capital
gains tax, toward the ideal of raising it to the precise level of the income
tax, and also suggested a sharp lowering of oil depletion allowances. Great
resistance was offered to the plan by risky venture capitalists, who would
be particularly crushed by a high capital gains tax, and by the similarly
damaged oil interests, always considered sinister in the popular imagination. As a result, the reformers were forced to abandon these two aspects of
their Grand Plan in Reagan II. But in the long run, these forced retreats are
not important; their goala uniform across-the-board flat taxalways
remains the same.
But why is this plan so grand? So vitally important that our pain and
hardships should be treated as nothing? Here the reformers offer little
argument. Basically, their reasons boil down to two: their tax system
would be simple (you could calculate your tax on a postcard), and above
all, it would be fair.
THE ARGUMENT FOR SIMPLICITY

Making out your taxes, the reformers claim, would be simplicity itself.
No more back-breaking work trying to figure out whats going on, no
more hiring tax lawyers or accountants. But the sweet simplicity of the
argument can be disposed of very quickly. In the first place, anyone who
wants simplicity can have it now, by using the short E-Z form, and twothirds of Americans do so at the present time. So then the question to ask
is: why do one-third of us choose complexity by spending many painful
hours over the complex form, and why do we hire expensive lawyers and
accountants to aid us? Surely, not because we love complexity and expense
for their own sakes, but because we believe that there are things in life
worse than complexity, and one of them is paying more taxes! We are willing to suffer some complexity in order to lower some of our monstrous tax
burden. And by eliminating our deductions, exemptions, shelters, and so
on, the reformers are imposing compulsory simplicity against our wishes.
They are truly what the great nineteenth century Swiss historian Jacob
Burckhardt said of the statist intellectuals of his day, terrible simplifiers.
147
But the joke is on us, for the reformers system would really in no way
be simple. We would still have to go through a complex and murky maze.
For the key to the flat taxers is that the uniform proportionate tax is to be
levied on all net income. But what is net income? The answers are far from
simple, and good arguments can be found on either side. The interesting
and crucial fact is that, on each of these arguments, the flat taxers invariably come down against the harried taxpayer, and in favor of bringing ever
more of our income and assets into the greedy maw of the taxing Leviathan State.
Thus, are capital gains income? The reformers say yes, and call for
taxing it to the same extent as ordinary income. Western Europe has not
gone down the economic drain partly because its capital gains taxes have
always been far lower than its income taxes, but this fact does not and
cannot count in the harsh calculus of our reformers. Should capital gains
be taxed as they accrue on our books or only as they are realized in cash?
Once again, the reformers opt for accrual, grabbing our assets at an earlier
date, and heedless of our problem of paying taxes in money while our
gains have only accrued in our psyche or on paper. Are the losses in our
tax shelters phony, or should they be treated as real losses to write off our
income? The reformers insist that they are phony, and that therefore they
must be disregarded when our taxes are estimated. But who is to say so?
Who is to say that if I buy a horse farm in Virginia, and suffer losses, that
these are losses I welcome in order to reduce my taxes? Who is equipped
to look into my heart and mind and find out if these losses are genuine or
not? And since when has the IRS acquired occult powers, along with the
rest of its totalitarian armamentarium?
And what about the cherished American institution of the threemartini lunch? Reformers from Carter to Reagan have tried to crush
that lunch, and to claim that these are not genuine or worthy business
expenses. Net income is arrived at by deducting costs from gross income.
But is the three-martini lunch a genuine cost of business, or is it a sneaky
way of earning income that is not subject to tax? Who knows? Who knows
how much genuine business, if any, is conducted at such lunches? Once
again, the reformers know! And they know that such deductions can be
swept away.
And there is the problem of the corporation. Corporations are entities. Should their income be taxed at the same rate as personal income?
Economists have come to recognize that there is no living thing called a
corporation. A corporate income tax is a double tax upon stockholders,
148
The Rothbard Reader
first as a corporation, and next upon their personal income. But while
economists have been increasingly calling for abolition of the corporate tax, the reformers have in their wisdom decided that since all entities income must be taxed uniformly, the corporate income tax must be
included and even raised if necessary to be taxed at the same rate.
None of these arguments is simple, but its instructive that in each and
every case, the reformers have come down fiercely on the side of including
all these incomes or assets in the taxation category. Their bias in favor of
tax, tax, and more tax should be clear by now.
THE ARGUMENT FOR FAIRNESS

The major argument of the flat taxers is that it is fairness that
demands a swift forced march toward their ideal. Fairness is worth
almost any cost. But it is strange that this ethical argument comes from a
profession (academic economists) who have made a career of loudly proclaiming that all of their doctrines are value-free science that have nothing to do with ethics. So when did they become expert ethicists? Indeed,
the fairness argument is generally and blithely assumed to be true, after
which the reformers can gleefully denounce every resister to higher or
broader taxes as embodiments of sinister special interests.
One argument holds that fairness demands that everyone pay his
or her equal share of the services of government. Let us set aside for a
moment the surely important point that these services are often dubious, are inordinately expensive, and sometimes mean that the taxpayer is
forced to pay for his own surveillance and oppression. Since when does
fairness demand that everyone pay the same proportion of his income
for a good or service? Mixed in with the argument for fairness is the view
that government should do nothing to penalize one industry or occupation, or subsidize another. This neutral-to-the-market argument puts the
flat taxers in the guise of militant adherents of free enterprise. This sounds
admirable, but why does it imply that everyone should pay the same proportion of his income? When David Rockefeller and I buy a loaf of Wonder Bread at the supermarket, each of us pays the same price; no one is
there to inspect our annual incomes and levy a proportionate fine. No one
forces Rockefeller to pay $1,000 for a loaf of Wonder Bread, just because
his income is a thousand times that of the next man. The free market tends
toward uniform and equal pricing for each product; one price for everyone, whatever that persons race, creed, class, color, or income. Why should
149
it suddenly be different for taxes? In short, a quiet but highly important

change has here been made in the concept of equal, from equal and uniform price for all on the free market, to equal proportion to income in the
hands of the flat taxers.
SUBSIDY TRUE AND FALSE

At the heart of the fairness and neutral-to-the-market assumptions
of the flat taxers is their express desire to eliminate subsidies, which are
assumed to be both evil and non-neutral to the free market. The problem
here is an equivocation on the term subsidy. Its certainly true that our
tax and budget system is riddled with subsidies, properly defined as taxing one group of people to line the pockets of another, or robbing Peter
to pay Paul. If you or I are taxed to subsidize tobacco growers, or highway builders, or contractors, or welfare recipients, then these are indeed
subsidies, cases where productive people are being robbed by the government to support groups who function, in effect, as parasites upon the producers. These are subsidies that should be eliminated forthwith. But what
about, say, deductions for payment of interest on mortgages, tax credits
for investment, or deductions for payment of state and local taxes? In what
sense are they subsidies? Instead, what is really happening here is that
some peoplehomeowners, investors, or state and local taxpayersare
graciously allowed by the government to keep more of their own money
than they would have otherwise. I submit that being allowed to keep more
of your hard-earned money is not a subsidy in any true sense; it simply
means that you are being fleeced less intensely than you would have been.
If a robber assaults you on the highway, and is about to run off with all
of your funds, and you persuade him to let you keep some bus fare, is he
subsidizing you? Surely not. Being allowed to keep your own money can
scarcely be called a subsidy.
We are now able to see through two very different senses of the concept of special interest. It is all too true that the tobacco planter or the
highway contractor who eagerly demands government funds are special
interests aggressively dedicated to fleecing the taxpayer. But the investor,
or the homeowner, or the venture capitalist, or whatever, who lobbies to
be able to keep more of his own money is a special interest in a very
different sense. They are resisters properly dedicated to defending their
own rights and assets against government assault. Special they might
be, but they are, whether they know it or not, engaged in the noble effort
150
The Rothbard Reader
of defending the rights and the freedoms of all of us against assault and
depredation.
By focusing on defenders of their property and rights as alleged subsidy-seekers, the flat taxers are engaging in a strategy of divide and conquer. The reformers have taken a growing movement of rebellion, resentment, and call for lower taxes and split the taxpayer forces by encouraging
one set of us to seek out and persecute the other set. The flat taxers have
managed to shift the focus of discussion from lower taxes for all to the
proposition: If you want your taxes to be lower, seek out and confiscate
the assets of those bad people whose taxes are unfairly low. The focus
becomes raising the other guys taxes instead of lowering yours and everyone elses. This clever ploy of the high taxers unfortunately seems to be
working.
The flat taxers like to proclaim their plan to be revenue-neutral, that
is, the overall tax burden will not change. The lowering of some taxes on
upper income groups, then, must be offset by broadening the base, or
by extending the tax burden to more people and sources of income. But
who is to guarantee that once the base is broadened, and more income
sources are brought under governments sway, it will not follow its natural
proclivities and once again raise taxes for everyone?
WHAT IS A LOOPHOLE?
It is ironic that the slogan close the loopholes, which used to be a
hallmark of left-liberalism, has now been adopted by the Reagan administration and by the flat taxers. The great free-market economist Ludwig von
Mises once rose up in a conference on taxation that devoted much energy
to the closing of tax loopholes, and asked the crucial question: What is
a loophole? He answered that the assumption of the loophole theorists
seemed to be that all of everyones income really belongs to the government, and that if the government fails to tax all of it away, it is thereby
leaving a loophole that must be closed. The same charge applies to the
deductions, exemptions, credits, and all the other loopholes out of a flat
tax so condemned by our tax reformers.
Let us now consider the vexed question of ending deductibility of state
and local taxesa vital point to our reformersbecause ending deductibility will provide a huge bonanza for our federal tax collectors. The flat
taxers argue that by allowing deductions, the citizens of low-tax cities and
states are subsidizing the citizens of high-tax states, and that an end to
151
deductions will put all regions on a plane of fairness and uniformity. Governor Mario Cuomo, on behalf of the notoriously tax-oppressed citizens
of New York, accepted the charge of subsidy, and then eloquently threw
it back to the critics of New York, asking, in effect, Whats wrong with
a subsidy? Are you against the citizens of New York subsidizing tobacco
farmers in North Carolina, or subsidizing highway contractors in Iowa?
As a rare consistent supporter of left-liberalism, Cuomo was able to reveal
the hypocrisy of those whose attacks on subsidies habitually suffer from
a convenient double (or triple) standard. Being a left-liberal, Cuomo was
not equipped to go one step furtherto step outside the mammoth subsidy system and ask the crucial question: Are Iowans really subsidizing
New Yorkers under deductibility? Or are the oppressed and cruelly taxed
New Yorkers being spared from being doubly taxed on their own income?
The average New Yorker is not responsible for his high taxation; he suffers unwillingly under the highest sales, income, and property taxes in the
country. Why should he suffer more than the average Iowan? What is so
fair about that?
The Reagan administration supporters of ending deductibility offer a
pragmatic or strategic argument in reply. If you tax New Yorkers higher up
by eliminating deductions, then they will rise up and roll back New York
state and city taxes to the lower Iowan level. This is the old the-worse-thebetter argument that unfortunately, in addition to being strategic rather
than moral, never seems to work. One of the main arguments for bringing
in the income tax in the early twentieth century was that now, in contrast
to the indirect tariff, everyone would directly feel such a tax, and therefore
the public would rise up to keep taxes low. Obviously it didnt work that
way. Instead, we kept and increased tariffs, and we exploited a new tax
source and raised it to gigantic and crippling proportions.
FAIRNESS: EQUAL SLAVERY

One dramatic way of looking at our tax system in relation to the question of subsidy or fairness is to assume for a moment that this is 1850, and
that the question arises in the North as to what should be done with slaves
who had managed to escape from the South. Let us assume that both sides
of a growing debate are ardently in favor of freedom and are opposed to
slavery. Group A hails the slaves escape and advocates setting them free.
But Group B argues as follows:
152
The Rothbard Reader
We are, of course, just as ardent a champion of slave freedom as the people of Group A. But we believe it is unfair
for one group of slaves to escape, while the remainder of
their brothers and sisters remain in slavery. Therefore, we
hold that these escapees should be shipped back into slavery until such time as all the slaves can be freed together
and simultaneously.
What would we think of such an argument? To call it specious would
be a kindly understatement. But I submit that believers in the free market
are arguing in precisely the same way when they say that all taxes must
be uniform, and that all specific tax deductions or exemptions must be
canceled until such time as everyones taxes can be reduced uniformly.
In both cases, the egalitarians are arguing not for equal freedom but for
equal slavery or equal robbery in the name of fairness. In both cases, the
rebuttal holds that the enslavement or plunder of one group can in no way
justify the enslavement or plunder of another, be it in the name of fairness,
equity, or whatever.
THE ARGUMENT FOR MISALLOCATION OF RESOURCES

The most sophisticated argument of the flat tax reformers is that
deductions, exemptions, and loopholes distort the allocation of resources
from what it would be on the free market, and therefore should be abolished. This is an integral part of the neutrality-to-the-market argument,
and is particularly insidious, because it makes the reformers appear to be
knowledgeable and dedicated adherents of the free market. Let us take,
for example, two credits or deductions: an investment tax credit, and an
energy credit. The reformers argue that the result of the subsidy of tax
credits is that more resources are now going into investment or energy,
and less are going into other areas, than would on the free market, and that
therefore these credits should be eliminated.
It is true that more resources are now going into investment, energy,
and a slew of other areas, than would have in a purely free market system. But the reformers leave out a crucial point: what is the alternative? If
investment, energy, or other credits or deductions are abolished, resources
will not automatically go into more productive areas; instead, they go into
government, via higher taxes. In short, the alternatives to energy credits
are not merely Energy or All Other Consumption and Investment. They
are threefold: Energy, Other Forms of Expenditure, and Government. And
153
a higher tax will simply be wasted, thrown down the rathole of unproductive and profligate government spending. In short, there is no wasteno
misallocationlike government; anything else would be an improvement.
THE WAY OUT OF THE MESS

The policy conclusions that flow from our analysis are diametrically
opposed to those of the flat taxers. In looking at the history of reform and
at the arguments of the flat taxers, one can almost sympathize with Richard L. Doernberg, professor of law at Emory University, who throws up
his hands and concludes that We have a lousy system; lets leave it alone
or it will get worse. Doernberg urges that the current tax code, as bad as it
is, should remain precisely the way it is forever, so that at least people will
know the score and be able to plan around its provisions.
But we can do better than that. We have to look differently at taxation.
We have to stop looking at taxes as a mighty system for achieving social
goals, which merely needs to be made fair and rational in order to usher
in Utopia. We have to start looking at taxation as a vast system of robbery
and oppression, by which some people are enabled to live coercively and
parasitically at the expense of others. We must realize that from the point
of view of justice or of economic prosperity, the less people are taxed, the
better. That is why we should rejoice at every new loophole, new credit,
new manifestation of the underground economy. The Soviet Union can
produce or work only to the extent that individuals are able to avoid the
myriad of controls, taxes, and regulations. The same is true of most Third
World countries, and the same is increasingly true of us. Every economic
activity that escapes taxes and controls is not only a blow for freedom and
property rights; it is also one more instance of a free flow of productive
energy getting out from under parasitic repression.
That is why we should welcome every new loophole, shelter, credit,
or exemption, and work, not to shut them down but to expand them to
include everyone else, including ourselves.
If, then, the standard for proper reform is to lower any and all taxes as
much as possible, how might government services be supplied? To answer
we must take a very hard look at government services. Are they services,
or are they embodiments of repression? Or are they services, at best, that
no one really wants? And if they are genuine services, wouldnt they be supplied more efficiently, as well as voluntarily, by private enterprise? And if our
friends the tax reformers are so all-fired concerned about the free market,
154
The Rothbard Reader
shouldnt they answer this question: Why not put your emphasis on privatizing and thereby drastically lowering/eliminating government services?
Wouldnt that be really neutral to, and consistent with, the free market? How
do we explain the fact that if we go back to the earlier years of our nation,
the level of government spending and taxationeven adjusted for inflation
and population growthwas enormously less, on every level of jurisdiction,
than it is today? And yet the Republic survived, and even flourished.
We must, in short, get past the tax reformers favorite ploy of revenue
neutrality. Why must total revenue remain the same? Instead, it should be
lowered drastically, and as much as possible.
We now return to the old question of fairness: if there are any taxes
or government spending left after our drastic cuts, how should the remaining taxes be levied? Here we reopen the point that fairness is the closest
possible approximation to neutrality toward the free market. One method
would be user fees, so that only direct users would pay for a service and
there would be no extra coercion on non-users. For the rest, we should
look at the free-market system of one price for a good or service. We might
then suggest a system not of equal proportional income tax, but of equal
tax, period. This is the age-old system of the head tax, in which every
citizen pays an equal amount each year to the government, in payment for
whatever services may have been conferred upon him from governments
existence during that year. The abolition of the income tax would mean
the end of snooping and surveillance by the IRS as well as the elimination
of vast economic distortions and oppression caused by the system; the end
of sales and property taxes would also be a great boon to the freedom and
prosperity of Americans.
We would then and only then have a tax system that truly, and at long
last, fulfilled the proclaimed goals of our flat tax reformers. For here would
be a system that would be truly simple, truly fair, and genuinely neutral
to the free market. Short of that goal, we could settle temporarily for former Congressman Ron Pauls (R-TX) interesting variant of the flat tax
proposal: reducing all income tax rates to 10 percent, while at the same
time keeping all existing deductions, credits, and exemptions. The principle should be clear: to support all reductions in taxes, whether they be
by lower rates or widening of exemption and deductions; and to oppose all
rate increases or exemption decreases. In short, to seek in every instance
to remove the blight of taxation as much as possible. Here is one reform, at
least, that could not fall under Menckens definition of a plot to injure the
American taxpayer.
Section IV
Money, Banking,
and the Business Cycle
CHAPTER
18
Essentials
of Money and Inflation
oney is a crucial command post of any economy, and therefore of

any society. Society rests upon a network of voluntary exchanges,
also known as the free-market economy; these exchanges imply
a division of labor in society, in which producers of eggs, nails, horses,
lumber, and immaterial services such as teaching, medical care, and concerts, exchange their goods for the goods of others. At each step of the way,
every participant in exchange benefits immeasurably, for if everyone were
forced to be self-sufficient, those few who managed to survive would be
reduced to a pitiful standard of living.
Direct exchange of goods and services, also known as barter, is
hopelessly unproductive beyond the most primitive level, and indeed
every primitive tribe soon found its way to the discovery of the tremendous benefits of arriving, on the market, at one particularly marketable
commodity, one in general demand, to use as a medium of indirect
exchange. If a particular commodity is in widespread use as a medium in
a society, then that general medium of exchange is called money.
The money-commodity becomes one term in every single one of the
innumerable exchanges in the market economy. I sell my services as a
teacher for money; I use that money to buy groceries, typewriters, or travel
Originally appeared as Taking Money Back, The Freeman (October 1995), part 1.
157
158
The Rothbard Reader
accommodations; and these producers in turn use the money to pay their
workers, to buy equipment and inventory, and pay rent for their buildings.
Hence the ever-present temptation for one or more groups to seize control
of the vital money-supply function.
Many useful goods have been chosen as moneys in human societies.
Salt in Africa, sugar in the Caribbean, fish in colonial New England, tobacco
in the colonial Chesapeake Bay region, cowrie shells, iron hoes, and many
other commodities have been used as moneys. Not only do these moneys
serve as media of exchange; they enable individuals and business firms to
engage in the calculation necessary to any advanced economy. Moneys
are traded and reckoned in terms of a currency unit, almost always units
of weight. Tobacco, for example, was reckoned in pound weights. Prices of
other goods and services could be figured in terms of pounds of tobacco;
a certain horse might be worth eighty pounds on the market. A business
firm could then calculate its profit or loss for the previous month; it could
figure that its income for the past month was 1,000 pounds and its expenditures 800 pounds, netting it a 200 pound profit.
GOLD OR GOVERNMENT PAPER

Throughout history, two commodities have been able to outcompete
all other goods and be chosen on the market as moneytwo precious
metals, gold and silver (with copper coming in when one of the other precious metals was not available). Gold and silver abounded in what we can
call moneyable qualities, qualities that rendered them superior to all
other commodities. They are in rare enough supply that their value will
be stable, and of high value per unit weight; hence pieces of gold or silver will be easily portable, and usable in day-to-day transactions; they are
rare enough too, so that there is little likelihood of sudden discoveries or
increases in supply. They are durable so that they can last virtually forever,
and so they provide a safe store of value for the future. And gold and
silver are divisible, so that they can be divided into small pieces without
losing their value; unlike diamonds, for example, they are homogeneous,
so that one ounce of gold will be of equal value to any other.
The universal and ancient use of gold and silver as moneys was pointed
out by the first great monetary theorist, the eminent fourteenth-century
French scholastic Jean Buridan, and then in all discussions of money down
to money and banking textbooks until the Western governments abolished
Money, Banking, and the Business Cycle
159
the gold standard in the early 1930s. Franklin D. Roosevelt joined in this
deed by taking the United States off gold in 1933.
There is no aspect of the free-market economy that has suffered more
scorn and contempt from modern economists, whether frankly statist
Keynesians or allegedly free market Chicagoites, than has gold. Gold,
not long ago hailed as the basic staple and groundwork of any sound monetary system, is now regularly denounced as a fetish or, as in the case
of Keynes, as a barbarous relic. Well, gold is indeed a relic of barbarism in one sense; no barbarian worth his salt would ever have accepted
the phony paper and bank credit that we modern sophisticates have been
bamboozled into using as money.
But gold bugs are not fetishists; we dont fit the standard image of
misers running their fingers through their hoard of gold coins while cackling in sinister fashion. The great thing about gold is that it, and only it, is
money supplied by the free market, by the people at work. For the stark
choice before us always is: gold (or silver), or government. Gold is market money, a commodity which must be supplied by being dug out of the
ground and then processed; but government, on the contrary, supplies virtually costless paper money or bank checks out of thin air.
We know, in the first place, that all government operation is wasteful,
inefficient, and serves the bureaucrat rather than the consumer. Would
we prefer to have shoes produced by competitive private firms on the free
market, or by a giant monopoly of the federal government? The function
of supplying money could be handled no better by government. But the
situation in money is far worse than for shoes or any other commodity. If
the government produces shoes, at least they might be worn, even though
they might be high-priced, fit badly, and not satisfy consumer wants.
Money is different from all other commodities: other things being
equal, more shoes, or more discoveries of oil or copper benefit society,
since they help alleviate natural scarcity. But once a commodity is established as a money on the market, no more money at all is needed. Since the
only use of money is for exchange and reckoning, more dollars or pounds
or marks in circulation cannot confer a social benefit: they will simply
dilute the exchange value of every existing dollar or pound or mark. So it
is a great boon that gold or silver are scarce and are costly to increase in
supply.
But if government manages to establish paper tickets or bank credit
as money, as equivalent to gold grams or ounces, then the government, as
dominant money-supplier, becomes free to create money costlessly and at
160
The Rothbard Reader
will. As a result, this inflation of the money supply destroys the value of
the dollar or pound, drives up prices, cripples economic calculation, and
hobbles and seriously damages the workings of the market economy.
The natural tendency of government, once in charge of money, is to
inflate and to destroy the value of the currency. To understand this truth,
we must examine the nature of government and of the creation of money.
Throughout history, governments have been chronically short of revenue.
The reason should be clear: unlike you and me, governments do not produce useful goods and services that they can sell on the market; governments, rather than producing and selling services, live parasitically off the
market and off society. Unlike every other person and institution in society, government obtains its revenue from coercion, from taxation. In older
and saner times, indeed, the king was able to obtain sufficient revenue
from the products of his own private lands and forests, as well as through
highway tolls. For the State to achieve regularized, peacetime taxation was
a struggle of centuries. And even after taxation was established, the kings
realized that they could not easily impose new taxes or higher rates on old
levies; if they did so, revolution was very apt to break out.
CONTROLLING THE MONEY SUPPLY

If taxation is permanently short of the style of expenditures desired
by the State, how can it make up the difference? By getting control of
the money supply, or, to put it bluntly, by counterfeiting. On the market
economy, we can only obtain good money by selling a good or service in
exchange for gold, or by receiving a gift; the only other way to get money
is to engage in the costly process of digging gold out of the ground. The
counterfeiter, on the other hand, is a thief who attempts to profit by forgery, e.g., by painting a piece of brass to look like a gold coin. If his counterfeit is detected immediately, he does no real harm, but to the extent his
counterfeit goes undetected, the counterfeiter is able to steal not only from
the producers whose goods he buys. For the counterfeiter, by introducing
fake money into the economy, is able to steal from everyone by robbing
every person of the value of his currency. By diluting the value of each
ounce or dollar of genuine money, the counterfeiters theft is more sinister
and more truly subversive than that of the highwayman; for he robs everyone in society, and the robbery is stealthy and hidden, so that the causeand-effect relation is camouflaged.
161
Recently, we saw the scare headline: Iranian Government Tries to

Destroy U.S. Economy by Counterfeiting $100 Bills. Whether the ayatollahs had such grandiose goals in mind is dubious; counterfeiters dont
need a grand rationale for grabbing resources by printing money. But all
counterfeiting is indeed subversive and destructive, as well as inflationary.
But in that case, what are we to say when the government seizes control of the money supply, abolishes gold as money, and establishes its own
printed tickets as the only money? In other words, what are we to say when
the government becomes the legalized, monopoly counterfeiter?
Not only has the counterfeit been detected, but the Grand Counterfeiter, in the United States the Federal Reserve System, instead of being
reviled as a massive thief and destroyer, is hailed and celebrated as the wise
manipulator and governor of our macroeconomy, the agency on which
we rely for keeping us out of recessions and inflations, and which we count
on to determine interest rates, capital prices, and employment. Instead of
being habitually pelted with tomatoes and rotten eggs, the chairman of the
Federal Reserve Board, whoever he may be, whether the imposing Paul
Volcker or the owlish Alan Greenspan, is universally hailed as Mr. Indispensable to the economic and financial system.
Indeed, the best way to penetrate the mysteries of the modern monetary and banking system is to realize that the government and its central
bank act precisely as would a Grand Counterfeiter, with very similar social
and economic effects. Many years ago, the New Yorker magazine, in the
days when its cartoons were still funny, published a cartoon of a group of
counterfeiters looking eagerly at their printing press as the first $10 bill
came rolling off the press. Boy, said one of the team, retail spending in
the neighborhood is sure in for a shot in the arm.
And it was. As the counterfeiters print new money, spending goes up
on whatever the counterfeiters wish to purchase: personal retail goods for
themselves, as well as loans and other general welfare purposes in the
case of the government. But the resulting prosperity is phony; all that
happens is that more money bids away existing resources, so that prices
rise. Furthermore, the counterfeiters and the early recipients of the new
money bid away resources from the poor suckers who are down at the end
of the line to receive the new money, or who never even receive it at all.
New money injected into the economy has an inevitable ripple effect;
early receivers of the new money spend more and bid up prices, while later
receivers or those on fixed incomes find the prices of the goods they must
buy unaccountably rising, while their own incomes lag behind or remain
162
The Rothbard Reader
the same. Monetary inflation, in other words, not only raises prices and
destroys the value of the currency unit; it also acts as a giant system of
expropriation of the late receivers by the counterfeiters themselves and by
the other early receivers. Monetary expansion is a massive scheme of hidden redistribution.
When the government is the counterfeiter, the counterfeiting process not only can be detected; it proclaims itself openly as monetary
statesmanship for the public weal. Monetary expansion then becomes a
giant scheme of hidden taxation, the tax falling on fixed income groups,
on those groups remote from government spending and subsidy, and on
thrifty savers who are naive enough and trusting enough to hold on to
their money, to have faith in the value of the currency.
Spending and going into debt are encouraged; thrift and hard work
discouraged and penalized. Not only that: the groups that benefit are the
special interest groups who are politically close to the government and can
exert pressure to have the new money spent on them so that their incomes
can rise faster than the price inflation. Government contractors, politically
connected businesses, unions, and other pressure groups will benefit at
the expense of the unaware and unorganized public.
CHAPTER
19
On the Definition
of the Money Supply
he concept of the supply of money plays a vitally important role,

in differing ways, in both the Austrian and the Chicago schools of
economics. Yet, neither school has defined the concept in a full or
satisfactory manner; as a result, we are never sure to which of the numerous alternative definitions of the money supply either school is referring.
The Chicago school definition is hopeless from the start. For, in a
question-begging attempt to reach the conclusion that the money supply
is the major determinant of national income, and to reach it by statistical rather than theoretical means, the Chicago school defines the money
supply as that entity which correlates most closely with national income.
This is one of the most flagrant examples of the Chicagoite desire to avoid
essentialist concepts, and to test theory by statistical correlation; with
the result that the supply of money is not really defined at all. Furthermore, the approach overlooks the fact that statistical correlation cannot
establish causal connections; this can only be done by a genuine theory
that works with definable and defined concepts.1
1In a critique of the Chicago approach, Leland Yeager writes:
Originally appeared as a chapter in New Directions in Austrian Economics, Louis M. Spadaro, ed. (Kansas City: Sheed Andrews, and McMeel, 1978); reprinted in Economic Controversies (Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, 2011).
163
164
The Rothbard Reader
In Austrian economics, Ludwig von Mises set forth the essentials of

the concept of the money supply in his Theory of Money and Credit, but no
Austrian has developed the concept since then, and unsettled questions
remain (e.g., are savings deposits properly to be included in the money
supply?).2 And since the concept of the supply of money is vital both for
the theory and for applied historical analysis of such consequences as inflation and business cycles, it becomes vitally important to try to settle these
questions, and to demarcate the supply of money in the modern world. In
The Theory of Money and Credit, Mises set down the correct guidelines:
money is the general medium of exchange, the thing that all other goods
and services are traded for, the final payment for such goods on the market.
In contemporary economics, definitions of the money supply range
widely from cash + demand deposits (M1) up to the inclusion of virtually
all liquid assets (a stratospherically high M). No contemporary economist
excludes demand deposits from his definition of money. But it is useful to
consider exactly why this should be so. When Mises wrote The Theory of
Money and Credit in 1912, the inclusion of demand deposits in the money
supply was not yet a settled question in economic thought. Indeed, a controversy over the precise role of demand deposits had raged throughout
But it would be awkward if the definition of money accordingly had
to change from time to time and country to country. Furthermore,
even if money defined to include certain near-moneys does correlate
somewhat more closely with income than money narrowly defined,
that fact does not necessarily impose the broad definition. Perhaps the
amount of these near-moneys depends on the level of money-income
and in turn on the amount of medium of exchange. ... More generally,
it is not obvious why the magnitude with which some other magnitude correlates most closely deserves overriding attention. ... The number of bathers at a beach may correlate more closely with the number
of cars parked there than with either the temperature or the price of
admission, yet the former correlation may be less interesting or useful
than either of the latter. (Leland B. Yeager, Essential Properties of the
Medium of Exchange, Kyklos [1968], reprinted in Monetary Theory,
ed. R.W. Clower [London: Penguin Books, 1969], p. 38)
Also see, Murray N. Rothbard, The Austrian Theory of Money, in Edwin Dolan, ed.,
The Foundations of Modern Austrian Economics (Kansas City, Kansas: Sheed and Ward,
1976), pp. 17982.
2Ludwig von Mises, The Theory of Money and Credit, 3rd ed. (New Haven, Conn.: Yale
University Press, 1953).
165
the nineteenth century. And when Irving Fisher wrote his Purchasing
Power of Money in 1913, he still felt it necessary to distinguish between M
(the supply of standard cash) and M1, the total of demand deposits.3 Why
then did Mises, the developer of the Austrian theory of money, argue for
including demand deposits as part of the money supply in the broader
sense? Because, as he pointed out, bank demand deposits were not other
goods and services, other assets exchangeable for cash; they were, instead,
redeemable for cash at par on demand. Since they were so redeemable,
they functioned, not as a good or service exchanging for cash, but rather
as a warehouse receipt for cash, redeemable on demand at par as in the
case of any other warehouse. Demand deposits were therefore moneysubstitutes and functioned as equivalent to money in the market. Instead
of exchanging cash for a good, the owner of a demand deposit and the
seller of the good would both treat the deposit as if it were cash, a surrogate for money. Hence, receipt of the demand deposit was accepted by the
seller as final payment for his product. And so long as demand deposits are
accepted as equivalent to standard money, they will function as part of the
money supply.
It is important to recognize that demand deposits are not automatically part of the money supply by virtue of their very existence; they continue as equivalent to money only so long as the subjective estimates of
the sellers of goods on the market think that they are so equivalent and
accept them as such in exchange. Let us hark back, for example, to the
good old days before federal deposit insurance, when banks were liable to
bank runs at any time. Suppose that the Jonesville Bank has outstanding
demand deposits of $l million; that million dollars is then its contribution
to the aggregate money supply of the country. But suppose that suddenly
the soundness of the Jonesville Bank is severely called into question; and
Jonesville demand deposits are accepted only at a discount, or even not
at all. In that case, as a run on the bank develops, its demand deposits no
longer function as part of the money supply, certainly not at par. So that a
banks demand deposit only functions as part of the money supply so long
as it is treated as an equivalent substitute for cash.4
3Irving Fisher, The Purchasing Power of Money (New York: Macmillan, 1913).
4Even now, in the golden days of federal deposit insurance, a demand deposit is not always
equivalent to cash, as anyone who is told that it will take 15 banking days to clear a check
from California to New York can attest.
166
The Rothbard Reader
It might well be objected that since, in the era of fractional reserve

banking, demand deposits are not really redeemable at par on demand,
that then only standard cash (whether gold or fiat paper, depending upon
the standard) can be considered part of the money supply. This contrasts
with 100 percent reserve banking, when demand deposits are genuinely
redeemable in cash, and function as genuine, rather than pseudo, warehouse receipts to money. Such an objection would be plausible, but would
overlook the Austrian emphasis on the central importance in the market of subjective estimates of importance and value. Deposits are not in
fact all redeemable in cash in a system of fractional reserve banking; but
so long as individuals on the market think that they are so redeemable,
they continue to function as part of the money supply. Indeed, it is precisely the expansion of bank demand deposits beyond their reserves that
accounts for the phenomena of inflation and business cycles. As noted
above, demand deposits must be included in the concept of the money
supply so long as the market treats them as equivalent; that is, so long as
individuals think that they are redeemable in cash. In the current era of
federal deposit insurance, added to the existence of a central bank that
prints standard money and functions as a lender of last resort, it is doubtful that this confidence in redeemability can ever be shaken.
All economists, of course, include standard money in their concept of
the money supply. The justification for including demand deposits, as we
have seen, is that people believe that these deposits are redeemable in standard money on demand, and therefore treat them as equivalent, accepting
the payment of demand deposits as a surrogate for the payment of cash.
But if demand deposits are to be included in the money supply for this
reason, then it follows that any other entities that follow the same rules
must also be included in the supply of money.
Let us consider the case of savings deposits. There are several common
arguments for not including savings deposits in the money supply: (1)
they are not redeemable on demand, the bank being legally able to force
the depositors to wait a certain amount of time (usually thirty days) before
paying cash; (2) they cannot be used directly for payment. Checks can be
drawn on demand deposits, but savings deposits must first be redeemed in
cash upon presentation of a passbook; (3) demand deposits are pyramided
upon a base of total reserves as a multiple of reserves, whereas savings
deposits (at least in savings banks and savings and loan associations) can
only pyramid on a one-to-one basis on top of demand deposits (since such
deposits will rapidly leak out of savings and into demand deposits).
167
Objection (1), however, fails from focusing on the legalities rather

than on the economic realities of the situation; in particular, the objection
fails to focus on the subjective estimates of the situation on the part of the
depositors. In reality, the power to enforce a thirty-day notice on savings
depositors is never enforced; hence, the depositor invariably thinks of his
savings account as redeemable in cash on demand. Indeed, when, in the
1929 depression, banks tried to enforce this forgotten provision in their
savings deposits, bank runs promptly ensued.5
Objection (2) fails as well, when we consider that, even within the
stock of standard money, some part of ones cash will be traded more
actively or directly than others. Thus, suppose someone holds part of
his supply of cash in his wallet, and another part buried under the floorboards. The cash in the wallet will be exchanged and turned over rapidly;
the floorboard money might not be used for decades. But surely no one
would deny that the persons floorboard hoard is just as much part of his
money stock as the cash in his wallet. So that mere lack of activity of part
of the money stock in no way negates its inclusion as part of his supply
of money. Similarly, the fact that passbooks must be presented before a
savings deposit can be used in exchange should not negate its inclusion
in the money supply. As I have written elsewhere, suppose that for some
cultural quirksay widespread revulsion against the number fiveno
seller will accept a five-dollar bill in exchange, but only ones or tens. In
order to use five-dollar bills, then, their owner would first have to go to a
bank to exchange them for ones or tens, and then use those ones or tens
in exchange. But surely, such a necessity would not mean that someones
stock of five-dollar bills was not part of his money supply.6
Neither is Objection (3) persuasive. For while it is true that demand
deposits are a multiple pyramid on reserves, whereas savings bank deposits
are only a one-to-one pyramid on demand deposits, this distinguishes the
sources or volatility of different forms of money, but should not exclude
savings deposits from the supply of money. For demand deposits, in turn,
pyramid on top of cash, and yet, while each of these forms of money is
5On
the equivalence of demand and savings deposits during the Great Depression, and
on the bank runs resulting from attempts to enforce the 30-day wait for redemption, see
Murray N. Rothbard, Americas Great Depression, 3rd ed. (Kansas City, Kansas: Sheed and
Ward, 1975), pp. 84, 316. Also see Lin Lin, Are Time Deposits Money? American Economic Review (March 1937): 7686.
6Rothbard, The Austrian Theory of Money, p. 181.
168
The Rothbard Reader
generated quite differently, so long as they exist each forms part of the
total supply of money in the country. The same should then be true of savings deposits, whether they be deposits in commercial or in savings banks.
A fourth objection, based on the third, holds that savings deposits
should not be considered as part of the money supply because they are
efficiently if indirectly controllable by the Federal Reserve through its
control of commercial bank total reserves and reserve requirements for
demand deposits. Such control is indeed a fact, but the argument proves
far too much; for, after all, demand deposits are themselves and in turn
indirectly but efficiently controllable by the Fed through its control of
total reserves and reserve requirements. In fact, control of savings deposits is not nearly as efficient as of demand deposits; if, for example, savings
depositors would keep their money and active payments in the savings
banks, instead of invariably leaking back to checking accounts, savings
banks would be able to pyramid new savings deposits on top of commercial bank demand deposits by a large multiple.7
Not only, then, should savings deposits be included as part of the
money supply, but our argument leads to the conclusion that no valid
distinction can be made between savings deposits in commercial banks
(included in M2) and in savings banks or savings and loan associations
(also included in M3).8 Once savings deposits are conceded to be part of
the money supply, there is no sound reason for balking at the inclusion of
deposits of the latter banks.
On the other hand, a genuine time deposita bank deposit that would
indeed only be redeemable at a certain point of time in the future, would
merit very different treatment. Such a time deposit, not being redeemable on demand, would instead be a credit instrument rather than a form
of warehouse receipt. It would be the result of a credit transaction rather
than a warehouse claim on cash; it would therefore not function in the
market as a surrogate for cash.
Ludwig von Mises distinguished carefully between a credit and a claim
transaction: a credit transaction is an exchange of a present good (e.g.,
7In the United States, the latter is beginning to be the case, as savings banks are increasingly
being allowed to issue checks on their savings deposits. If that became the rule, moreover,
Objection (2) would then fall on this ground alone.
8Regardless
of the legal form, the shares of formal ownership in savings and loan associations are economically precisely equivalent to the new deposits in savings banks, an
equivalence that is universally acknowledged by economists.
169
money which can be used in exchange at any present moment) for a future
good (e.g., an IOU for money that will only be available in the future). In
this sense, a demand deposit, while legally designated as credit, is actually
a present gooda warehouse claim to a present good that is similar to a
bailment transaction, in which the warehouse pledges to redeem the ticket
at any time on demand.
Thus, Mises wrote:
It is usual to reckon the acceptance of a deposit which can
be drawn upon at any time by means of notes or cheques
as a type of credit transaction and juristically this view
is, of course, justified; but economically, the case is not
one of a credit transaction. If credit in the economic sense
means the exchange of a present good or a present service
against a future good or a future service, then it is hardly
possible to include the transactions in question under the
conception of credit. A depositor of a sum of money who
acquires in exchange for it a claim convertible into money
at any time which will perform exactly the same service
for him as the sum it refers to has exchanged no present
good for a future good. The claim that he has acquired by
his deposit is also a present good for him. The depositing of the money in no way means that he has renounced
immediate disposal over the utility it commands.9
It might be, and has been, objected that credit instruments, such as bills
of exchange or Treasury bills, can often be sold easily on credit markets
either by the rediscounting of bills or in selling old bonds on the bond market; and that therefore they should be considered as money. But many assets
are liquid, i.e., can easily be sold for money. Blue-chip stocks, for example,
can be easily sold for money, yet no one would include such stocks as part
of the money supply. The operative difference, then, is not whether an asset
is liquid or not (since stocks are no more part of the money supply than,
say, real estate) but whether the asset is redeemable at a fixed rate, at par, in
money. Credit instruments, similarly to the case of shares of stock, are sold
for money on the market at fluctuating rates. The current tendency of some
economists to include assets as money purely because of their liquidity must
be rejected; after all, in some cases, inventories of retail goods might be as
9Mises, Theory of Money and Credit, p. 268.
170
The Rothbard Reader
liquid as stocks or bonds, and yet surely no one would list these inventories as part of the money supply. They are other goods sold for money on
the market.10
One of the most noninflationary developments in recent American
banking has been the emergence of certificates of deposit (CDs), which are
genuine time and credit transactions. The purchaser of the CD, or at least
the large-denomination CD, knows that he has loaned money to the bank
which the bank is only bound to repay at a specific date in the future;
hence, large-scale CDs are properly not included in the M2 and M3 definitions of the supply of money. The same might be said to be true of various
programs of time deposits which savings banks and commercial banks
have been developing in recent years: in which the depositor agrees to
retain his money in the bank for a specified period of years in exchange
for a higher interest return.
There are worrisome problems, however, that are attached to the latter programs, as well as to small-denomination CDs; for in these cases, the
deposits are redeemable before the date of redemption at fixed rates, but
at penalty discounts rather than at par. Let us assume a hypothetical time
deposit, due in five years time at $10,000, but redeemable at present at a
penalty discount of $9,000. We have seen that such a time deposit should
certainly not be included in the money supply in the amount of $10,000.
But should it be included at the fixed, though penalty rate of $9,000, or
not be included at all? Unfortunately, there is no guidance on this problem
in the Austrian literature. Our inclination is to include these instruments
in the money supply at the penalty level (e.g., $9,000), since the operative distinction, in our view, is not so much the par redemption as the
ever-ready possibility of redemption at some fixed rate. If this is true, then
we must also include in the concept of the money supply federal savings
bonds, which are redeemable at fixed, though penalty rates, until the date
of official maturation.
Another entity which should be included in the total money supply on
our definition is cash surrender values of life insurance policies; these values
represent the investment rather than the insurance part of life insurance
and are redeemable in cash (or rather in bank demand deposits) at any
time on demand. (There are, of course, no possibilities of cash surrender
in other forms of insurance, such as term life, fire, accident, or medical.)
10For
Misess critique of the view that endorsed bills of exchange in early nineteenth-century Europe were really part of the money supply, see ibid., pp. 28486.
171
Statistically, cash surrender values may be gauged by the total of policy

reserves less policy loans outstanding, since policies on which money has
been borrowed from the insurance company by the policyholder are not
subject to immediate withdrawal. Again, the objection that policyholders
are reluctant to cash in their surrender values does not negate their inclusion in the supply of money; such reluctance simply means that this part
of an individuals money stock is relatively inactive.11
One caveat on the inclusion of noncommercial bank deposits and
other fixed liabilities into the money supply: just as the cash and other
reserves of the commercial banks are not included in the money supply,
since that would be double counting once demand deposits are included;
in the same way, the demand deposits owned by these noncommercial
bank creators of the money supply (savings banks, savings and loan companies, life insurance companies, etc.) should be deducted from the total
demand deposits that are included in the supply of money. In short, if a
commercial bank has demand deposit liabilities of $l million, of which
$100,000 are owned by a savings bank as a reserve for its outstanding savings deposits of $2 million, then the total money supply to be attributed to
these two banks would be $2.9 million, deducting the savings bank reserve
that is the base for its own liabilities.
One anomaly in American monetary statistics should also be cleared
up: for a reason that remains obscure, demand deposits in commercial
banks or in the Federal Reserve Banks owned by the Treasury are excluded
from the total money supply. If, for example, the Treasury taxes citizens
by $1 billion, and their demand deposits are shifted from public accounts
to the Treasury account, the total supply of money is considered to have
fallen by $1 billion, when what has really happened is that $1 billion worth
of money has (temporarily) shifted from private to governmental hands.
Clearly, Treasury deposits should be included in the national total of the
money supply.
Thus, we propose that the money supply should be defined as all entities which are redeemable on demand in standard cash at a fixed rate, and
that, in the United States at the present time, this criterion translates into:
11For
hints on the possible inclusion of life insurance cash surrender values in the supply
of money, see Gordon W. McKinley, Effects of Federal Reserve Policy on Nonmonetary
Financial Institutions, in Herbert V. Prochnow, ed., The Federal Reserve System (New York:
Harper and Bros., 1960), p. 217n; and Arthur F. Burns, Prosperity without Inflation (Buffalo: Economica Books, 1958), p. 50.
172
The Rothbard Reader
Ma (a = Austrian) = total supply of cash-cash held in the banks + total

demand deposits + total savings deposits in commercial and savings banks
+ total shares in savings and loan associations + time deposits and small
CDs at current redemption rates + total policy reserves of life insurance
companiespolicy loans outstandingdemand deposits owned by savings banks, saving and loan associations, and life insurance companies +
savings bonds, at current rates of redemption.
Ma hews to the Austrian theory of money, and, in so doing, broadens the definition of the money supply far beyond the narrow M1, and yet
avoids the path of those who would broaden the definition to the virtual
inclusion of all liquid assets, and who thus would obliterate the uniqueness of the money phenomenon as the final means of payment for all other
goods and services.
CHAPTER
20
Deflation Reconsidered
his is an aspect of thinking which has been called thinking the

unthinkable, deflation having had an extremely bad press everywhere. I want to reconsider the concept of deflation even though it
is now unthinkable. After all, five to ten years ago the concept of default in
New York was also unthinkable, and yet it has at least partially happened
and hopefully will continue to intensify in the future.
If default was previously unthinkable and is now thinkable, not only
for New York City but for cities and states across the country, then perhaps
deflation is also thinkable. I am going to define deflation for the purposes
of discussion in the normal manner as falling prices and, despite Professor
Mundells talk today, falling prices in dollar terms even though I probably
have at least as little regard for dollars as he has, maybe even less. But we
are sort of stuck with dollars right now so I am going to continue to be
dollar-centric even though I dont like it. In the first place, of all the various facets of deflation, we can consider one of its aspects as that of a secular long-term trend. Now there used to be, back in the good old days of the
1910s and 1920s, intense discussion between economists as to whether or
not the price level should be falling or whether it should be constant over
Originally appeared as Deflation Reconsidered, in Georgraphical Aspects of Inflationary

Processes, Peter Corbin and Murray Sabrin, eds. (Pleasantville, N.Y.: Redgrave Publishing,
1976), vol. 1.
173
174
The Rothbard Reader
time. And even though the falling price level economists won out in theory, of course in practice they didnt. But I would like to return to that discussion for a moment, and say that as far as I am concerned the trend of an
unhampered free market economy will usually be a falling price level. In
other words, as productivity increases, as capital investment increases, as
technology improves, prices will tend to fall, thereby spreading increasing
real income to all consumers. Indeed, over the nineteenth century, generally prices fell and money wages remained approximately constant so that
real wages kept going up. We can see even now, in many specific cases,
the glorious effects of falling prices in those particular situations where
productivity and the mass market has zoomed into the picture, permitting
falling prices even in the face of our general inflationary trend.
For example, TV sets on which in 1948 it was almost impossible to see
the image, then cost something like $2,000. And now they are infinitely
better in quality and cost about $100.00. So that if you look at the price per
unit quality of TV sets and think of that in contrast to the general price
level, there is a tremendous and magnificent deflationif you want to use
that term for TV sets. I think this deflation is a great thing. This is the way
real income increases and should increase. The same thing happened to
penicillin, which started out when first discovered with its price so high
that it was only available to extremely wealthy people. Now, of course, it
is used for almost every nosebleed. And the same is true for electronic
calculators, pocket calculators, which are now down to $20.00. So this is
the sort of economy I would like to see across the board, not just for TV
sets and pocket calculators. This is what would happen if we had a sound
monetary system.
In contrast to the Fisher-Chicago idea of a stable price level somehow
being divinely providential and being the goal which should be sought, as
far as I am concerned, a falling price level should be the desideratum. As
far as I can see, the original idea of the Fisher-Friedman view (the original
idea of Fisher), of why there should be a constant price level is because he
believed that money is supposed to be a measure of values. Since we now
know, or at least should know, that values are subjective and unmeasurable, I think that the philosophical groundwork for the idea of the stable
price level is no longer valid. And yet it still carries on, trailing clouds
of glory behind it without anyone really reconsidering why a stable price
level should be particularly desirable. Of course a stable price level is better than the rising price level we have now, but still we are talking about
what goal we should set for ourselves. So as far as the secular trend goes, I
175
think we should advocate the falling price level which would occur without monetary inflation.
How about other aspects of deflation? How about the shorter-run
aspects? For example, there is the concept of hoarding. The idea being
that a short-run fall in prices is brought about because peoples desire for
hoarding increases. Hoarding, of course, is a smear term. It is a loaded,
value-laden term conjuring up the image of a miserly hoarder rifling
through his gold coins or his paper money in the closet, cackling as the
world falls around him. I do not think that is a fair image. I think the socalled hoarder is the person who wants to increase the real value of his
cash balances for one reason or another. And, I see nothing wrong with
that aspiration. I see no reason why the market should not fulfill it as it
fulfills most aspirations if let alone. The usual way in which the aspiration
for an increase in real cash balances is fulfilled, given a constant money
supply, is that prices fall. Of course, as prices fall the real value of ones
cash balances increases. That however, has fallen in to disfavor among
the authorities, pundits, and the establishment in general so that now the
alternative way of fulfilling increasing real cash balances is to inflate the
money supply. This, of course, is the method we are using now. Inflating the money supply, in addition to causing all sorts of other ill-effects,
brings about redistribution of wealth, destruction of the rational calculation system of prices, the confiscation of wealth and income of one set of
producers for another set of nonproducers, and so on. In addition to the
usual bad effects of inflation which most people acknowledge, there is the
Austrian insight of generating the business cycle and causing the eventual
breakdown of the currency through hyperinflation.
Finally, there is another problem related to the idea of fulfilling the
desire to increase real cash balances by increasing the money supply,
namely, that in the long run it does not work. In other words, as new
money is pumped into the system peoples desire for cash begins to fall as
they anticipate rising prices. We then begin the spiral upward to accelerating hyperinflation. In other words, after a certain period of time as inflation continues and the public anticipates further inflation, they begin to
lower their demand for cash balances. Then prices go up faster than the
money supply, and then when the government monetary authorities try to
raise real cash balances by expanding the money supply, prices continue to
go up faster than the money supply, and real cash balances fall. When they
try to raise real cash balances by pumping in more money, there begins
the spiral upward toward disaster. Now there is the famous statement by
176
The Rothbard Reader
the head of the German Reichsbank in 1923 when the German hyperinflation was accelerating, namely, to put it into folksy terms, Dont worry
folks. There is a shortage of money, we realize that (a shortage of money
in the sense of a drop in real cash balances). We will offset this shortage,
we will compensate for this by turning on the printing presses twenty-four
hours a day.
This alleviates the money shortage, in other words, raising real cash
balances back up to the preinflation level. Of course that did not work and
one would think that looking back on 1923 with our superior wisdom,
that the monetary authorities and pundits would not make the same mistake again. However, they are in the process of doing so, because in 1973,
I forget exactly what months, when inflation was rapidly accelerating in
contrast to the money supply, Walter Heller wrote an article saying, in
effect, It is not true that the increase in money supply is causing the inflation. On the contrary, there is a fall in real cash balances because prices are
going up faster than the money supply. Therefore, it is the job of the monetary authorities to pump in more money so that real cash balances will go
back up to the preinflation level. So even though we may think we have
learned something since Rudolph Havenstein of the German Reichsbank
in 1923, it looks like we have not done so.
What I advocate then is allowing the desire for increasing real cash
balances to be satisfied through a fall in the price level, not through the
disastrous and finally self-defeating process of inflationary monetary
expansion.
Another point about deflation which I think is admirable, and which
very few people talk about, is that if there is deflation, it is inevitably a
postinflationary deflation. As a matter of fact, it is almost impossible to
have deflation without a previous inflation. Under a pure gold standard
of course, it would be impossibleperiod. After our long process of inflation, a deflation would mean that the fixed-income groups or the relatively fixed-income groupsacademics for one, the traditional widows
and orphans, people on pensions, creditorswould finally get a little bit
of their own back. I see nothing wrong with that. It seems to me that after
decades of the compulsory redistribution of wealth from the fixed-income
groups to the other groups, there is nothing wrong with a little bit of restitution. A little bit of reparations on behalf of those of us on more of a
fixed-income level. So I think that there is a good in itself toothe prospect of a little bit of compensatory deflation.
177
There is another point which I cannot demonstrate here because it

involves the Austrian theory of the business cycle which has been talked
about this morninga view of mine which is heretical even within the
Austrian camp, which is small enough. Namely, that a deflation coming in
the form of a credit contraction would speed up the necessary process of
readjustment toward a healthy economic situation. It would speed up the
liquidation of unsound investments and thereby spur the recovery process. Since we have had inflationary credit expansion over many years and
since the current recession or depression has not succeeded in finishing
the entire cleansing work of readjustment, this would facilitate the recovery process. So that is another argument for deflation. In other words, the
business cycle argument that deflation would speed up the recovery in
liquidating the unsound investments of the boom period.
Another thing about deflation which is extremely important has been
generally overlookednamely, that deflation sugarcoats the pill of recession. From the ordinary persons point of view, the average consumers
point of view, there is only one really good thing about a depression, even
the depression of 1929 and the 1930snamely, that at least the cost of
living went down. Therefore, if you were employed in the 1930s, you were
in pretty good shape. Many people overlook that. Its true that there was
a severe unemployment rate in the 1930s of about 25 percent, but that
still meant that 75 percent of the labor force was employed. Those people
who were employed were, after all, in pretty good shape since the prices
of furniture, food and other consumer goods fell to a nice low level so
that their real income increased. My family, for example, bought all their
furniture during the depression. My father was among the 75 percent of
those who were employed. They never had it so good before or since. As a
result of fine tuning and the Keynesian policies or Keynesian-Friedmanite
policies which we have been pursuing for a long time, after forty years
of being promised full employment and prosperity, we have now wound
up with both inflation and recession at the same time. This is the great
achievement of the Nixon-Democratic program. What I am saying is that
by doing this we have at last eliminated the fall in the cost of living which
used to sugarcoat the recession pill. So that now we have the recession
adjustments, we have the liquidation of inventory and all the rest that goes
along with an Austrian recession adjustment. But along with that we now
have inflation and a rise in the cost of living. So the consumer doesnt even
get that consolation from the fact of recession. What I am saying is that
178
The Rothbard Reader
consolation was a good thing; it is a good thing to have the cost of living
fall and therefore there should be deflation from that point of view too.
Another great thing about deflation and this, of course, I cannot demonstrate today, but can only indicate my present position,is that without
the interference of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, deflation
could finally and at long last smash the fractional reserve banking system.
It has deserved this fate for many decades. Once the public recognized
the fraudulence and innate bankruptcy of the fractional reserve banking
system, because it is bankrupt, lets face itthey have not got the money
they say they have to pay on demand. When the public cottoned onto this
in 1931, 1932, and 1933 and the banking system was in the process of
being smashed in every state of the Union, that was a great and glorious
day for those of us who are hard-money people (and in favor of the cause
of truth and honesty). We were in the process of smashing the banking
system, and then the various governors, and Hoover and Roosevelt came
in with the bank holidays and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
which bailed the banks out. If not for that bail-out, there was a golden
opportunity to eliminate fractional reserve banking forevermore. There
wouldnt even have been the problem of a transition period because we
were in a transition, it was just a matter of leaving the thing alone for a few
more months and the deed would have been done. Deflation would have
helped in this process of smashing the fractional reserve banking system.
Why it should have been smashed is that that system has been a constant
threat and source of inflation and special privilege, the business cycle, and
a whole raft of other evils.
The one problem which emerges from such deflation is the objection that wage rates are rigid downward and that there would be severe
unemployment. Well, its true that wage rates are rigid downward, and
again the Keynesian way of solving that, a tricky end run around rigid
wage rates, was of course to cure the situation by lowering real-wage rates
through inflationary monetary expansion and price increases. Being fairly
sure that wages are going to lag behind prices, you can make an end run
around unions and minimum wage laws, and unemployment insurance,
and all the other rigid wage producing measures, and lower real wages
and reduce unemployment through that kind of tricky, deceptive method.
Well, it worked for a while, but now I think everyone has got onto the
game. Unions have economists too and they understand about the cost of
living index and all of that. As a result, I think this policy has become less
179
and less viable; this idea of fooling the working class through lowering real
wages through inflation.
Therefore, finally and at long last we will have to tackle the problem
of rigid wage rates downward, honestly and directly. Tackling it directly
would be politically difficult, there is no question about that, but so is
hyperinflation politically difficult. I think the choice is basically that
between run-away hyperinflation on the one hand, and smashing rigid
wage rates downward on the other. And the way you smash rigid wage
rates downward is fairly simple, conceptually simple, although politically
difficultnamely, by repealing minimum wage laws, repealing special
privileges to unions (notably the Wagner Act and the Norris-LaGuardia
Act), and removing unemployment insurance and welfare payments, etc.,
so that wage rates would at long last be flexible downward. I think if you
are going to have any kind of free price system at all this will have to he
tackled sooner or later and therefore the sooner the better, because once
again accelerated inflation is on the horizon now, and its not just a theoretical problem.
Finally, I was moved by Professor Lerners statement today about
trusting human beings. We have in this country a Bill of Rights. The First
Amendment is a notable achievement, it seems to me, which very simply does not trust human beings, in other words it does not trust human
beings in the government, in charge of the state apparatus. It doesnt trust
them one bit, because the general tendency on the part of the state apparatus throughout history is to censor, to oppress, to put people in jail without
due process of law.
The First Amendment and the Bill of Rights in general were designed
to check government and to show that we do not really trust the government and are putting in these severe limitations on government action.
Now perhaps Professor Lerner wants to repeal the Bill of Rights, which is
his privilege, but if he does he should say so. It seems to me we also cannot
trust government in the monetary sphere. There are good reasons for this
too. And I think one particularly good reason is that the state is inherently
an inflationary instrument. The reason is that the state has acquired over
the centuries a legal monopoly on the business or the function of counterfeiting. In other words, the state has arrogated to itself a compulsory
monopoly of the counterfeiting business; a business of printing money,
creating new money. I submit that any group of people, if handed the
power of compulsory monopoly of the money supply, of the counterfeiting business, will use it. I dont care how good they are. I do not consider
180
The Rothbard Reader
the state as being particularly good even in general. Even I, handed the
legal monopoly of the money supply, might be tempted strongly to start
using it. First you pay off some debts, then you buy yourself a new house,
etc., and pretty soon the temptation feeds upon itself and youre off to the
races.
What I want to do then, the reason why I want to go back to gold or
forward to gold, is to eliminate the states compulsory monopoly of the
printing press; to eliminate the counterfeiting power altogether, which I
consider antisocial, parasitic, antiproductive, destructive, etc. And I recognize again that to do this, to have a free price system in the first place, and
secondly to induce the state to give up its compulsory monopoly power, is
not an easy task. It requires a political movement, a mass movement from
below, if you will, to do it. But again, I think this has to be done.
CHAPTER
21
Anatomy of a Bank Run
t was a scene familiar to any nostalgia buff: all-night lines waiting for
the banks (first in Ohio, then in Maryland) to open; pompous but mendacious assurances by the bankers that all is well and that the people
should go home; a stubborn insistence by depositors to get their money
out; and the consequent closing of the banks by government, while at the
same time the banks were permitted to stay in existence and collect the
debts due them by their borrowers.
In other words, instead of government protecting private property
and enforcing voluntary contracts, it deliberately violated the property of
the depositors by barring them from retrieving their own money from the
banks.
All this was, of course, a replay of the early 1930s: the last era of massive runs on banks. On the surface the weakness was the fact that the failed
banks were insured by private or state deposit insurance agencies, whereas
the banks that easily withstood the storm were insured by the federal government (FDIC for commercial banks; FSLIC for savings and loan banks).
Reprinted from The Free Market (September 1985); reprinted in Making Economic Sense
(Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, 1995, 2006).
181
182
The Rothbard Reader
But why? What is the magic elixir possessed by the federal government that neither private firms nor states can muster? The defenders of
the private insurance agencies noted that they were technically in better
financial shape than FSLIC or FDIC, since they had greater reserves per
deposit dollar insured. How is it that private firms, so far superior to government in all other operations, should be so defective in this one area? Is
there something unique about money that requires federal control?
The answer to this puzzle lies in the anguished statements of the savings and loan banks in Ohio and in Maryland, after the first of their number went under because of spectacularly unsound loans. What a pity,
they in effect complained, that the failure of this one unsound bank
should drag the sound banks down with them!
But in what sense is a bank sound when one whisper of doom, one
faltering of public confidence, should quickly bring the bank down? In
what other industry does a mere rumor or hint of doubt swiftly bring
down a mighty and seemingly solid firm? What is there about banking
that public confidence should play such a decisive and overwhelmingly
important role?
The answer lies in the nature of our banking system, in the fact that
both commercial banks and thrift banks (mutual-savings and savingsand-loan) have been systematically engaging in fractional-reserve banking: that is, they have far less cash on hand than there are demand claims
to cash outstanding. For commercial banks, the reserve fraction is now
about 10 percent; for the thrifts it is far less.
This means that the depositor who thinks he has $10,000 in a bank
is misled; in a proportionate sense, there is only, say, $1,000 or less there.
And yet, both the checking depositor and the savings depositor think that
they can withdraw their money at any time on demand. Obviously, such
a system, which is considered fraud when practiced by other businesses,
rests on a confidence trick: that is, it can only work so long as the bulk of
depositors do not catch on to the scare and try to get their money out.
The confidence is essential, and also misguided. That is why once the public catches on, and bank runs begin, they are irresistible and cannot be
stopped.
We now see why private enterprise works so badly in the deposit
insurance business. For private enterprise only works in a business that is
legitimate and useful, where needs are being fulfilled. It is impossible to
insure a firm, even less so an industry, that is inherently insolvent. Fractional reserve banks, being inherently insolvent, are uninsurable.
183
What, then, is the magic potion of the federal government? Why does
everyone trust the FDIC and FSLIC even though their reserve ratios are
lower than private agencies, and though they too have only a very small
fraction of total insured deposits in cash to stem any bank run? The answer
is really quite simple: because everyone realizes, and realizes correctly, that
only the federal governmentand not the states or private firmscan
print legal tender dollars. Everyone knows that, in case of a bank run, the
US Treasury would simply order the Fed to print enough cash to bail out
any depositors who want it. The Fed has the unlimited power to print dollars, and it is this unlimited power to inflate that stands behind the current
fractional reserve banking system.
Yes, the FDIC and FSLIC work, but only because the unlimited
monopoly power to print money can work to bail out any firm or person
on earth. For it was precisely bank runs, as severe as they were that, before
1933, kept the banking system under check, and prevented any substantial
amount of inflation.
But now bank runsat least for the overwhelming majority of banks
under federal deposit insuranceare over, and we have been paying and
will continue to pay the horrendous price of saving the banks: chronic and
unlimited inflation.
Putting an end to inflation requires not only the abolition of the Fed
but also the abolition of the FDIC and FSLIC. At long last, banks would be
treated like any firm in any other industry. In short, if they cant meet their
contractual obligations they will be required to go under and liquidate. It
would be instructive to see how many banks would survive if the massive
governmental props were finally taken away.
CHAPTER
22
Lessons of the Recession
ts official! Long after everyone in America knew that we were in a severe

recession, the private but semi-official and incredibly venerated National
Bureau of Economic Research has finally made its long-awaited pronouncement: weve been in a recession ever since last summer. Well! Here
is an instructive example of the reason why the economics profession,
once revered as a seer and scientific guide to wealth and prosperity, has
been sinking rapidly in the esteem of the American public. It couldnt have
happened to a more deserving group. The current recession, indeed, has
already brought us several valuable lessons:
Lesson #1: You dont need an economist. One of the favorite slogans
of the 1960s New Left was: You dont need a weatherman to tell you how
the wind is blowing. Similarly, it is all too clear that you dont need an
economist to tell you whether youve been in a recession. So how is it that
the macro-mavens not only cant forecast what will happen next, they
cant even tell us where we are, and can barely tell us where weve been?
To give them their due, I am pretty sure that Professors Hall, Zarnowitz,
and the other distinguished solons of the famed Dating Committee of the
National Bureau have known weve been in a recession for quite a while,
maybe even since the knowledge percolated to the general public.
Reprinted from The Free Market (July 1991).

184
185
The problem is that the Bureau is trapped in its own methodology,

the very methodology of Baconian empiricism, meticulous data-gathering
and pseudo-science that has brought it inordinate prestige from the economics profession.
For the Bureaus entire approach to business cycles for the past five
decades has depended on dating the precise month of each cyclical turning point, peak and trough. It was therefore not enough to say, last fall, that
we entered a recession this summer. That would have been enough for
common-sense, or for Austrians, but even one month off the precise date
would have done irreparable damage to the plethora of statistical manipulationsthe averages, reference points, leads, lags, and indicatorsthat
constitute the analytic machinery, and hence the science, of the National
Bureau. If you want to know whether were in a recession, the last people
to approach is the organized economics profession.
Of course, the general public might be good at spotting where we are
at, but they are considerably poorer at causal analysis, or at figuring out
how to get out of economic trouble. But then again, the economics profession is not so great at that either.
Lesson #2: There aint no such thing as a new era. Every time there
is a long boom, by the final years of that boom, the press, the economics profession, and financial writers are rife with the pronouncement that
recessions are a thing of the past, and that deep structural changes in the
economy, or in knowledge among economists, have brought about a new
era. The bad old days of recessions are over. We heard that first in the
1920s, and the culmination of that first new era was 1929; we heard it
again in the 1960s, which led to the first major inflationary recession of
the early 1970s; and we heard it most recently in the later 1980s. In fact,
the best leading indicator of imminent deep recession is not the indices of
the National Bureau; it is the burgeoning of the idea that recessions are a
thing of the past.
More precisely, recessions will be around to plague us so long as there
are bouts of inflationary credit expansion which bring them into being.
Lesson #3: You dont need an inventory boom to have a recession.
For months into the current recession, numerous pundits proclaimed that
we couldnt be in a recession because business had not piled up excessive
inventories. Sorry. It made no difference, since malinvestments brought
about by inflationary bank credit dont necessarily have to take place in
inventory form. As often happens in economic theory, a contingent symptom was mislabeled as an essential cause.
186
The Rothbard Reader
Unlike the above, other lessons of the current recession are not nearly
as obvious. One is:
Lesson #4: Debt is not the crucial problem. Heavy private debt was a
conspicuous feature of the boom of the 1980s, with much of the publicity
focused on the floating of high-yield (junk) bonds for buyouts and takeovers. Debt per se, however, is not a grave economic problem.
When I purchase a corporate bond I am channeling savings into
investment much the same way as when I purchase stock equity. Neither
way is particularly unsound. If a firm or corporation floats too much debt
as compared to equity, that is a miscalculation of its existing owners or
managers, and not a problem for the economy at large. The worst that can
happen is that, if indebtedness is too great, the creditors will take over
from existing management and install a more efficient set of managers.
Creditors, as well as stockholders, in short, are entrepreneurs.
The problem, therefore, is not debt but credit, and not all credit but
bank credit financed by inflationary expansion of bank money rather than
by the genuine savings of either shareholders or creditors. The problem in
other words, is not debt but loans generated by fractional-reserve banking.
Lesson #5: Dont worry about the Fed pushing on a string. Hard
money adherents are a tiny fraction in the economics profession; but there
are a large number of them in the investment newsletter business. For
decades, these writers have been split into two warring camps: the inflationists versus the deflationists. These terms are used not in the sense of
advocating policy, but in predicting future events.
Inflationists, of whom the present writer is one, have been maintaining that the Fed, having been freed of all restraints of the gold standard
and committed to not allowing the supposed horrors of deflation, will
pump enough money into the banking system to prevent money and price
deflation from ever taking place.
Deflationists, on the other hand, claim that because of excessive
credit and debt, the Fed has reached the point where it cannot control the
money supply, where Fed additions to bank reserves cannot lead to banks
expanding credit and the money supply. In common financial parlance,
the Fed would be pushing on a string. Therefore, say the deflationists, we
are in for an imminent, massive, and inevitable deflation of debt, money,
and prices.
One would think that three decades of making such predictions that
have never come true would faze the deflationists somewhat, but no, at the
first sign of trouble, especially of a recession, the deflationists are invariably
187
back, predicting imminent deflationary doom. For the last part of 1990,
the money supply was flat, and the deflationists were sure that their day
had come at last. Credit had been so excessive, they claimed, that businesses could no longer be induced to borrow, no matter how low the interest rate is pushed.
What deflationists always overlook is that, even in the unlikely event
that banks could not stimulate further loans, they can always use their
reserves to purchase securities, and thereby push money out into the
economy. The key is whether or not the banks pile up excess reserves, failing to expand credit up to the limit allowed by legal reserves. The crucial
point is that never have the banks done so, in 1990 or at any other time,
apart from the single exception of the 1930s. (The difference was that not
only were we in a severe depression in the 1930s, but that interest rates
had been driven down to near zero, so that the banks were virtually losing
nothing by not expanding credit up to their maximum limit.) The conclusion must be that the Fed pushes with a stick, not a string.
Early this year, moreover, the money supply began to spurt upward
once again, putting an end, at least for the time being, to deflationist warnings and speculations.
Lesson #6: The banks might collapse. Oddly enough there is a possible deflation scenario, but not one in which the deflationists have ever
expressed interest. There has been, in the last few years, a vital, and necessarily permanent, sea-change in American opinion. It is permanent
because it entails a loss of American innocence. The American public, ever
since 1933, had bought, hook, line and sinker, the propaganda of all Establishment economists, from Keynesians to Friedmanites, that the banking
system is safe, SAFE, because of federal deposit insurance.
The collapse and destruction of the savings and loan banks, despite
their deposit insurance by the federal government, has ended the insurance myth forevermore, and called into question the soundness of the last
refuge of deposit insurance, the FDIC. It is now widely known that the
FDIC simply doesnt have the money to insure all those deposits, and that
in fact it is heading rapidly toward bankruptcy.
Conventional wisdom now holds that the FDIC will be shored up
by taxpayer bailout, and that it will be saved. But no matter: the knowledge that the commercial banks might fail has been tucked away by every
American for future reference. Even if the public can be babied along, and
the FDIC patched up for this recession, they can always remember this
fact at some future crisis, and then the whole fractional-reserve house of
188
The Rothbard Reader
cards will come tumbling down in a giant, cleansing bank run. To offset
such a run, no taxpayer bailout would suffice.
But wouldnt that be deflationary? Almost, but not quite. Because
the banks could still be saved by a massive, hyper-inflationary printing
of money by the Fed, and who would bet against such emergency rescue?
Lesson #7: There is no Kondratieff cycle, no way, no how. There
is among many people, even including some of the better hard-money
investment newsletter writers, an inexplicable devotion to the idea of an
inevitable fifty-four-year Kondratieff cycle of expansion and contraction. It is universally agreed that the last Kondratieff trough was in 1940.
Since fifty-one years have elapsed since that trough, and we are still waiting for the peak, it should be starkly clear that such a cycle does not exist.
Most Kondratieffists confidently predicted that the peak would
occur in 1974, precisely fifty-four years after the previous peak, generally
accepted as being in 1920. Their joy at the 1974 recession, however, turned
sour at the quick recovery. Then they tried to salvage the theory by analogy
to the alleged plateau of the 1920s, so that the visible peak, or contraction, would occur nine or ten years after the peak, as 1929 succeeded 1920.
The Kondratieffists there fell back on 1984 as the preferred date of
the beginning of the deep contraction. Nothing happened, of course; and,
now, seven years later, we are in the last gasp of the Kondratieff doctrine.
If the current recession does not, as we have maintained, turn into a deep
deflationary spiral, and the recession ends, there will simply be no time
left for any plausible cycle of anything approaching fifty-four years. The
Kondratieffist practitioners will, of course, never give up, any more than
other seers and crystal-ball gazers; but presumably, their market will at
last be over.
Section V
History of Economic Thought
CHAPTER
23
Mercantilism
MERCANTILISM AS THE ECONOMIC ASPECT OF ABSOLUTISM
y the beginning of the seventeenth century, royal absolutism had

emerged victorious all over Europe. But a king (or, in the case of
the Italian city-states, some lesser prince or ruler) cannot rule all
by himself. He must rule through a hierarchical bureaucracy. And so the
rule of absolutism was created through a series of alliances between the
king, his nobles (who were mainly large feudal or post-feudal landlords),
and various segments of large-scale merchants or traders. Mercantilism
is the name given by late-nineteenth-century historians to the politicoeconomic system of the absolute state from approximately the sixteenth to
the eighteenth centuries. Mercantilism has been called by various historians or observers a system of Power or State-building (Eli Heckscher), a
system of systematic state privilege, particularly in restricting imports or
subsidizing exports (Adam Smith), or a faulty set of economic theories,
including protectionism and the alleged necessity for piling up bullion in
a country. In fact, mercantilism was all of these things; it was a comprehensive system of statebuilding, state privilege, and what might be called
state monopoly capitalism.
Reprinted from Mercantilism: Serving the Absolute State, in Economic Thought Before
Adam Smith: An Austrian Perspective on the History of Economic Thought, vol. 1 (Cheltenham, U.K.: Edward Elgar, 1995), chap. 7.
191
192
The Rothbard Reader
As the economic aspect of state absolutism, mercantilism was of

necessity a system of state-building, of Big Government, of heavy royal
expenditure, of high taxes, of (especially after the late seventeenth century)
inflation and deficit finance, of war, imperialism, and the aggrandizing of
the nation-state. In short, a politico-economic system very like that of the
present day, with the unimportant exception that now large-scale industry
rather than mercantile commerce is the main focus of the economy. But
state absolutism means that the state must purchase and maintain allies
among powerful groups in the economy, and it also provides a cockpit for
lobbying for special privilege among such groups.
Jacob Viner put the case well:
The laws and proclamations were not all, as some modern admirers of the virtues of mercantilism would have
us believe, the outcome of a noble zeal for a strong and
glorious nation, directed against the selfishness of the
profit-seeking merchant but were the product of conflicting interests of varying degrees of respectability. Each
group, economic, social, or religious, pressed constantly
for legislation in conformity with its special interest. The
fiscal needs of the crown were always an important and
generally a determining influence on the course of trade
legislation. Diplomatic considerations also played their
part in influencing legislation, as did the desire of the
crown to award special privileges, con amore, to its favorites, or to sell them, or to be bribed into giving them, to
the highest bidders.1
In the area of state absolutism, grants of special privilege included the
creation by grant or sale of privileged monopolies, i.e., the exclusive right
granted by the Crown to produce or sell a given product or trade in a certain area. These patents of monopoly were either sold or granted to allies
of the Crown, or to those groups of merchants who would assist the king in
the collection of taxes. The grants were either for trade in a certain region,
such as the various East India companies, which acquired the monopoly
right in each country to trade with the Far East, or were internalsuch
as the grant of a monopoly to one person to manufacture playing cards in
1Jacob Viner, Studies in the Theory of International Trade (New York: Harper & Bros.,
1937), pp. 5859.
193
England. The result was to privilege one set of businessmen at the expense
of their potential competitors and of the mass of English consumers. Or,
the state would cartelize craft production and industry and cement alliances by compelling all producers to join and obey the orders of privileged
urban guilds.
It should be noted that the most prominent aspects of mercantilist
policytaxing or prohibiting imports or subsidizing exportswere part
and parcel of this system of state monopoly privilege. Imports were subject
to prohibition or protective tariffs in order to confer privilege on domestic
merchants or craftsmen; exports were subsidized for similar reasons. The
focus in examining mercantilist thinkers and writers should not be the
fallacies of their alleged economic theories. Theory was the last consideration in their minds. They were, as Schumpeter called them, consultant
administrators and pamphleteersto which should be added lobbyists.
Their theories were any propaganda arguments, however faulty or contradictory, that could win them a slice of boodle from the state apparatus.
As Viner wrote:
The mercantilist literature ... consisted in the main of
writings by or on behalf of merchants or businessmen,
who had the usual capacity for identifying their own with
the national welfare. ... The great bulk of the mercantilist
literature consisted of tracts which were partly or wholly,
frankly or disguisedly, special pleas for special economic
interests. Freedom for themselves, restrictions for others,
such was the essence of the usual program of legislation of
the mercantilist tracts of merchant authorship.2
2Ibid., p. 59.
CHAPTER
24
Frdric Bastiat:
Champion of Laissez-faire
articularly suffering from historical neglect is the most famous of the

French laissez-faire economists, Claude Frdric Bastiat (180150),
to whom the two-volume Dictionnaire dconomie Politique (1852)
was respectfully and affectionately dedicated. Bastiat was indeed a lucid
and superb writer, whose brilliant and witty essays and fables to this day are
remarkable and devastating demolitions of protectionism and of all forms
of government subsidy and control. He was a truly scintillating advocate of
an untrammelled free market. Frdric Bastiats justly famous Petition of
the Candlemakers is still anthologized in books of economic readings; in
this satiric petition to the French parliament, the candlemakers trade association petitions the government to protect their industry, which employs
many thousands of men, from the unfair, unjust, invasive competition of
a foreign light source: the sun. Bastiats candlemakers petition the government to shut out the sunlight all over Francea protective device that
would give employment to many millions of worthy French candlemakers.
Bastiats fable of the broken window also brilliantly refuted Keynesianism nearly a century before its birth. Here, he outlines three levels of
economic analysis. A mischievous boy hurls a rock at a plate glass store
Reprinted from Classical Economics: An Austrian Perspective on the History of Economic

Thought (Cheltenham, U.K.: Edward Elgar, 1995), vol. 2.
194
195
window, and breaks the glass. As a crowd gathers round, the first-level
analysis, common sense, comments on the event. Common sense deplores
the destruction of property in breaking the window, and sympathizes with
the storekeeper for having to spend his money repairing the window. But
then, says Bastiat, comes the second-level, sophisticated analyst or what
we might call a proto-Keynesian. The Keynesian says: oh, but you people
dont realize that the breaking of the window is really an economic blessing. For, in having to repair the window, the storekeeper invigorates the
economy by his spending, and gives welcome employment to glaziers and
their workers. Destruction of property, by compelling spending, therefore
stimulates the economy and has an invigorating multiplier effect on production and employment.
But then in steps Bastiat, the third-level analyst, and points out the
grievous fallacy in the destructionist proto-Keynesian position. The
alleged sophisticated critic, says Bastiat, concentrates on what is seen
and neglects what is not seen. The sophisticate sees that the storekeeper
must give employment to glaziers by spending money to repair his window. But what he doesnt see is the storekeeperss opportunity foregone.
If he did not have to spend the money on repairing the window, he could
had added to his capital, and to everyones standard of living, and thereby
employed people in the act of advancing, rather than merely trying to sustain, the current stock of capital. Or, the storekeeper might have spent
the money on his own consumption, employing people in that form of
production.
In this way, the economist, Bastiats third-level observer, vindicates
common sense and refutes the apologia for destruction of the pseudosophisticate. He considers what is not seen as well as what is seen. Bastiat,
the economist, is the truly sophisticated analyst.1
Frdric Bastiat was also a perceptive political, or politico-economic,
theorist. Attacking statism as a growing parasitic burden upon producers
in the market, he defined the state as the great fiction by which everyone
tries to live off everyone else. And in his work on The Law (1850), Bastiat
insisted that law and government must be strictly limited to defending the
persons, the liberty, and the property of people against violence; any going
beyond that role would be destructive of liberty and prosperity.
1A century later, Bastiats broken window fallacy served as the inspiration and centerpiece
of Henry Hazlitts excellent and best-selling economic primer, Economics in One Lesson
(New York: Harper & Bros., 1946).
196
The Rothbard Reader
While often praised as a gifted popularizer, Bastiat has been systematically derided and undervalued as a theorist. Criticizing the classical
Smithian distinction between productive labor (on material goods) and
unproductive labor (in producing immaterial services), Bastiat made an
important contribution to economic theory by pointing out that all goods,
including material ones, are productive and are valued precisely because
they produce immaterial services. Exchange, he pointed out, consists of
the mutually beneficial trade of such services. In emphasizing the centrality of immaterial services in production and consumption, Bastiat built
on J.B. Says insistence that all market resources were productive, and that
income to productive factors were payments for that productivity. Bastiat
also built upon Charles Dunoyers thesis in his Nouveau trait dconomie
social (New Treatise on Social Economy) (1830) that value is measured
by services rendered, and that products exchange according to the quality
of services stored in them.2
Perhaps most important, in stark contrast to the Smith-Ricardo classical schools exclusive emphasis on production, and neglect of the goal of
economic endeavoursconsumption, Bastiat proclaimed once again the
continental emphasis on consumption as the goal and hence the determinant of economic activity. Bastiats own oft-repeated triad: Wants, Efforts,
Satisfactions summed it up: wants are the goal of economic activity, giving rise to efforts, and eventually yielding satisfactions. Furthermore, Bastiat noted that human wants are unlimited, and hierarchically ordered by
individuals in their scales of value.3
Bastiats concentration on exchange, and on analysis of exchange, was
also a highly important contribution, especially in contrast to the British
classicists focus on production of material wealth. It was the emphasis on
exchange that led Bastiat and the French school to stress the ways in which
the free market leads to a smooth and harmonious organization of the
economy. Hence the importance of laissez-faire.4
Frdric Bastiat was born in 1801 in Bayonne, in southwestern France,
the son of a landowner and prominent merchant in the Spanish trade.
2Dean Russell, Frdric Bastiat: Ideas and Influence (Irvington-on-Hudson, N.Y.: Foundation for Economic Education, 1965), p. 20.
3See Joseph T. Salerno, The Neglect of the French Liberal School in Anglo-American Economics: A Critique of Received Explanations, Review of Austrian Economics 2 (1988): 127.
4See
the sensitive appreciation of this aspect of Bastiats contribution in Israel M. Kirzner,

The Economic Point of View (Princeton, N.J.: D. Van Nostrand, 1960), pp. 8284.
197
Orphaned at the age of nine, Bastiat entered his uncles business firm in
1818; when, seven years later, he inherited his grandfathers landed estate,
Bastiat left the firm and became a gentleman farmer. But his interests were
neither in trade nor in agriculture, but in the study of political economy.
Fluent in English, Italian and Spanish, Bastiat steeped himself in all the
extant economic literature in these languages. Apart from an unsuccessful attempt to establish an insurance firm in Portugal in the early 1840s,
as well as being a member of the district council and his undemanding
service as a country judge, Bastiat spent two decades in quiet study and
reflection on economic problems. He was most heavily influenced by J.B.
Say, partially by Adam Smith, by Destutt de Tracy, and particularly by
the great four-volume laissez-faire libertarian work of Charles Comte, A
Treatise on Legislation (1827). Indeed, as a teenager, Bastiat had been a
subscriber to Comte and Dunoyers journal, Le Censeur, and he was to
become a friend and colleague of Dunoyers in the struggle for free trade.
Bastiat entered the economic literature with a sparkling attack on protectionism in France and England in the Journal des conomistes in late
1844, an article which created a sensational impact. Bastiat followed this
up with another article in the Journal, in early 1845, denouncing socialism and the concept of a right to labor. During the few years he had left
on earth, Bastiat poured forth a stream of lucid and influential writings.
His two-volume Economic Sophisms (1845), a collection of witty essays on
protectionism and government controls, sold out quickly, going into several editions, and was swiftly translated into English, Spanish, Italian and
German. During the same year, Bastiat published Cobden et la Ligue, his
tribute to Cobden and the Anti-Corn Law League: a history of the League
that included the principal speeches and articles by Cobden, Bright, and
other stalwarts of the League.
After setting up a free trade association in Bordeaux in 1846, Bastiat
moved to Paris, where he stepped up his literary efforts and organized a
national association for free trade. He became the secretary-general of the
national association, as well as editor-in-chief of Le Libre-change (Free
Trade), the periodical of the French free trade association. Even though
in frail health, Bastiat also participated in the revolution of 1848, being
elected to the constituent and then the legislative assembly, where he
served from 1848 until his death.
Bastiats final political service has been undervalued by most historians. While generally voting in the minority in the assembly as a stalwart of
individual liberty and laissez-faire, Bastiat was highly influential as vice-
198
The Rothbard Reader
president (and often acting president) of the assemblys finance committee. There he fought tirelessly for lower government spending, lower taxes,
sound money, and free trade. While he fought ardently in opposition to
socialist and communist schemes, Bastiat elected to sit on the Left, as a
proponent of laissez-faire and the republic, and as an opponent of protectionism, absolute monarchy, and a warlike foreign policy. As a consistent
civil libertarian, Bastiat also fought against the jailing of socialists, the outlawry of peaceful trade unionism, or the declaration of martial law. Bastiat
also made his mark by at least partially converting the man who would
become the president of the provisional republic in 1848, the eminent poet
and orator Alphonse Marie Louis Lamartine (17901869) from his previous socialism to (an admittedly inconsistent) laissez-faire position.5
Bastiat died young in 1850, leaving his two-volume theoretical magnum opus, Economic Harmonies, only partially published; the remainder
was published posthumously. It was a fitting memorial to Bastiat that his
friend Michel Chevalier, the man whom he had converted to free trade
and laissez-faire, should have been the one to conclude, with Richard Cobden, the great free trade Anglo-French treaty of 1860.
Bastiat met Cobden on his first trip to England in the summer of 1845,
and for the remainder of Bastiats life the two men were close friends and
frequent correspondents, visiting each other frequently. The two influenced each other greatly, Bastiat providing Cobden with broader theoretical insights in his devotion to free trade, and the latter inspiring Bastiat to
organize a movement in France similar to the Anti-Corn Law League. In
particular, Cobden took from Bastiat a devotion to natural law and natural
rights; an emphasis on the harmony of individuals, groups, and nations
through the mutual benefits of the free market; and a staunch opposition to
war and an interventionist foreign policy, and a devotion to international
peace. The two also shared a consistent devotion to laissez-faire devoid of
the numerous hesitancies and qualifications imposed by the classical economists, or of the gloomy Ricardian hostility to landlords or to land rent.6
5On the trials and tribulations which the laissez-faire liberals had with the Revolution of
1848, which generally had an unfavorable effect on the laissez-faire movement, see David
M. Hart, Gustave de Molinari and the Anti-Statist Liberal Tradition, Part I, The Journal of
Libertarian Studies 5 (Summer 1981): 27376.
6For Cobdens encomiums to Bastiat, see Russell, Frdric Bastiat, pp. 7374, note 3.
CHAPTER
25
Keyness Political Economy
n The General Theory, Keynes set forth a unique politico-economic sociology, dividing the population of each country into several rigidly separated economic classes, each with its own behavioral laws and characteristics, each carrying its own implicit moral evaluation. First, there is the
mass of consumers: dumb, robotic, their behavior fixed and totally determined by external forces. In Keyness assertion, the main force is a rigid
proportion of their total income, namely, their determined consumption
function.
Second, there is a subset of consumers, an eternal problem for mankind: the insufferably bourgeois savers, those who practice the solid puritan virtues of thrift and farsightedness, those whom Keynes, the wouldbe aristocrat, despised all of his life. All previous economists, certainly
including Keyness forbears Smith, Ricardo, and Marshall, had lauded
thrifty savers as building up long-term capital and therefore as responsible
for enormous long-term improvements in consumers standard of living.
But Keynes, in a feat of prestidigitation, severed the evident link between
savings and investment, claiming instead that the two are unrelated.
Reprinted from Dissent on Keynes: A Critical Appraisal of Keynesian Economics, Mark

Skousen, ed. (New York: Praeger, 1992), chap. 11; reprinted as Keynes, the Man (Auburn,
Ala.: Mises Institute, 2010), pp. 4752.
199
200
The Rothbard Reader
In fact, he wrote, savings are a drag on the system; they leak out
of the spending stream, thereby causing recession and unemployment.
Hence Keynes, like Mandeville in the early eighteenth century, was able
to condemn thrift and savings; he had finally gotten his revenge on the
bourgeoisie.
By also severing interest returns from the price of time or from the
real economy and by making it only a monetary phenomenon, Keynes was
able to advocate, as a linchpin of his basic political program, the euthanasia of the rentier class: that is, the states expanding the quantity of money
enough so as to drive down the rate of interest to zero, thereby at last wiping out the hated creditors. It should be noted that Keynes did not want
to wipe out investment: on the contrary, he maintained that savings and
investment were separate phenomena. Thus, he could advocate driving
down the rate of the interest to zero as a means of maximizing investment
while minimizing (if not eradicating) savings.
Since he claimed that interest was purely a monetary phenomenon,
Keynes could then also sever the existence of an interest rate from the
scarcity of capital. Indeed, he believed that capital is not really scarce at all.
Thus, Keynes stated that his preferred society would mean the euthanasia
of the rentier, and consequently, the euthanasia of the cumulative oppressive power of the capitalist to exploit the scarcity-value of capital.
But capital is not really scarce: Interest today rewards no genuine sacrifice, any more than does the rent of land. The owner of capital can obtain
interest because capital is scarce, just as the owner of land can obtain rent
because land is scarce. But whilst there may be intrinsic reasons for the
scarcity of land, there are no intrinsic reasons for the scarcity of capital.
Therefore, we might aim in practice at an increase in the volume of
capital until it ceases to be scarce, so that the functionless investor [the
rentier] will no longer receive a bonus. Keynes made it clear that he looked
forward to a gradual annihilation of the functionless rentier, rather than
to any sort of sudden upheaval.1
Keynes then came to the third economic class, to whom he was somewhat better disposed: the investors. In contrast to the passive and robotic
1John Maynard Keynes, The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money (London:
Macmillan, 1936), pp. 37576, and Henry Hazlitt, The Failure of the New Economics, 2nd
ed. (New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House, [1959] 1973), pp. 37984. See also the illuminating article by Andrew Rutten (1989). I am indebted to Dr. Rutten for calling this article
to my attention.
201
consumers, investors are not determined by an external mathematical

function. On the contrary, they are brimful of free will and active dynamism. They are also not an evil drag on the economic machinery, as are
the savers. They are important contributors to everyones welfare.
But, alas, there is a hitch. Even though dynamic and full of free will,
investors are erratic creatures of their own moods and whims. They are, in
short, productive but irrational. They are driven by psychological moods
and animal spirits. When investors are feeling their oats and their animal
spirits are high, they invest heavily, but too much; overly optimistic, they
spend too much and bring about inflation. But Keynes, especially in The
General Theory, was not really interested in inflation; he was concerned
about unemployment and recession, caused, in his starkly superficial view,
by pessimistic moods, loss of animal spirits, and hence underinvestment.
The capitalist system is, accordingly, in a state of inherent macroinstability. Perhaps the market economy does well enough on the micro-,
supply-and-demand level. But in the macro world, it is afloat with no rudder; there is no internal mechanism to keep its aggregate spending from
being either too low or too high, hence causing recession and unemployment or inflation.
Interestingly enough, Keynes came to this interpretation of the business cycle as a good Marshallian. Ricardo and his followers of the Currency
school correctly believed that business cycles are generated by expansions
and contractions of bank credit and the money supply, as generated by a
central bank, whereas their opponents in the Banking school believed that
expansions of bank money and credit were merely passive effects of booms
and busts and that the real cause of business cycles was fluctuation in business speculation and expectations of profitan explanation very close to
Pigous later theory of psychological mood swings and to Keyness focus
on animal spirits.
John Stuart Mill had been a faithful Ricardian except in this one crucial area. Following his father, Mill had adopted the Banking schools
causal theory of business cycles, which was then adopted by Marshall.2
To develop a way out, Keynes presented a fourth class of society. Unlike
the robotic and ignorant consumers, this group is described as full of free
will, activism, and knowledge of economic affairs. And unlike the hapless
2Paul Trescott, J.M. Keynes as a Marshallian: Comment, Journal of Economic Issues 21
(1987): 45257.
202
The Rothbard Reader
investors, they are not irrational folk, subject to mood swings and animal
spirits; on the contrary, they are supremely rational as well as knowledgeable, able to plan best for society in the present as well as in the future.
This class, this deus ex machina external to the market, is of course
the state apparatus, as headed by its natural ruling elite and guided by the
modern, scientific version of Platonic philosopher kings. In short, government leaders, guided firmly and wisely by Keynesian economists and
social scientists (naturally headed by the great man himself), would save
the day. In the politics and sociology of The General Theory, all the threads
of Keyness life and thought are neatly tied up.
And so the state, led by its Keynesian mentors, is to run the economy,
to control the consumers by adjusting taxes and lowering the rate of interest toward zero, and, in particular, to engage in a somewhat comprehensive socialisation of investment. Keynes contended that this would not
mean total state Socialism, pointing out that
it is not the ownership of the instruments of production
which it is important for the State to assume. If the State
is able to determine the aggregate amount of resources
devoted to augmenting the instruments and the basic rate
of reward to those who own them, it will have accomplished all that is necessary.3
Yes, let the state control investment completely, its amount and rate of
return in addition to the rate of interest; then Keynes would allow private
individuals to retain formal ownership so that, within the overall matrix
of state control and dominion, they could still retain a wide field for the
exercise of private initiative and responsibility. As Hazlitt puts it,
Investment is a key decision in the operation of any economic system. And government investment is a form
of socialism. Only confusion of thought, or deliberate
duplicity, would deny this. For socialism, as any dictionary would tell the Keynesians, means the ownership
and control of the means of production by government.
Under the system proposed by Keynes, the government
would control all investment in the means of production
and would own the part it had itself directly invested. It is
at best mere muddleheadedness, therefore, to present the
3Keynes, The General Theory, p. 378.
203
Keynesian nostrums as a free enterprise or individualistic alternative to socialism.4

There was a system that had become prominent and fashionable in
Europe during the 1920s and 1930s that was precisely marked by this
desired Keynesian feature: private ownership, subject to comprehensive
government control and planning. This was, of course, fascism.
Where did Keynes stand on overt fascism? From the scattered information now available, it should come as no surprise that Keynes was an
enthusiastic advocate of the enterprising spirit of Sir Oswald Mosley,
the founder and leader of British fascism, in calling for a comprehensive
national economic plan in late 1930. By 1933, Virginia Woolf was writing to a close friend that she feared Keynes was in the process of converting her to a form of fascism. In the same year, in calling for national selfsufficiency through state control, Keynes opined that Mussolini, perhaps,
is acquiring wisdom teeth.5 But the most convincing evidence of Keyness
strong fascist bent was the special foreword he prepared for the German
edition of The General Theory. This German translation, published in late
1936, included a special introduction for the benefit of Keyness German
readers and for the Nazi regime under which it was published. Not surprisingly, Harrods idolatrous Life of Keynes makes no mention of this
introduction, although it was included two decades later in volume seven
of the Collected Writings along with forewords to the Japanese and French
editions.
The German introduction, which has scarcely received the benefit
of extensive commentary by Keynesian exegetes, includes the following
statements by Keynes:
Nevertheless the theory of output as a whole, which is
what the following book purports to provide, is much
4Hazlitt, Failure of the New Economics, p. 388, and Karl Brunner The Sociopolitical Vision of Keynes, in The Legacy of Keynes, David A. Reese, ed. (San Francisco: Harper and
Row, 1987), pp. 30, 38.
5John Maynard Keynes, Sir Oswald Moselys Manifesto, National and Atheneum 13 (December 1930): 766; and Elizabeth Johnson and Harry G. Johnson, The Shadow of Keynes
(Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1978), p. 22. On the relationship between Keynes and Mosely, see
Robert Skidelsky, Oswald Mosely (New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1975), pp. 241,
30506; Oswald Mosely, My Life (New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House, 1968), pp. 178,
207, 23738, 253; Colin Cross, The Fascists in Britain (New York: St. Martins Press, 1963),
pp. 3536.
204
The Rothbard Reader
more easily adapted to the conditions of a totalitarian

state, than is the theory of production and distribution of
a given output produced under conditions of free competition and a large measure of laissez-faire.6
6John Maynard Keynes, The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money. The Collected Writings of John Maynard Keynes (London: Macmillan and Cambridge University
Press, 1973), vol. 7, p. xxvi; Hazlitt, Failure of the New Economics, p. 277; Brunner, The
Sociopolitical Vision of Keynes, pp. 38ff.; F.A. Hayek, Studies in Philosophy, Politics and
Economics (Chicago: University Chicago Press, 1967), p. 346.
CHAPTER
26
The Chicago School
must say that the more I read the general, all-around works of the Chicago school of economics, the less I am impressed.
A good example of the approach of this school is Clark Lee Allen,
James M. Buchanan, and Marshall R. Colberg, Prices, Income, and Public
Policy.1 As you will see, I was impressed neither by the technical economic
analysis nor by the more politico-economic sections.
Let us take the broader or more political sections first. First it must
be said that on the two great foci of attack on the free-market economy by
left-wingersthe Keynesian problem of cyclical instability and unemployment, and the alleged problems of monopoly,Allen, Buchanan,
and Colberg take up the hue and cry against the market with the rest of
the pack. Oh, very gently and very moderately, compared to most other
textbooks, it is true; but still the essence of the charges is there, and the
case has been given away.
In the national income field, the authors enlist themselves wholeheartedly as what we may call moderate Keynesians. The crucial thing
1Second edition (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959).
Letter to Ivan R. Bierly, Volker Fund, February 3, 1960. Reprinted in Strictly Confidential:
The Private Volker Fund Memos of Murray N. Rothbard, David Gordon, ed. (Auburn, Ala.:
Mises Institute, 2010), pp. 295301.
205
206
The Rothbard Reader
here is that they accept the fundamental Keynesian point and accept it
blithely as above discussion: that the free market, left to itself, has no
mechanism for keeping its aggregate self in balance, for avoiding business
cycles, depressions, unemployment, etc. Government, then, must step in
to regulate the system: to keep the price level stable, to pump in money
in depressions in order to cure unemployment, to tighten up money in
booms. Government is considered the natural and indispensable regulator. The free market has no way of keeping national income high enough
or savings and investment in balance. Thus, the fundamental Keynesian
point has been conceded.
It is true that surrounding this hard core, the authors put in conservative modifiers: they prefer the government to use monetary policy in its
contracyclical efforts rather than fiscal policy, and they even hint the latest
Friedman line that they might prefer automatic monetary rules to managed, discretionary monetary policy. But while an improvement over most
textbooks, this is not good enough. The authors, in the usual Chicago tradition, show themselves completely ignorant of the Misesian theory of the
business cycle, and loftily dismiss the gold standard as hardly worthy of
notenever even considering that they might find the monetary automaticity they are seeking in the gold-coin standard. But the most important
flaw is their conceding the fundamental Keynesian point.
The authors worry a lot, also, about monopoly. Of course, they think
that monopoly can abound on the free marketwe cannot expect any
economist to take the revolutionary step of denying that proposition. But
they can be condemned for not even getting as realistic about the market
as Chamberlin or, from another direction, Lawrence Abbott, whose seminal book is ignored by these authors as well as everyone else. In fact, the
authors cling to the absurd and dangerous Chicago model of perfect or
pure competition, which they persist in considering the normative ideal.
Of course, empirically, they overlaid this terrible flaw with some good
remarks: indicating that they believe that the most important empirical
instances of monopoly power are caused by government intervention,
attacking the fair-trade laws, etc. But these good qualifiers are hardly
enough to save the day. On the contrary, what the authors do is to say:
Well yes, we admit that the whole market is interlarded with monopoly
power, and this is unfortunate but really unimportant, except that. ... And
here, the authors feel free to engage in sudden hit-and-run attacks on
cases which they, for some reason, feel are important instances of monopoly power that should be busted or regulated by government. Thus, the
207
authors are strong for the antitrust laws, and want to see them strengthened further and enforced more stringently. They have the gall to call the
decision outlawing basing-point pricing a great victory for society, and
they endorse the FTCs desire to get the power to enjoin any mergers in
advance. Using the perfect competition model, the authors also show
great hostility toward the alleged great wastes of advertising.
The authors are pretty good in criticizing the monopoly power of
unions, but here again their case is greatly weakened by their conceding validity to the absurd and fallacious problem of monopsony, which
somehow makes out employers to be as inherently monopolistic as unions.
They also concede that natural monopolies, such as public utilities, have
to be regulated by government, even though they point out, very well,
many of the pitfalls and inconsistencies inherent in public utility regulation. But the force of the latter are, once again, vitiated by their concession
to the opponents of freedom of their fundamental point: that public utilities simply have to be regulated by government.
The authors also endorse all the fallacious arguments for government action such as the collective goods argument and the free-rider, or
external-benefits, argument. Thus, they endorse public education because
of the alleged long-run benefits to everyone, which people are too shortsighted to pay for voluntarily. On the theory of exchange rates, they are
good as far as they go in pointing to the functions of the free exchange
market and the perils of exchange control, but they seem to be completely
ignorant of the purchasing-power-parity explanation of the determinants,
on the free market, of what makes the exchange rates what they are.
On foreign aid and underdeveloped countries, they are surprisingly
poor and weak, their section on underdeveloped countries saying very little and including none of the Bauer insights, and actually endorsing both
the economics and politics of foreign aid to these countries.
Rather than multiply examples of flaws further, I think it important to
emphasize that this book brings home as few have done to me how much
can go wrong if ones philosophical approachones epistemologyis all
wrong. At the root of almost all the troubles of the book lies the weak,
confused, and inconsistent positivism: the willingness to use false assumptions if their predictive value seems to be of some use. It is this crippling
positivist willingness to let anything slip by, to not be rigorous about ones
theory because the assumptions dont have to be true or realistic anyway,
that permeates and ruins this book.
208
The Rothbard Reader
For example, the authors are keen enough, in the monopoly sections,
to sense that there in something very wrong with the whole current theory
of monopoly, that it is even impossible to define monopoly cogently, or
define monopoly of a commodity. But while they see these things, they
never do anything about it, or start from there to construct an economics
that will stand upbecause they are thoroughly misled by their positivist
attitude of well, this might be a useful tool for some purposes. Hence
their clinging to the absurd ideal of perfect competition, etc.and in
many other ways.
This same grave philosophical confusion permits them to suddenly
slip their own ethical judgments into the book, undefended and practically
unannounced. Suddenly, they say that the outlawing of basing-point pricing was a great social victory. I said that this was gall because they had
never bothered to construct or present a cogent ethical system on which
to make such a remark. Similarly, they feel free, while cloaking themselves
in the robes of scientists, to say suddenly that of course there has to be
compulsory egalitarianism, with the government enforcing some equality through taxes and subsidies. Why? Simply because it seems evident to
them that a little more equality would be better, and that we cant let the
weak be liquidated.
And they have even the further colossal gall to denounce price discrimination (e.g., doctors charging more to the rich than to the poor)
because it is, for some reason, terribly unethical for private people to
engage in their own strictly voluntary redistribution of wealth. Apparently, and they say so explicitly, it is only legitimate for the government
to effect this redistribution by coercion. This ethical nonsense they dont
feel they have to defend; it appears self-evident to them. It is this kind of
slipshod, unphilosophic, sophomoric ethics that is again typical of the
Chicago school in action.
The pervading positivist epistemology pervades the technical economic analysis as well. The usual fashionable jargon of the short-run cost
curves of the firm, etc., are used, despite the recognition by the authors
that it is all rather arbitrary; this they brush aside with the retort that it
can have some predictive value. The term that I think best describes the
shoddiness and eclecticism induced by this philosophic approach is irresponsibility. For if a theory or analysis doesnt have to be strictly true or
coherently united to other theory, then almost anything goesall to be
justified with predictive value or some other such excuse.
209
Happily, I can illustrate what I mean in a little exchange of letters that I

had last week with Jim Buchanan about one minor piece of technical analysis in this book. I was appalled by the construction of a so-called fixed
demand curve, which was clearly thrown in so as to have something geometrically symmetric with the standard, and perfectly proper, fixed-supply curve for the immediate market. The authors said that a fixed, vertical demand curve is illustrated by the governments demand for soldiers,
and that if not enough people volunteer, the government will draft the
rest. Now this is pure nonsense, since drafting cannot be illustrated by a
demand curve. But what struck me is that even on the authors own terms,
the analysis is nonsense, since, if say the government wants 100,000 men
in the army and its demand curve is therefore vertical at this amount,
but if so many people are 4-F or exempt that only 60,000 can possibly be
hired or drafted, we then have a vertical supply and vertical demand curve
which never intersect. On the authors own premises, then, no one would
be in the army, which is clearly absurd.
So I wrote to Jim Buchanan asking him to clear up this point, and saying that maybe I was overlooking the happy and obvious solution. What
interests us here, as revelatory of Buchanans philosophical irresponsibility, was his reply. The reply conceded my point in full. Yes, his model does
lead to absurd conclusions. Here is Buchanans justification:
Your letter points up the limitations of applying too literally many of our analytical tools. You are quite right
in saying that the solution ... under your assumptions is
absurd. But this is really the same in all of those cases in
which we make rather extreme assumptions. ... At best,
the fixed demand and fixed supply models are useful in
that they isolate certain forces, and in few cases, the models themselves are useful for predictive purposes.
He goes on to say that he tried to find a case of fixed demand as a
counterpart to the usual fixed supply case, and could only think of the
draft example as remotely suitable.
Now, it seems to me that this kind of philosophy, this positivistic
approach to economic theory, corrupts it, if I may use so strong a term, at
the very core, and that no theory of lasting merit can emerge from this sort
of cauldron. And this book of Allen, Buchanan, and Colberg is a particularly clear example of how this positivistic corruption ruins almost every
key section of the book.
CHAPTER
27
Israel Kirzner
and the Economic Man
conomics has long been considered the dismal science by most educated men. Much of this negative attitude stems from a firm belief that
economics (1) deals solely with the grubby business of acquiring material wealth, of money-making; and (2) postulates a coldly rational, coolly
calculating, economic man, a man without sentiment or compassion, a man
who would refuse a few coppers to his sick old mother because his only
value in life is to buy on the cheapest market and sell on the dearest.
Much of this picture of economics was always a caricature. To the
extent that it was ever relevant, it was relevant only to British classical
economics of the nineteenth century, and largely because these economists were not properly equipped to analyze the actions of consumers.
Despairing of bringing the consumer into their theoretical framework, the
classical economists concentrated on the businessmen and his drive for
pecuniary profit. Now, generally, it is the consumer who has values, and
guides the profit-seeking businessmen in the paths of production that will
fulfill these values. The classical omission, coupled with John Stuart Mills
unfortunateand positivisticchampioning of the concept of the homo
oeconomicus, gave enough room for the enemies of the hard realities of the
economic discipline to heap scorn and abuse on the science as a whole.
Review of Israel Kirzners The Economic Point of View (Princeton, N.J.: D. Van Nostrand,
1960); reprinted as Economics as a Moral Science, Modern Age (Spring, 1961).
210
211
Economics has come a long way since the nineteenth century, although
the story is not generally known. In this fine and scholarly work, Professor
Israel Kirzner traces what has happened to the conception of the scope
of economics since the early British classics. He shows how economics
has broadened immeasurably through the years, until, in the remarkable
achievement of Ludwig von Mises, it has become part of a general theoretical analysis of all human actions, of the science of praxeology. And
rather than being confined to certain specific goods or certain particular motives, economic analysis embraces all goods, material or immaterial, and all motives, and analyzes these actions from a certain particular
aspect. The man who attends and enjoys a concert is engaging in an action
analyzable by economics, even though his motive is pure and the good
that he consumes is non-material. And not only interpersonal exchanges
come under the praxeologic rubric, but also such purely personal actions
as the deeds of Crusoe on his desert island. In brief, economics, or praxeology, deals with the logical implications of the universal, formal fact
that human beings act, i.e., that they act purposively, employing means
to achieve ends. Economics, therefore, in its profoundest sense, is not a
quantitative, empirical statistical science as most people believe; it is a
philosophical, qualitative, and deductive discipline.
It should be noted that economics is profoundly different from all
other social or behavioral sciences. The latter, which try to develop scientific laws of the content of mens actions, are determinist, mechanistic,
and therefore behaviorist: men are treated like stones to be observed,
charted, and predicted. Genuine economics, especially economics as it
has emerged in praxeology and as shown by Dr. Kirzner, is quite the opposite; instead of mechanistically substituting behavior for action, it grounds
its deductions squarely on the axiom of action, which means in essence
on the axiom of mans purposiveness and freedom of will. The conservative, properly suspicious of the anti-human essence of the social science,
should recognize that in economics, particularly economics in its most
developed praxeological form, he has a staunch and extremely important
ally. Praxeological economics rests squarely on the reality of the individual
person, not on the collective; and instead of burying values and purpose,
it portrays the individual as striving purposively to achieve his cherished
ends. While, therefore, the actual construction of the edifice of economic
law is strictly Wertfrei, in the deepest sense economics is not a behavioral nor even a social butwhat Mill this time correctly called ita
moral science.
Section VI
Economic History
CHAPTER
28
Economic Determinism,
Ideology, and the American
Revolution
t is part of the inescapable condition of the historian that he must make

estimates and judgments about human motivation even though he cannot ground his judgments in absolute and apodictic certainty. If, for
example, we find that Nelson Rockefeller made a secret gift of $650,000
to Dr. William J. Ronan, we can choose to interpret Rockefellers motivation in one of at least two ways: we can conclude, as did that eminent
student of contemporary politics Malcolm Wilson, that Nelson made this
and similar gifts purely as an act of love; or we can conclude that some
sort of political quid pro quo was involved in the transaction. In my view,
the good historian (1) cannot escape making a judgment of motivation,
and (2) will opt for the latter political judgment. Those historians who
have made the realistic and what I hold to be the correct judgment have
often been condemned as materialists, economic determinists, or even
Marxists, but I contend that what they have simply done was to use their
common sense, their correct apprehension of reality.
In some matters, where the causal chain of economic interest to action
is simple and direct, almost no one denies the overriding motive of economic interest. Thus, when the steel industry lobbies for a tariff or an
import quota, and despite the fact that their stated motivations will include
A paper delivered at the Libertarian Scholars Conference, October 28, 1974, in New York
City. Reprinted from Libertarian Forum 6, no. 11 (1974).
215
216
The Rothbard Reader
every bit of blather about the public interest or the national security
that they can think of (even an act of love if they thought they could get
away with it). It would be a rash historian indeed who did not conclude
that the prime motivation of the steel industry was to gain higher profits
and restrict foreign competition. Similarly with Nelsons loving largesse.
There will be few charges of Marxism hurled in these situations. The
problem comes when the actions involve longer and more complex causal
chains: when, for example, we contemplate the reasons for the adoption
of the American Constitution, or the Marshall Plan, or entry into World
War I. It is in these matters that the focus on economic motives becomes
somehow unpatriotic and disreputable.
And yet, the methodology in both sets of cases is the same. In each
case, the actor himself tries his best to hide his economic motive and to
trumpet his more abstract and ideological concerns. And, in each case,
it is precisely because of the attempted cover-up (which, of course, is
more successful in the longer causal chains) that the responsibility of the
historian is to unearth the hidden motivations. There is no problem, for
example, for the historian of the Marshall Plan to discover such ideological motivations as aid to the starving people of Europe or defense against
Communism; these were trumpeted everywhere. But the goal of subsidizing American export industries was kept under wraps, and therefore
requires more work by the historian in digging it up and spreading it on
the record.
Neither is the Mises point that men are guided not by their economic
interests but by ideas very helpful in discussing this problem: for the real
question is what ideas are guiding themideas about their economic
interests or ideas about religion, morality, or whatever? Ideas need not be a
highly abstract level; it did not take profound familiarity with philosophy,
for example, for the export manufacturers to realize that foreign aid would
provide them a fat subsidy out of the pockets of the American taxpayer.
No economic determinist worth his salt, however, has ever held that
economic motives are the sole or even always the dominant wellsprings
of human action. Thus, no one who has ever studied the early Calvinists could ever deny that fiery devotion to their new religious creed was
the overriding motivation for their conversion and even for their secular
activities. Although even in the case of the Reformation, we cannot overlook the economic motivation, for example, for the German princes in
siding with Luther or for Henry VIIIs confiscation of the wealth of the
Economic History
217
Roman Catholic monasteries. The point is in each case to give the economic motivation its due.
Can we, however, provide ourselves with a criterion, with a guide with
which we can equip ourselves in at least our preliminary hypotheses about
the weights of motivation? In short, can we formulate a theoretical guide
which will indicate in advance whether or not an historical action will be
predominantly for economic, or for ideological, motives? I think we can,
although as far as I know we will be breaking new and untried ground.
Some years ago, an article in the Journal of the History of Ideas, in
an attempt to score some points against the great economic determinist historian Charles A. Beard, charged that for Beard it was only his
historical bad guys who were economically determined, whereas his
good guys were governed largely by ideology. To the author, Beards supposed inconsistency in this matter was enough to demolish the Beardian method. But my contention here is that in a sense, Beard wasnt so
far wrong; and that, in fact, from the libertarian if not from the Beardian
perspective, it is indeed true in a profound sense that the bad guys in
history are largely economically motivated, and the good guys ideologically motivated. Note that the operative term here, of course, is largely
rather than exclusively.
Let us see why this should be so. The essence of the State through history is that a minority of the population, who constitute a ruling class,
govern, live off of, and exploit the majority, or the ruled. Since a majority cannot live parasitically off a minority without the economy and the
system breaking down very quickly, and since the majority can never act
permanently by itself but must always be governed by an oligarchy, every
State will persist by plundering the majority on behalf of a ruling minority. A further or corollary reason for the inevitability of minority rule is
the pervasive fact of the division of labor; the majority of the public must
spend most of its time about the business of making a daily living. Hence
the actual rule of the State must be left to full-time professionals who are
necessarily a minority of the society.
Throughout history, then, the State has consisted of a minority plundering and tyrannizing over a majority. This brings us to the great question, the great mystery if you will, of political philosophy: the mystery
of civil obedience. From Etienne de La Botie to David Hume to Ludwig
von Mises, political philosophers have shown that no Stateno minoritycan continue long in power unless supported, even if passively, by the
majority. Why then do the majority continue to accept or support the State
218
The Rothbard Reader
when they are clearly acquiescing in their own exploitation and subjection? Why do the majority continue to obey the minority?
Here we arrive at the age-old role of the intellectuals, the opinionmoulding groups in society. The ruling classbe they warlords, nobles,
feudal landlords, or monopoly merchants, or a coalition of several of these
groupsmust employ intellectuals to convince the majority of the public
that their rule is beneficent, inevitable, necessary, and even divine. The
dominant role of the intellectual through history is that of the Court Intellectual, who in return for a share, a junior partnership, in the power and
pelf offered by the rest of the ruling class, spins the apologias for State rule
with which to convince a deluded public. This is the age-old alliance of
Church and State, of Throne and Altar, with the Church in modern times
being largely replaced by scientific technocrats.
When the bad guys act, then, when they form a State or a centralizing Constitution, when they go to war or create a Marshall Plan or use and
increase State power in any way, their primary motivation is economic: to
increase their plunder at the expense of the subject and taxpayer. The ideology that they profess and that is formulated and spread through society
by the Court Intellectuals is merely an elaborate rationalization for their
venal economic interests. The ideology is the smokescreen for their loot,
the fictitious clothes spun by the intellectuals to hide the naked plunder of
the Emperor. The task of the historian, then, is to penetrate to the essence
of the transaction, to strip the ideological garb from the Emperor State
and to reveal the economic motive at the heart of the issue.
What then of the actions of the good guys, i.e., those unfortunately
infrequent but vital situations in history when the subjects rise up to
diminish, or whittle away, or abolish State power? What, in short, of such
historical events as the American Revolution or the classical liberal movements of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries? It goes without saying,
of course, that the economic motive for diminishing or throwing off State
power is a good one from the libertarian point of view, in contrast to
the bad economic motives of the statists. Thus, a move by the ruling
class on behalf of higher taxation is a bad economic motive, a motive to
increase their confiscation of the property of the producers, whereas the
economic motive against taxation is the good one of defending private
property against such unjust depredations. That is true, but that is not the
major point I am trying to make here. My contention is that, in the nature
of the case, the major motive of the opposition, or the revolutionaries, will
be ideological rather than economic.
Economic History
219
The basic reason is that the ruling class, being small and largely specialized, is motivated to think about its economic interests twenty-four
hours a day. The steel manufacturers seeking a tariff, the bankers seeking taxes to repay their government bonds, the rulers seeking a strong
state from which to obtain subsidies, the bureaucrats wishing to expand
their empire, are all professionals in statism. They are constantly at work
trying to preserve and expand their privileges. Hence the primacy of the
economic motive in their pernicious actions. But the majority has allowed
itself to be deluded largely because its immediate interests are diffuse
and hard to observe, and because they are not professional anti-statists
but people going about their business of daily living. What can the average person know of the arcane processes of subsidy or taxation or bond
issue? Generally he is too wrapped up in his daily life, too habituated to
his lot after centuries of State-guided propaganda, to give any thought to
his unfortunate fate. Hence, an opposition or revolutionary movement,
or indeed any mass movement from below, cannot be primarily guided
by ordinary economic motives. For such a mass movement to form, the
masses must be fired up, must be aroused to a rare and uncommon pitch
of fervor against the existing system. But the only way for that to happen is
for the masses to be fired up by ideology. It is only ideology, guided either
by a new religious conversion, or by a passion for justice, that can arouse
the interest of the masses (in the current jargon to raise their consciousness) and lead them out of their morass of daily habit into an uncommon
and militant activity in opposition to the State. This is not to say that an
economic motive, a defense for example of their property, does not play
an important role. But to form a mass movement in opposition means that
they must shake off the habits, the daily mundane concerns of several lifetimes, and become politically aroused and determined as never before in
their lives. Only a common and passionately believed in ideology can perform that role. Hence our strong hypothesis that such a mass movement as
the American Revolution (or even in its sphere the Calvinist movement)
must have been centrally motivated by a newly adopted and commonly
shared ideology.
We turn now to the insight of such disparate political theorists as
Marx and Mises, how do the masses of subjects acquire this guiding and
determining ideology? By the very nature of the masses, it is impossible
for them to arrive at such a revolutionary or opposition ideology on their
own. Habituated as they are to their narrow and daily rounds, uninterested in ideology as they normally are, concerned with daily living, it is
220
The Rothbard Reader
impossible for the masses to lift themselves up by their own bootstraps to

hammer out an ideological movement in opposition to the existing State.
Here we arrive at the vital role of the intellectuals. It is only intellectuals,
the full-time professionals in ideas, who can have either the time, the ability, or the inclination to formulate the opposition ideology and then to
spread the word to the mass of the subjects. In contrast to the statist Court
Intellectual, whose role is a junior partner in rationalizing the economic
interests of the ruling class, the radical or opposition intellectuals role is
the centrally guiding one of formulating the opposition or revolutionary
ideology and then to spread the ideology to the masses, thereby welding
them into a revolutionary movement.
An important corollary point: in weighing the motivations of the intellectuals themselves or even of the masses, it is generally true that setting
oneself up in opposition to an existing State is a lonely, thorny, and often
dangerous road. It would usually be to the direct economic interests of the
radical intellectuals to allow themselves to sell out, to be coopted by the
ruling State apparatus. Those intellectuals who choose the radical opposition path, then, can scarcely be dominated by economic motives; on the
contrary, only a fiercely held ideology, centering on a passion for justice,
can keep the intellectual to the rigorous path of truth. Hence, again, the
inevitability of a dominant role for ideology in an opposition movement.
Thus, though perhaps not for Beardian reasons, it turns out to be true
that the bad guys, the statists, are governed by economic motivation with
ideology serving as a smokescreen for such motives, whereas the good
guys, the libertarians or anti-statists, are ruled principally and centrally
by ideology, with economic defense playing a subordinate role. Through
this dichotomy we can at last resolve the age-old historiographical dispute
over whether ideology or economic interests play the dominant role in
historical motivation.
If it is the shame of the intellectuals that the Court Intellectual has been
their dominant role over the course of world history, it is also the glory of
the intellectuals that they played the central role in forming and guiding
the mass movements of the modern world in opposition to the State: from
the Calvinist upsurge of the Reformation to the classical liberal and radical movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries.
Let us now apply our framework to an analysis of the historiography

of the American Revolution. In the long-standing controversy over the
Economic History
221
Beard-Becker economic determinist school of American history dominant in the 1920s and 30s, it has generally been assumed that one must
either accept or reject this basic outlook wholesale, for each and every
period of American history. Yet our framework explains why the BeardBecker approach, so fruitful and penetrating when applied to the statist
drive for power which brought about the US Constitution, fails signally
when applied to the great anti-statist events of the American Revolution.
The Beard-Becker approach sought to apply an economic determinist framework to the American Revolution, and specifically a framework
of inherent conflict between various major economic classes. The vital
flaws in the Beard-Becker model were twofold. First, they did not understand the primary role of ideas in guiding any revolutionary or opposition movement. Second, and this is an issue we have not had time to deal
with, they did not understand that there are no inherent economic conflicts on the free market; without government intrusion, there is no reason
for merchants, farmers, landlords, et al. to be at loggerheads. Conflict is
only created between those classes which rule the State as against those
which are exploited by the State. Not understanding this crucial point, the
Beard-Becker historians framed their analysis in terms of the allegedly
conflicting class interests of, in particular, merchants and farmers. Since
the merchants clearly led the way in revolutionary agitation, the BeardBecker approach was bound to conclude that the merchants, in agitating for revolution, were aggressively pushing their class interests at the
expense of the deluded farmers.
But now the economic determinists were confronted with a basic
problem: if indeed the revolution was against the class interests of the
mass of the farmers, how come that the latter supported the revolutionary movement? To this key question, the determinists had two answers.
One was the common viewbased on a misreading of a letter by John
Adamsthat the Revolution was indeed supported by only a minority of
the population; in the famous formulation, one-third of the populace was
supposed to have supported the revolution, one-third opposed, and onethird were neutral. This view flies in the face of our analysis of opposition
movements; for, it should be clear that any revolution, battling as it does
the professional vested interest of the State, and needing to lift the mass of
the people out of their accustomed inertia, must have the active support
of a large majority of the population in order to succeed. As confirmation,
it was one of the positive contributions of the later consensus school of
American history of such scholars as John Alden and Edmund Morgan, to
222
The Rothbard Reader
demonstrate conclusively that the Revolution had the active support of a

large majority of the American public.
The Beard-Becker school had another answer to the puzzle of majority support of the Revolution: namely that the farmers were deluded into
such support by the propaganda beamed at them by the upper classes.
In effect, these historians transferred the analysis of the role of ideology
as a rationalization of class interests from its proper use to explain State
action to a fallacious use in trying to understand mass movements. In this
approach, they relied on the jejune theory of propaganda common in the
1920s and 1930s under the inspiration of Harold Lasswell: namely, that no
one sincerely holds any ideas or ideology, and that therefore no ideological statements whatever can be taken at face value, but must be considered
only as insincere rhetoric for the purposes of propaganda. Again, the
Beard-Becker school was trapped by its failure to give any primary role to
ideas in history.
The economic determinists were succeeded by the consensus school
of American history, as part of the general American celebration among
intellectuals after World War II. At its best, the consensus historians, notably Edmund Morgan and Bernhard Knollenberg, were able to show that
the American Revolution was a genuine multi-class movement supported
by the great majority of the American public. Furthermore, the economic
determinists, in their eagerness to show the upper merchant class as duping the farmers into supporting the Revolution, emergedin a curious
kind of left-right alliance with the pro-British Imperial historiansas
hostile to the American Revolution. The consensus historians restored the
older view that the colonists were rebelling against genuine invasions of
their liberties and property by the British Empire: that their grievances
were real and compelling, and not simply a figment of upper class propaganda.
At its worst, however, and under the aegis of such major consensus
theoreticians as the neo-conservatives Daniel Boorstin and Clinton Rossiter, the consensus school was moved to the truly absurd conclusion that
the American Revolution, in contrast to all other revolutions in history,
was not really a revolution at all, but a purely measured and conservative
reflex against the restrictive measures of the Crown. Under the spell of the
American celebration and of a Cold-War generated hostility to all modern
revolutions, the consensus historians were constrained to deny any and
all conflicts in American history, whether economic or ideological, and to
absolve the American republic from the original sin of having been born
Economic History
223
via a revolution. Thus, the consensus historians were fully as hostile to

ideology as a prime motive force in history as their enemies, the economic
determinists. The difference is that where the determinists saw class conflict, the consensus school maintained that the genius of Americans has
always been to be unfettered by abstract ideology, and that instead they
have met every issue as ad hoc problem-solving pragmatists.
Thus, the consensus school, in its eagerness to deny the revolutionary nature of the American Revolution, failed to see that all revolutions
against State power are necessarily radical and hence revolutionary
acts, and further that they must be genuine mass movements guided by
an informed and radical ideology. Furthermore, as Robert A. Nisbet has
recently pointed out in his scintillating pamphlet, The Social Impact of the
Revolution, the consensus view overlooks the truly revolutionary and libertarian consequences of the American Revolution in diminishing the role
of government, in dismantling church establishments and winning religious freedom, in bringing about bills of rights for the individuals liberty
and property, and in dismantling feudal land tenure in the colonies.
Nisbets stress on the revolutionary and libertarian nature and consequences of the American Revolution brings us to the most recent and now
dominant school of historiography on the Revolution: that of Professor
Bernard Bailyn. Against the hostility of both of the older schools of historians, Bailyn has managed, in scarcely a decade, to win his way through to
become the leading interpretation of the Revolution. Bailyns great contribution was to discover for the first time the truly dominant role of ideology
among the revolutionaries, and to stress that not only was the Revolution
a genuine revolutionary and multi-class mass movement among the colonists, but that it was guided and impelled above all by the ideology of radical libertarianism; hence what Bailyn happily calls the transforming libertarian radicalism of the Revolution. In a sense, Bailyn was harking back
to an older generation of historians at the turn of the twentieth century,
the so-called Constitutionalists, who had also stressed the dominant role
of ideas in the revolutionary movement. But Bailyn correctly saw that the
mistake of the Constitutionalists was in ascribing the central and guiding
role to sober and measured legalistic arguments about the British Constitution, and, secondarily, to John Lockes philosophy of natural rights and the
right of revolution. Bailyn saw that the problem with this interpretation
was to miss the major motive power of the Revolutionaries; Constitutional
legalisms, as later critics pointed out, were dry-as-dust arguments that
hardly stimulated the requisite revolutionary passions, and furthermore
224
The Rothbard Reader
they neglected the important problem of economic depredations by Great

Britain; while Lockes philosophy, though ultimately important, was too
abstract to generate the passions or to stimulate widespread reading by
the bulk of the colonists. Something, Bailyn rightly felt, was missing: the
intermediate-level ideology that could stimulate revolutionary passions.
Guided by the extensive research into English libertarian writers by
Caroline Robbins, Bailyn found the missing and vital ingredient: in the
transforming of Lockean natural rights theory into a radical and passionate, and explicitly political and libertarian framework. This task was
accomplished by radical English journalists who, in contrast to Locke,
were read very widely in the colonies: notably, the newspaper essays of
Trenchard and Gordon written during the 1720s. Trenchard and Gordon
clearly and passionately set forth the libertarian theory of natural rights,
went on to point out that government in general, and the British government specifically, was the great violator of such rights, and warned also that
Powergovernmentstood ever ready to conspire to violate the liberties
of the individual. To stop this crippling and destructive invasion of Liberty by Power, the people must be ever wary, ever vigilant, ever alert to the
conspiracies by the rulers to expand their power and aggress against their
subjects. It was this spirit that the American colonists eagerly imbibed,
and which accounted for their conspiracy view of the English government. And while Bailyn himself, by concentrating solely on the ideology
of the colonists, is ambivalent about whether such English conspiracies
against liberty actually existed, the work of such historians as Bernhard
Knollenberg has shown conclusively that the conspiracy was all too real,
and that what some historians have derided as the paranoia of the colonists turned out to be an insightful apprehension of reality, an insight that
was of course fueled by the colonists understanding of the very nature and
essence of State power itself.
While Bernard Bailyn has not continued his studies beyond the Revolution, his students Gordon Wood and Pauline Maier have done so, with
unfortunate results. For how can one apply the concept of a transforming
libertarian radicalism, of a mass ideological hatred of the State and of the
executive, to the movement for a Constitution which was the very antithesis of the libertarian and radical ideal? By trying to do so, Wood and
Maier lose the idea of radical libertarianism altogether, and wind up in
yet another form of consensus view of the Constitution. Yet the battle over
the adoption of the Constitution was a fierce ideological and economic
conflict; and in understanding that movement and that conflict we must
Economic History
225
turn to the neo-Beardian approach of such historians as Jackson Turner

Main, E. James Ferguson, and Alfred Young, which stresses the economic
and class interests behind this aggrandizement of a powerful central government. Furthermore, the Anti-Federalist resistance to the Constitution
was fueled, not only by resistance to these economic depredations, but
also and above all by the very ideology of Liberty versus Power that had
sparked and guided the American Revolution. A glance at the eloquent
speeches against the Constitution by Patrick Henry is enough to highlight
the libertarian leitmotif of the anti-statist Revolution as well as the antistatist resistance to the Constitution. Hence, the original insight of the
Beardians was correct: that the Constitution was a reaction against the
Revolution rather than its fulfillment.
The idea of economic motivation as the prime mover of statist actions
through history, as contrasted to ideology as the major guide of antistatist movements, is thus confirmed by analyzing the historiography of
the American Revolution. Perhaps adoption of this basic framework will
prove fruitful in the analysis of other important events and movements in
human history.
CHAPTER
29
The Progressive Movement
he Federal Reserve Act of December 23, 1913, was part and parcel of
the wave of Progressive legislation, on local, state, and federal levels
of government, that began about 1900. Progressivism was a bipartisan movement which, in the course of the first two decades of the twentieth century, transformed the American economy and society from one of
roughly laissez-faire to one of centralized statism.
Until the 1960s, historians had established the myth that Progressivism was a virtual uprising of workers and farmers who, guided by a new
generation of altruistic experts and intellectuals, surmounted fierce big
business opposition in order to curb, regulate, and control what had been
a system of accelerating monopoly in the late nineteenth century. A generation of research and scholarship, however, has now exploded that myth
for all parts of the American polity, and it has become all too clear that
the truth is the reverse of this well-worn fable. In contrast, what actually
happened was that business became increasingly competitive during the
late nineteenth century, and that various big-business interests, led by the
powerful financial house of J.P. Morgan and Company, had tried desperately to establish successful cartels on the free market. The first wave of
Excerpt from The Origins of the Federal Reserve, in A History of Money and Banking in
the United States: The Colonial Era to World War II (Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, [2002]
2005), pp. 18385.
226
Economic History
227
such cartels was in the first large-scale business, railroads, and in every
case, the attempt to increase profits, by cutting sales with a quota system
and thereby to raise prices or rates, collapsed quickly from internal competition within the cartel and from external competition by new competitors eager to undercut the cartel. During the 1890s, in the new field of
large-scale industrial corporations, big-business interests tried to establish
high prices and reduced production via mergers, and again, in every case,
the mergers collapsed from the winds of new competition. In both sets of
cartel attempts, J.P. Morgan and Company had taken the lead, and in both
sets of cases, the market, hampered though it was by high protective tariff
walls, managed to nullify these attempts at voluntary cartelization.
It then became clear to these big-business interests that the only way to
establish a cartelized economy, an economy that would ensure their continued economic dominance and high profits, would be to use the powers of government to establish and maintain cartels by coercion. In other
words, to transform the economy from roughly laissez-faire to centralized
and coordinated statism. But how could the American people, steeped in
a long tradition of fierce opposition to government-imposed monopoly,
go along with this program? How could the publics consent to the New
Order be engineered?
Fortunately for the cartelists, a solution to this vexing problem lay at
hand. Monopoly could be put over in the name of opposition to monopoly! In that way, using the rhetoric beloved by Americans, the form of the
political economy could be maintained, while the content could be totally
reversed. Monopoly had always been defined, in the popular parlance and
among economists, as grants of exclusive privilege by the government.
It was now simply redefined as big business or business competitive
practices, such as price-cutting, so that regulatory commissions, from the
Interstate Commerce Commission to the Federal Trade Commission to
state insurance commissions, were lobbied for and staffed by big-business
men from the regulated industry, all done in the name of curbing big
business monopoly on the free market. In that way, the regulatory commissions could subsidize, restrict, and cartelize in the name of opposing
monopoly, as well as promoting the general welfare and national security.
Once again, it was railroad monopoly that paved the way.
For this intellectual shell game, the cartelists needed the support of the
nations intellectuals, the class of professional opinion molders in society.
The Morgans needed a smoke screen of ideology, setting forth the rationale and the apologetics for the New Order. Again, fortunately for them,
228
The Rothbard Reader
the intellectuals were ready and eager for the new alliance. The enormous
growth of intellectuals, academics, social scientists, technocrats, engineers, social workers, physicians, and occupational guilds of all types
in the late nineteenth century led most of these groups to organize for a
far greater share of the pie than they could possibly achieve on the free
market. These intellectuals needed the State to license, restrict, and cartelize their occupations, so as to raise the incomes for the fortunate people
already in these fields. In return for their serving as apologists for the new
statism, the State was prepared to offer not only cartelized occupations,
but also ever increasing and cushier jobs in the bureaucracy to plan and
propagandize for the newly statized society. And the intellectuals were
ready for it, having learned in graduate schools in Germany the glories of
statism and organicist socialism, of a harmonious middle way between
dog-eat-dog laissez-faire on the one hand and proletarian Marxism on the
other. Instead, big government, staffed by intellectuals and technocrats,
steered by big business and aided by unions organizing a subservient labor
force, would impose a cooperative commonwealth for the alleged benefit
of all.
CHAPTER
30
Unhappiness with the

National Banking System
he previous big push for statism in America had occurred during

the Civil War, when the virtual one-party Congress after secession
of the South emboldened the Republicans to enact their cherished
statist program under cover of the war. The alliance of big business and
big government with the Republican Party drove through an income tax,
heavy excise taxes on such sinful products as tobacco and alcohol, high
protective tariffs, and huge land grants and other subsidies to transcontinental railroads. The overbuilding of railroads led directly to Morgans
failed attempts at railroad pools, and finally to the creation, promoted by
Morgan and Morgan-controlled railroads, of the Interstate Commerce
Commission in 1887. The result of that was the long secular decline of the
railroads beginning before 1900. The income tax was annulled by Supreme
Court action, but was reinstated during the Progressive period.
The most interventionary of the Civil War actions was in the vital field
of money and banking. The approach toward hard money and free banking that had been achieved during the 1840s and 1850s was swept away by
two pernicious inflationist measures of the wartime Republican administration. One was fiat money greenbacks, which depreciated by half by the
Excerpt from The Origins of the Federal Reserve, in A History of Money and Banking in
the United States: The Colonial Era to World War II (Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, [2002]
2005), pp. 18588.
229
230
The Rothbard Reader
middle of the Civil War, and were finally replaced by the gold standard after
urgent pressure by hard-money Democrats, but not until 1879, some fourteen full years after the end of the war. A second, and more lasting, intervention were the National Banking Acts of 1863, 1864, and 1865, which
destroyed the issue of bank notes by state-chartered (or state) banks by
a prohibitory tax, and then monopolized the issue of bank notes in the
hands of a few large, federally chartered national banks, mainly centered
on Wall Street. In a typical cartelization, national banks were compelled
by law to accept each others notes and demand deposits at par, negating
the process by which the free market had previously been discounting the
notes and deposits of shaky and inflationary banks.
In this way, the Wall Streetfederal government establishment was
able to control the banking system, and inflate the supply of notes and
deposits in a coordinated manner.
But there were still problems. The national banking system provided
only a halfway house between free banking and government central banking, and by the end of the nineteenth century, the Wall Street banks were
becoming increasingly unhappy with the status quo. The centralization
was only limited, and, above all, there was no governmental central bank
to coordinate inflation, and to act as a lender of last resort, bailing out
banks in trouble. No sooner had bank credit generated booms when they
got into trouble and bank-created booms turned into recessions, with
banks forced to contract their loans and assets and to deflate in order to
save themselves. Not only that, but after the initial shock of the National
Banking Acts, state banks had grown rapidly by pyramiding their loans
and demand deposits on top of national bank notes. These state banks, free
of the high legal capital requirements that kept entry restricted in national
banking, flourished during the 1880s and 1890s and provided stiff competition for the national banks themselves. Furthermore, St. Louis and Chicago, after the 1880s, provided increasingly severe competition to Wall
Street. Thus, St. Louis and Chicago bank deposits, which had been only 16
percent of the St. Louis, Chicago, and New York City total in 1880, rose to
33 percent of that total by 1912. All in all, bank clearings outside of New
York City, which were 24 percent of the national total in 1882, had risen to
43 percent by 1913.
The complaints of the big banks were summed up in one word: inelasticity. The national banking system, they charged, did not provide for the
proper elasticity of the money supply; that is, the banks were not able to
expand money and credit as much as they wished, particularly in times of
Economic History
231
recession. In short, the national banking system did not provide sufficient
room for inflationary expansions of credit by the nations banks.1
By the turn of the century the political economy of the United States
was dominated by two generally clashing financial aggregations: the previously dominant Morgan group, which had begun in investment banking
and expanded into commercial banking, railroads, and mergers of manufacturing firms; and the Rockefeller forces, which began in oil refining and
then moved into commercial banking, finally forming an alliance with the
Kuhn, Loeb Company in investment banking and the Harriman interests
in railroads.2
Although these two financial blocs usually clashed with each other,
they were as one on the need for a central bank. Even though the eventual
major role in forming and dominating the Federal Reserve System was
taken by the Morgans, the Rockefeller and Kuhn, Loeb forces were equally
enthusiastic in pushing, and collaborating on, what they all considered to
be an essential monetary reform.
On the national banking system background and on the increasing unhappiness of

the big banks, see Murray N. Rothbard, The Federal Reserve as a Cartelization Device:
The Early Years, 19131920, in Money in Crisis, Barry Siegel, ed. (San Francisco: Pacific
Institute, 1984), pp. 8994; Ron Paul and Lewis Lehrman, The Case for Gold: A Minority
Report on the U.S. Gold Commission (Washington, D.C.: Cato Institute, 1982); and Gabriel
Kolko, The Triumph of Conservatism: A Reinterpretation of American History (Glencoe,
Ill.: Free Press, 1983), pp. 13946.
2Indeed, much of the political history of the United States from the late nineteenth century until World War II may be interpreted by the closeness of each administration to one
of these sometimes cooperating, more often conflicting, financial groupings: Cleveland
(Morgan), McKinley (Rockefeller), Theodore Roosevelt (Morgan), Taft (Rockefeller), Wilson (Morgan), Harding (Rockefeller), Coolidge (Morgan), Hoover (Morgan), and Franklin
Roosevelt (Harriman-Kuhn Loeb-Rockefeller).
Section VII
Political Philosophy and
the Libertarian Movement
CHAPTER
31
Property and Exchange
THE NONAGGRESSION AXIOM
he libertarian creed rests upon one central axiom: that no man or

group of men may aggress against the person or property of anyone
else. This may be called the nonaggression axiom. Aggression is
defined as the initiation of the use or threat of physical violence against the
person or property of anyone else. Aggression is therefore synonymous
with invasion.
If no man may aggress against another; if, in short, everyone has the
absolute right to be free from aggression, then this at once implies that
the libertarian stands foursquare for what are generally known as civil
liberties: the freedom to speak, publish, assemble, and to engage in such
victimless crimes as pornography, sexual deviation, and prostitution
(which the libertarian does not regard as crimes at all, since he defines
a crime as violent invasion of someone elses person or property). Furthermore, he regards conscription as slavery on a massive scale. And since
war, especially modern war, entails the mass slaughter of civilians, the libertarian regards such conflicts as mass murder and therefore totally illegitimate.
Reprinted from For a New Liberty: The Libertarian Manifesto (1973, 1978; Auburn, Ala.:
Mises Institute, 2006), chap. 2.
235
236
The Rothbard Reader
All of these positions are now considered leftist on the contemporary ideological scale. On the other hand, since the libertarian also opposes
invasion of the rights of private property, this also means that he just as
emphatically opposes government interference with property rights or
with the free-market economy through controls, regulations, subsidies,
or prohibitions. For if every individual has the right to his own property
without having to suffer aggressive depredation, then he also has the right
to give away his property (bequest and inheritance) and to exchange it for
the property of others (free contract and the free market economy) without interference. The libertarian favors the right to unrestricted private
property and free exchange; hence, a system of laissez-faire capitalism.
In current terminology again, the libertarian position on property and
economics would be called extreme right wing. But the libertarian sees
no inconsistency in being leftist on some issues and rightist on others.
On the contrary, he sees his own position as virtually the only consistent
one, consistent on behalf of the liberty of every individual. For how can
the leftist be opposed to the violence of war and conscription while at the
same time supporting the violence of taxation and government control?
And how can the rightist trumpet his devotion to private property and
free enterprise while at the same time favoring war, conscription, and the
outlawing of noninvasive activities and practices that he deems immoral?
And how can the rightist favor a free market while seeing nothing amiss
in the vast subsidies, distortions, and unproductive inefficiencies involved
in the military-industrial complex?
While opposing any and all private or group aggression against the
rights of person and property, the libertarian sees that throughout history and into the present day, there has been one central, dominant, and
overriding aggressor upon all of these rights: the State. In contrast to all
other thinkers, left, right, or in-between, the libertarian refuses to give the
State the moral sanction to commit actions that almost everyone agrees
would be immoral, illegal, and criminal if committed by any person or
group in society. The libertarian, in short, insists on applying the general
moral law to everyone, and makes no special exemptions for any person
or group. But if we look at the State naked, as it were, we see that it is
universally allowed, and even encouraged, to commit all the acts which
even non-libertarians concede are reprehensible crimes. The State habitually commits mass murder, which it calls war, or sometimes suppression
of subversion; the State engages in enslavement into its military forces,
which it calls conscription; and it lives and has its being in the practice of
Political Philosophy and the Libertarian Movement
237
forcible theft, which it calls taxation. The libertarian insists that whether
or not such practices are supported by the majority of the population is
not germane to their nature: that, regardless of popular sanction, War is
Mass Murder, Conscription is Slavery, and Taxation is Robbery. The libertarian, in short, is almost completely the child in the fable, pointing out
insistently that the emperor has no clothes.
Throughout the ages, the emperor has had a series of pseudo-clothes
provided for him by the nations intellectual caste. In past centuries, the
intellectuals informed the public that the State or its rulers were divine,
or at least clothed in divine authority, and therefore what might look to
the nave and untutored eye as despotism, mass murder, and theft on a
grand scale was only the divine working its benign and mysterious ways
in the body politic. In recent decades, as the divine sanction has worn
a bit threadbare, the emperors court intellectuals have spun ever more
sophisticated apologias: informing the public that what the government
does is for the common good and the public welfare, that the process
of taxation-and-spending works through the mysterious process of the
multiplier to keep the economy on an even keel, and that, in any case, a
wide variety of governmental services could not possibly be performed
by citizens acting voluntarily on the market or in society. All of this the
libertarian denies: he sees the various apologias as fraudulent means of
obtaining public support for the States rule, and he insists that whatever
services the government actually performs could be supplied far more efficiently and far more morally by private and cooperative enterprise.
The libertarian therefore considers one of his prime educational tasks
is to spread the demystification and desanctification of the State among
its hapless subjects. His task is to demonstrate repeatedly and in depth
that not only the emperor but even the democratic State has no clothes;
that all governments subsist by exploitive rule over the public; and that
such rule is the reverse of objective necessity. He strives to show that the
very existence of taxation and the State necessarily sets up a class division between the exploiting rulers and the exploited ruled. He seeks to
show that the task of the court intellectuals who have always supported
the State has ever been to weave mystification in order to induce the public
to accept State rule, and that these intellectuals obtain, in return, a share
in the power and pelf extracted by the rulers from their deluded subjects.
Take, for example, the institution of taxation, which statists have
claimed is in some sense really voluntary. Anyone who truly believes in
the voluntary nature of taxation is invited to refuse to pay taxes and to
238
The Rothbard Reader
see what then happens to him. If we analyze taxation, we find that, among
all the persons and institutions in society, only the government acquires
its revenues through coercive violence. Everyone else in society acquires
income either through voluntary gift (lodge, charitable society, chess club)
or through the sale of goods or services voluntarily purchased by consumers. If anyone but the government proceeded to tax, this would clearly
be considered coercion and thinly disguised banditry. Yet the mystical
trappings of sovereignty have so veiled the process that only libertarians
are prepared to call taxation what it is: legalized and organized theft on a
grand scale.
PROPERTY RIGHTS
If the central axiom of the libertarian creed is nonaggression against
anyones person and property, how is this axiom arrived at? What is its
groundwork or support? Here, libertarians, past and present, have differed
considerably. Roughly, there are three broad types of foundation for the
libertarian axiom, corresponding to three kinds of ethical philosophy: the
emotivist, the utilitarian, and the natural rights viewpoint. The emotivists
assert that they take liberty or nonaggression as their premise purely on
subjective, emotional grounds. While their own intense emotion might
seem a valid basis for their own political philosophy, this can scarcely
serve to convince anyone else. By ultimately taking themselves outside the
realm of rational discourse, the emotivists thereby insure the lack of general success of their own cherished doctrine.
The utilitarians declare, from their study of the consequences of liberty as opposed to alternative systems, that liberty will lead more surely to
widely approved goals: harmony, peace, prosperity, etc. Now no one disputes that relative consequences should be studied in assessing the merits
or demerits of respective creeds. But there are many problems in confining ourselves to a utilitarian ethic. For one thing, utilitarianism assumes
that we can weigh alternatives, and decide upon policies, on the basis of
their good or bad consequences. But if it is legitimate to apply value judgments to the consequences of X, why is it not equally legitimate to apply
such judgments to X itself? May there not be something about an act itself
which, in its very nature, can be considered good or evil?
Another problem with the utilitarian is that he will rarely adopt a
principle as an absolute and consistent yardstick to apply to the varied
concrete situations of the real world. He will only use a principle, at best,
239
as a vague guideline or aspiration, as a tendency which he may choose to

override at any time. This was the major defect of the nineteenth-century
English Radicals, who had adopted the laissez-faire view of the eighteenthcentury liberals but had substituted a supposedly scientific utilitarianism
for the supposedly mystical concept of natural rights as the groundwork
for that philosophy. Hence the nineteenth-century laissez-faire liberals
came to use laissez-faire as a vague tendency rather than as an unblemished yardstick, and therefore increasingly and fatally compromised the
libertarian creed. To say that a utilitarian cannot be trusted to maintain
libertarian principle in every specific application may sound harsh, but it
puts the case fairly. A notable contemporary example is the free-market
economist Professor Milton Friedman who, like his classical economist
forebears, holds to freedom as against State intervention as a general tendency, but in practice allows a myriad of damaging exceptions, exceptions
which serve to vitiate the principle almost completely, notably in the fields
of police and military affairs, education, taxation, welfare, neighborhood
effects, antitrust laws, and money and banking.
Let us consider a stark example: Suppose a society which fervently
considers all redheads to be agents of the Devil and therefore to be executed whenever found. Let us further assume that only a small number of
redheads exist in any generationso few as to be statistically insignificant.
The utilitarian-libertarian might well reason: While the murder of isolated redheads is deplorable, the executions are small in number; the vast
majority of the public, as non-redheads, achieves enormous psychic satisfaction from the public execution of redheads. The social cost is negligible,
the social, psychic benefit to the rest of society is great; therefore, it is right
and proper for society to execute the redheads. The natural-rights libertarian, overwhelmingly concerned as he is for the justice of the act, will
react in horror and staunchly and unequivocally oppose the executions
as totally unjustified murder and aggression upon nonaggressive persons.
The consequence of stopping the murdersdepriving the bulk of society
of great psychic pleasurewould not influence such a libertarian, the
absolutist libertarian, in the slightest. Dedicated to justice and to logical
consistency, the natural-rights libertarian cheerfully admits to being doctrinaire, to being, in short, an unabashed follower of his own doctrines.
Let us turn then to the natural-rights basis for the libertarian creed,
a basis which, in one form or another, has been adopted by most of the
libertarians, past and present. Natural rights is the cornerstone of a
political philosophy which, in turn, is embedded in a greater structure
240
The Rothbard Reader
of natural law. Natural law theory rests on the insight that we live in
a world of more than onein fact, a vast numberof entities, and that
each entity has distinct and specific properties, a distinct nature, which
can be investigated by mans reason, by his sense perception and mental
faculties. Copper has a distinct nature and behaves in a certain way, and
so do iron, salt, etc. The species man, therefore, has a specifiable nature, as
does the world around him and the ways of interaction between them. To
put it with undue brevity, the activity of each inorganic and organic entity
is determined by its own nature and by the nature of the other entities
with which it comes in contact. Specifically, while the behavior of plants
and at least the lower animals is determined by their biological nature or
perhaps by their instincts, the nature of man is such that each individual
person must, in order to act, choose his own ends and employ his own
means in order to attain them. Possessing no automatic instincts, each
man must learn about himself and the world, use his mind to select values, learn about cause and effect, and act purposively to maintain himself
and advance his life. Since men can think, feel, evaluate, and act only as
individuals, it becomes vitally necessary for each mans survival and prosperity that he be free to learn, choose, develop his faculties, and act upon
his knowledge and values. This is the necessary path of human nature; to
interfere with and cripple this process by using violence goes profoundly
against what is necessary by mans nature for his life and prosperity. Violent interference with a mans learning and choices is therefore profoundly
antihuman; it violates the natural law of mans needs.
Individualists have always been accused by their enemies of being
atomisticof postulating that each individual lives in a kind of vacuum,
thinking and choosing without relation to anyone else in society. This,
however, is an authoritarian straw man; few, if any, individualists have ever
been atomists. On the contrary, it is evident that individuals always learn
from each other, cooperate and interact with each other; and that this,
too, is required for mans survival. But the point is that each individual
makes the final choice of which influences to adopt and which to reject,
or of which to adopt first and which afterwards. The libertarian welcomes
the process of voluntary exchange and cooperation between freely acting
individuals; what he abhors is the use of violence to cripple such voluntary
cooperation and force someone to choose and act in ways different from
what his own mind dictates.
The most viable method of elaborating the natural-rights statement of
the libertarian position is to divide it into parts, and to begin with the basic
241
axiom of the right to self-ownership. The right to self-ownership asserts

the absolute right of each man, by virtue of his (or her) being a human
being, to own his or her own body; that is, to control that body free of
coercive interference. Since each individual must think, learn, value, and
choose his or her ends and means in order to survive and flourish, the
right to self-ownership gives man the right to perform these vital activities
without being hampered and restricted by coercive molestation.
Consider, too, the consequences of denying each man the right to own
his own person. There are then only two alternatives: either (1) a certain
class of people, A, have the right to own another class, B; or (2) everyone
has the right to own his own equal quotal share of everyone else. The first
alternative implies that while Class A deserves the rights of being human,
Class B is in reality subhuman and therefore deserves no such rights. But
since they are indeed human beings, the first alternative contradicts itself
in denying natural human rights to one set of humans. Moreover, as we
shall see, allowing Class A to own Class B means that the former is allowed
to exploit, and therefore to live parasitically, at the expense of the latter.
But this parasitism itself violates the basic economic requirement for life:
production and exchange.
The second alternative, what we might call participatory communalism or communism, holds that every man should have the right to own
his equal quotal share of everyone else. If there are two billion people in the
world, then everyone has the right to own one two-billionth of every other
person. In the first place, we can state that this ideal rests on an absurdity:
proclaiming that every man is entitled to own a part of everyone else, yet
is not entitled to own himself. Second, we can picture the viability of such a
world: a world in which no man is free to take any action whatever without
prior approval or indeed command by everyone else in society. It should be
clear that in that sort of communist world, no one would be able to do
anything, and the human race would quickly perish. But if a world of zero
self-ownership and one hundred percent other ownership spells death for
the human race, then any steps in that direction also contravene the natural law of what is best for man and his life on earth.
Finally, however, the participatory communist world cannot be put
into practice. For it is physically impossible for everyone to keep continual
tabs on everyone else, and thereby to exercise his equal quotal share of
partial ownership over every other man. In practice, then, the concept
of universal and equal other-ownership is utopian and impossible, and
supervision and therefore control and ownership of others necessarily
242
The Rothbard Reader
devolves upon a specialized group of people, who thereby become a ruling

class. Hence, in practice, any attempt at communist rule will automatically
become class rule, and we would be back at our first alternative.
The libertarian therefore rejects these alternatives and concludes by
adopting as his primary axiom the universal right of self-ownership, a
right held by everyone by virtue of being a human being. A more difficult task is to settle on a theory of property in nonhuman objects, in the
things of this earth. It is comparatively easy to recognize the practice when
someone is aggressing against the property right of anothers person: If A
assaults B, he is violating the property right of B in his own body. But with
nonhuman objects the problem is more complex. If, for example, we see
X seizing a watch in the possession of Y we cannot automatically assume
that X is aggressing against Ys right of property in the watch; for may not
X have been the original, true owner of the watch who can therefore be
said to be repossessing his own legitimate property? In order to decide, we
need a theory of justice in property, a theory that will tell us whether X or
Y or indeed someone else is the legitimate owner.
Some libertarians attempt to resolve the problem by asserting that
whoever the existing government decrees has the property title should be
considered the just owner of the property. At this point, we have not yet
delved deeply into the nature of government, but the anomaly here should
be glaring enough: it is surely odd to find a group eternally suspicious of
virtually any and all functions of government suddenly leaving it to government to define and apply the precious concept of property, the base
and groundwork of the entire social order. It is particularly the utilitarian
laissez-fairists who believe it most feasible to begin the new libertarian
world by confirming all existing property titles; that is, property titles and
rights as decreed by the very government that is condemned as a chronic
aggressor.
Let us illustrate with a hypothetical example. Suppose that libertarian
agitation and pressure has escalated to such a point that the government and
its various branches are ready to abdicate. But they engineer a cunning ruse.
Just before the government of New York state abdicates it passes a law turning over the entire territorial area of New York to become the private property of the Rockefeller family. The Massachusetts legislature does the same
for the Kennedy family. And so on for each state. The government could
then abdicate and decree the abolition of taxes and coercive legislation, but
the victorious libertarians would now be confronted with a dilemma. Do
they recognize the new property titles as legitimately private property? The
243
utilitarians, who have no theory of justice in property rights, would, if they

were consistent with their acceptance of given property titles as decreed by
government, have to accept a new social order in which fifty new satraps
would be collecting taxes in the form of unilaterally imposed rent. The
point is that only natural-rights libertarians, only those libertarians who
have a theory of justice in property titles that does not depend on government decree, could be in a position to scoff at the new rulers claims to have
private property in the territory of the country, and to rebuff these claims
as invalid. As the great nineteenth-century liberal Lord Acton saw clearly,
the natural law provides the only sure ground for a continuing critique
of governmental laws and decrees.1 What, specifically, the natural-rights
position on property titles may be is the question to which we now turn.
We have established each individuals right to self-ownership, to a
property right in his own body and person. But people are not floating
wraiths; they are not self-subsistent entities; they can only survive and
flourish by grappling with the earth around them. They must, for example,
stand on land areas; they must also, in order to survive and maintain themselves, transform the resources given by nature into consumer goods,
into objects more suitable for their use and consumption. Food must be
grown and eaten; minerals must be mined and then transformed into capital and then useful consumer goods, etc. Man, in other words, must own
not only his own person, but also material objects for his control and use.
How, then, should the property titles in these objects be allocated?
Let us take, as our first example, a sculptor fashioning a work of art out
of clay and other materials; and let us waive, for the moment, the question
of original property rights in the clay and the sculptors tools. The question
then becomes: Who owns the work of art as it emerges from the sculptors
fashioning? It is, in fact, the sculptors creation, not in the sense that he
has created matter, but in the sense that he has transformed nature-given
matterthe clayinto another form dictated by his own ideas and fashioned by his own hands and energy. Surely, it is a rare person who, with
the case put thus, would say that the sculptor does not have the property
right in his own product. Surely, if every man has the right to own his
own body, and if he must grapple with the material objects of the world in
order to survive, then the sculptor has the right to own the product he has
1See Gertrude Himmelfarb, Lord Acton: A Study in Conscience and Politics (Chicago: Phoe-
nix Books, 1962), pp. 294305. Compare also John Wild, Platos Modern Enemies and the
Theory of Natural Law (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1953), p. 176.
244
The Rothbard Reader
made, by his energy and effort, a veritable extension of his own personality.
He has placed the stamp of his person upon the raw material, by mixing
his labor with the clay, in the phrase of the great property theorist John
Locke. And the product transformed by his own energy has become the
material embodiment of the sculptors ideas and vision. John Locke put
the case this way:
every man has a property in his own person. This nobody
has any right to but himself. The labour of his body and
the work of his hands, we may say, are properly his. Whatsoever, then, he removes out of the state that nature hath
provided and left it in, he hath mixed his labour with it,
and joined it to something that is his own, and thereby
makes it his property. It being by him removed from the
common state nature placed it in, it hath by this labour
something annexed to it that excludes the common right
of other men. For this labour being the unquestionable
property of the labourer, no man but he can have a right
to what that is once joined to.2
As in the case of the ownership of peoples bodies, we again have three
logical alternatives: (1) either the transformer, or creator has the property right in his creation; or (2) another man or set of men have the right
in that creation, i.e., have the right to appropriate it by force without the
sculptors consent; or (3) every individual in the world has an equal, quotal
share in the ownership of the sculpturethe communal solution. Again,
put baldly, there are very few who would not concede the monstrous injustice of confiscating the sculptors property, either by one or more others,
or on behalf of the world as a whole. By what right do they do so? By what
right do they appropriate to themselves the product of the creators mind
and energy? In this clear-cut case, the right of the creator to own what he
has mixed his person and labor with would be generally conceded. (Once
again, as in the case of communal ownership of persons, the world communal solution would, in practice, be reduced to an oligarchy of a few others expropriating the creators work in the name of world public ownership.)
2John
Locke, An Essay Concerning the True Original Extent and End of Civil Government, in Social Contract, E. Barker, ed. (New York: Oxford University Press, 1948), pp.
1718.
245
The main point, however, is that the case of the sculptor is not qualitatively different from all cases of production. The man or men who had
extracted the clay from the ground and had sold it to the sculptor may
not be as creative as the sculptor, but they too are producers, they too
have mixed their ideas and their technological know-how with the naturegiven soil to emerge with a useful product. They, too, are producers, and
they too have mixed their labor with natural materials to transform those
materials into more useful goods and services. These persons, too, are
entitled to the ownership of their products. Where then does the process
begin?
If every man owns his own person and therefore his own labor, and
if by extension he owns whatever property he has created or gathered
out of the previously unused, unowned, state of nature, then what of the
last great question: the right to own or control the earth itself? In short,
if the gatherer has the right to own the acorns or berries he picks, or the
farmer the right to own his crop of wheat or peaches, who has the right
to own the land on which these things have grown? It is at this point that
Henry George and his followers, who have gone all the way so far with
the libertarians, leave the track and deny the individuals right to own the
piece of land itself, the ground on which these activities have taken place.
The Georgists argue that, while every man should own the goods which
he produces or creates, since Nature or God created the land itself, no
individual has the right to assume ownership of that land. Yet, if the land
is to be used at all as a resource in any sort of efficient manner, it must be
owned or controlled by someone or some group, and we are again faced
with our three alternatives: either the land belongs to the first user, the
man who first brings it into production; or it belongs to a group of others; or it belongs to the world as a whole, with every individual owning
a quotal part of every acre of land. Georges option for the last solution
hardly solves his moral problem: If the land itself should belong to God
or Nature, then why as it more moral for every acre in the world to be
owned by the world as a whole, than to concede individual ownership?
In practice, again, it is obviously impossible for every person in the world
to exercise effective ownership of his four-billionth portion (if the world
population is, say, four billion) of every piece of the worlds land surface.
In practice, of course, a small oligarchy would do the controlling and owning, and not the world as a whole.
But apart from these difficulties in the Georgist position, the natural-rights justification for the ownership of ground land is the same as
246
The Rothbard Reader
the justification for the original ownership of all other property. For, as
we have seen, no producer really creates matter; he takes nature-given
matter and transforms it by his labor energy in accordance with his ideas
and vision. But this is precisely what the pioneerthe homesteader
does when he brings previously unused land into his own private ownership. Just as the man who makes steel out of iron ore transforms that ore
out of his know-how and with his energy, and just as the man who takes
the iron out of the ground does the same, so does the homesteader who
clears, fences, cultivates, or builds upon the land. The homesteader, too,
has transformed the character of the nature-given soil by his labor and his
personality. The homesteader is just as legitimately the owner of the property as the sculptor or the manufacturer; he is just as much a producer
as the others.
Furthermore, if the original land is nature- or God-given then so are
the peoples talents, health, and beauty. And just as all these attributes are
given to specific individuals and not to society, so then are land and natural resources. All of these resources are given to individuals and not to
society, which is an abstraction that does not actually exist. There is no
existing entity called society; there are only interacting individuals. To
say that society should own land or any other property in common, then,
must mean that a group of oligarchsin practice, government bureaucratsshould own the property, and at the expense of expropriating the
creator or the homesteader who had originally brought this product into
existence.
Moreover, no one can produce anything without the cooperation of
original land, if only as standing room. No man can produce or create anything by his labor alone; he must have the cooperation of land and other
natural raw materials.
Man comes into the world with just himself and the world around
himthe land and natural resources given him by nature. He takes these
resources and transforms them by his labor and mind and energy into
goods more useful to man. Therefore, if an individual cannot own original
land, neither can he in the full sense own any of the fruits of his labor. The
farmer cannot own his wheat crop if he cannot own the land on which
the wheat grows. Now that his labor has been inextricably mixed with the
land, he cannot be deprived of one without being deprived of the other.
Moreover, if a producer is not entitled to the fruits of his labor, who
is? It is difficult to see why a newborn Pakistani baby should have a moral
claim to a quotal share of ownership of a piece of Iowa land that some-
247
one has just transformed into a wheatfieldand vice versa of course for
an Iowan baby and a Pakistani farm. Land in its original state is unused
and unowned. Georgists and other land communalists may claim that the
whole world population really owns it, but if no one has yet used it, it is
in the real sense owned and controlled by no one. The pioneer, the homesteader, the first user and transformer of this land, is the man who first
brings this simple valueless thing into production and social use. It is difficult to see the morality of depriving him of ownership in favor of people
who have never gotten within a thousand miles of the land, and who may
not even know of the existence of the property over which they are supposed to have a claim.
The moral, natural-rights issue involved here is even clearer if we
consider the case of animals. Animals are economic land, since they are
original nature-given resources. Yet will anyone deny full title to a horse
to the man who finds and domesticates itis this any different from the
acorns and berries that are generally conceded to the gatherer? Yet in land,
too, some homesteader takes the previously wild, undomesticated land,
and tames it by putting it to productive use. Mixing his labor with land
sites should give him just as clear a title as in the case of animals. As Locke
declared: As much land as a man tills, plants, improves, cultivates, and
can use the product of, so much is his property. He by his labour does, as
it were, enclose it from the common.3
3Locke, Civil Government, p. 20.
CHAPTER
32
War, Peace, and the State
he libertarian movement has been chided by William F. Buckley, Jr.,

for failing to use its strategic intelligence in facing the major problems of our time. We have, indeed, been too often prone to pursue
our busy little seminars on whether or not to demunicipalize the garbage
collectors (as Buckley has contemptuously written), while ignoring and
failing to apply libertarian theory to the most vital problem of our time:
war and peace. There is a sense in which Libertarians have been utopian
rather than strategic in their thinking, with a tendency to divorce the ideal
system which we envisage from the realities of the world in which we live.
In short, too many of us have divorced theory from practice, and have then
been content to hold the pure libertarian society as an abstract ideal for
some remotely future time, while in the concrete world of today we follow
unthinkingly the orthodox conservative line. To live liberty, to begin the
hard but essential strategic struggle of changing the unsatisfactory world of
today in the direction of our ideals, we must realize and demonstrate to the
world that libertarian theory can be brought sharply to bear upon all of the
worlds crucial problems. By coming to grips with these problems, we can
demonstrate that libertarianism is not just a beautiful ideal somewhere on
Reprinted from Egalitarianism as a Revolt Against Nature and Other Essays (Auburn, Ala.:
248
249
Cloud Nine, but a tough-minded body of truths that enables us to take our
stand and to cope with the whole host of issues of our day.
Let us then, by all means, use our strategic intelligence. Although,
when he sees the result, Mr. Buckley might well wish that we had stayed
in the realm of garbage collection. Let us construct a libertarian theory of
war and peace.
The fundamental axiom of libertarian theory is that no one may
threaten or commit violence (aggress) against another mans person or
property. Violence may be employed only against the man who commits
such violence; that is, only defensively against the aggressive violence of
another.1 In short, no violence may be employed against a nonaggressor.
Here is the fundamental rule from which can be deduced the entire corpus
of libertarian theory.2
Let us set aside the more complex problem of the State for a while and
consider simply relations between private individuals. Jones finds that
he or his property is being invaded, aggressed against, by Smith. It is legitimate for Jones, as we have seen, to repel this invasion by defensive violence
of his own. But now we come to a more knotty question: is it within the
right of Jones to commit violence against innocent third parties as a corollary to his legitimate defense against Smith? To the Libertarian, the answer
must be clearly, no. Remember that the rule prohibiting violence against
the persons or property of innocent men is absolute: it holds regardless
of the subjective motives for the aggression. It is wrong and criminal to
violate the property or person of another, even if one is a Robin Hood, or
starving, or is doing it to save ones relatives, or is defending oneself against
a third mans attack. We may understand and sympathize with the motives
in many of these cases and extreme situations. We may later mitigate the
guilt if the criminal comes to trial for punishment, but we cannot evade
the judgment that this aggression is still a criminal act, and one which
1There are some libertarians who would go even further and say that no one should employ
violence even in defending himself against violence. However, even such Tolstoyans, or
absolute pacifists, would concede the defenders right to employ defensive violence and
would merely urge him not to exercise that right. They, therefore, do not disagree with our
proposition. In the same way, a Libertarian temperance advocate would not challenge a
mans right to drink liquor, only his wisdom in exercising that right.
2We shall not attempt to justify this axiom here. Most Libertarians and even Conservatives
are familiar with the rule and even defend it; the problem is not so much in arriving at the
rule as in fearlessly and consistently pursuing its numerous and often astounding implications.
250
The Rothbard Reader
the victim has every right to repel, by violence if necessary. In short, A

aggresses against B because C is threatening, or aggressing against, A. We
may understand Cs higher culpability in this whole procedure; but we
must still label this aggression as a criminal act which B has the right to
repel by violence.
To be more concrete, if Jones finds that his property is being stolen by
Smith, he has the right to repel him and try to catch him; but he has no
right to repel him by bombing a building and murdering innocent people
or to catch him by spraying machine gun fire into an innocent crowd. If
he does this, he is as much (or more of) a criminal aggressor as Smith is.
The application to problems of war and peace is already becoming evident. For while war in the narrower sense is a conflict between States, in the
broader sense we may define it as the outbreak of open violence between
people or groups of people. If Smith and a group of his henchmen aggress
against Jones and Jones and his bodyguards pursue the Smith gang to their
lair, we may cheer Jones on in his endeavor; and we, and others in society
interested in repelling aggression, may contribute financially or personally to Joness cause. But Jones has no right, any more than does Smith, to
aggress against anyone else in the course of his just war: to steal others
property in order to finance his pursuit, to conscript others into his posse
by use of violence or to kill others in the course of his struggle to capture
the Smith forces. If Jones should do any of these things, he becomes a
criminal as fully as Smith, and he too becomes subject to whatever sanctions are meted out against criminality. In fact, if Smiths crime was theft,
and Jones should use conscription to catch him, or should kill others in
the pursuit, Jones becomes more of a criminal than Smith, for such crimes
against another person as enslavement and murder are surely far worse
than theft. (For while theft injures the extension of anothers personality,
enslavement injures, and murder obliterates, that personality itself.)
Suppose that Jones, in the course of his just war against the ravages
of Smith, should kill a few innocent people, and suppose that he should
declaim, in defense of this murder, that he was simply acting on the slogan, Give me liberty or give me death. The absurdity of this defense
should be evident at once, for the issue is not whether Jones was willing to
risk death personally in his defensive struggle against Smith; the issue is
whether he was willing to kill other people in pursuit of his legitimate end.
251
For Jones was in truth acting on the completely indefensible slogan: Give
me liberty or give them death surely a far less noble battle cry.3
The Libertarians basic attitude toward war must then be: it is legitimate to use violence against criminals in defense of ones rights of person
and property; it is completely impermissible to violate the rights of other
innocent people. War, then, is only proper when the exercise of violence is
rigorously limited to the individual criminals. We may judge for ourselves
how many wars or conflicts in history have met this criterion.
It has often been maintained, and especially by Conservatives, that
the development of the horrendous modern weapons of mass murder
(nuclear weapons, rockets, germ warfare, etc.) is only a difference of degree
rather than kind from the simpler weapons of an earlier era. Of course,
one answer to this is that when the degree is the number of human lives,
the difference is a very big one.4 But another answer that the Libertarian
is particularly equipped to give is that while the bow and arrow and even
the rifle can be pinpointed, if the will be there, against actual criminals,
modern nuclear weapons cannot. Here is a crucial difference in kind. Of
course, the bow and arrow could be used for aggressive purposes, but it
could also be pinpointed to use only against aggressors. Nuclear weapons,
even conventional aerial bombs, cannot be. These weapons are ipso facto
engines of indiscriminate mass destruction. (The only exception would
be the extremely rare case where a mass of people who were all criminals
inhabited a vast geographical area.) We must, therefore, conclude that the
use of nuclear or similar weapons, or the threat thereof, is a sin and a
crime against humanity for which there can be no justification.
This is why the old clich no longer holds that it is not the arms but the
will to use them that is significant in judging matters of war and peace. For
it is precisely the characteristic of modern weapons that they cannot be
used selectively, cannot be used in a libertarian manner. Therefore, their
very existence must be condemned, and nuclear disarmament becomes a
3Or, to bring up another famous antipacifist slogan, the question is not whether we would
be willing to use force to prevent the rape of our sister, but whether, to prevent that rape,
we are willing to kill innocent people and perhaps even the sister herself.
4William Buckley and other Conservatives have propounded the curious moral doctrine
that it is no worse to kill millions than it is to kill one man. The man who does either is, to
be sure, a murderer; but surely it makes a huge difference how many people he kills. We
may see this by phrasing the problem thus: after a man has already killed one person, does
it make any difference whether he stops killing now or goes on a further rampage and kills
many dozen more people? Obviously, it does.
252
The Rothbard Reader
good to be pursued for its own sake. And if we will indeed use our strategic
intelligence, we will see that such disarmament is not only a good, but the
highest political good that we can pursue in the modern world. For just
as murder is a more heinous crime against another man than larceny, so
mass murderindeed murder so widespread as to threaten human civilization and human survival itselfis the worst crime that any man could
possibly commit. And that crime is now imminent. And the forestalling
of massive annihilation is far more important, in truth, than the demunicipalization of garbage disposal, as worthwhile as that may be. Or are
Libertarians going to wax properly indignant about price control or the
income tax, and yet shrug their shoulders at or even positively advocate
the ultimate crime of mass murder?
If nuclear warfare is totally illegitimate even for individuals defending
themselves against criminal assault, how much more so is nuclear or even
conventional warfare between States!
It is time now to bring the State into our discussion. The State is a
group of people who have managed to acquire a virtual monopoly of the
use of violence throughout a given territorial area. In particular, it has
acquired a monopoly of aggressive violence, for States generally recognize the right of individuals to use violence (though not against States, of
course) in self-defense.5 The State then uses this monopoly to wield power
over the inhabitants of the area and to enjoy the material fruits of that
power. The State, then, is the only organization in society that regularly
and openly obtains its monetary revenues by the use of aggressive violence;
all other individuals and organizations (except if delegated that right by
the State) can obtain wealth only by peaceful production and by voluntary exchange of their respective products. This use of violence to obtain
its revenue (called taxation) is the keystone of State power. Upon this
base the State erects a further structure of power over the individuals in
its territory, regulating them, penalizing critics, subsidizing favorites, etc.
The State also takes care to arrogate to itself the compulsory monopoly
of various critical services needed by society, thus keeping the people in
dependence upon the State for key services, keeping control of the vital
5Professor Robert L. Cunningham has defined the State as the institution with a monopoly on initiating open physical coercion. Or, as Albert Jay Nock put it similarly if more
caustically, The State claims and exercises the monopoly of crime. ... It forbids private
murder, but itself organizes murder on a colossal scale. It punishes private theft, but itself
lays unscrupulous hands on anything it wants.
253
command posts in society and also fostering among the public the myth
that only the State can supply these goods and services. Thus the State is
careful to monopolize police and judicial service, the ownership of roads
and streets, the supply of money, and the postal service, and effectively
to monopolize or control education, public utilities, transportation, and
radio and television.
Now, since the State arrogates to itself the monopoly of violence over
a territorial area, so long as its depredations and extortions go unresisted,
there is said to be peace in the area, since the only violence is one-way,
directed by the State downward against the people. Open conflict within
the area only breaks out in the case of revolutions in which people resist
the use of State power against them. Both the quiet case of the State unresisted and the case of open revolution may be termed vertical violence:
violence of the State against its public or vice versa.
In the modern world, each land area is ruled over by a State organization, but there are a number of States scattered over the earth, each with
a monopoly of violence over its own territory. No super-State exists with
a monopoly of violence over the entire world; and so a state of anarchy
exists between the several States. (It has always been a source of wonder,
incidentally, to this writer how the same Conservatives who denounce as
lunatic any proposal for eliminating a monopoly of violence over a given
territory and thus leaving private individuals without an overlord, should
be equally insistent upon leaving States without an overlord to settle disputes between them. The former is always denounced as crackpot anarchism; the latter is hailed as preserving independence and national
sovereignty from world government.) And so, except for revolutions,
which occur only sporadically, the open violence and two-sided conflict in
the world takes place between two or more States, that is, in what is called
international war (or horizontal violence).
Now there are crucial and vital differences between inter-State warfare
on the one hand and revolutions against the State or conflicts between private individuals on the other. One vital difference is the shift in geography.
In a revolution, the conflict takes place within the same geographical area:
both the minions of the State and the revolutionaries inhabit the same
territory. Inter-State warfare, on the other hand, takes place between two
groups, each having a monopoly over its own geographical area; that is,
it takes place between inhabitants of different territories. From this difference flow several important consequences: (1) in inter-State war the
scope for the use of modern weapons of destruction is far greater. For if
254
The Rothbard Reader
the escalation of weaponry in an intra-territorial conflict becomes too

great, each side will blow itself up with the weapons directed against the
other. Neither a revolutionary group nor a State combatting revolution,
for example, can use nuclear weapons against the other. But, on the other
hand, when the warring parties inhabit different territorial areas, the scope
for modern weaponry becomes enormous, and the entire arsenal of mass
devastation can come into play. A second consequence (2) is that while it
is possible for revolutionaries to pinpoint their targets and confine them
to their State enemies, and thus avoid aggressing against innocent people,
pinpointing is far less possible in an inter-State war.6 This is true even with
older weapons; and, of course, with modern weapons there can be no pinpointing whatever. Furthermore, (3) since each State can mobilize all the
people and resources in its territory, the other State comes to regard all the
citizens of the opposing country as at least temporarily its enemies and to
treat them accordingly by extending the war to them. Thus, all of the consequences of inter-territorial war make it almost inevitable that inter-State
war will involve aggression by each side against the innocent civilians
the private individualsof the other. This inevitability becomes absolute
with modern weapons of mass destruction.
If one distinct attribute of inter-State war is inter-territoriality, another
unique attribute stems from the fact that each State lives by taxation over
its subjects. Any war against another State, therefore, involves the increase
and extension of taxationaggression over its own people.7 Conflicts
between private individuals can be, and usually are, voluntarily waged
and financed by the parties concerned. Revolutions can be, and often are,
financed and fought by voluntary contributions of the public. But State
wars can only be waged through aggression against the taxpayer.
All State wars, therefore, involve increased aggression against the
States own taxpayers, and almost all State wars (all, in modern warfare)
involve the maximum aggression (murder) against the innocent civilians
6An
outstanding example of pinpointing by revolutionaries was the invariable practice of

the Irish Republican Army, in its later years, of making sure that only British troops and
British government property were attacked and that no innocent Irish civilians were injured. A guerrilla revolution not supported by the bulk of the people, of course, is far more
likely to aggress against civilians.
7If it be objected that a war could theoretically be financed solely by a States lowering of
nonwar expenditures, then the reply still holds that taxation remains greater than it could
be without the war effect. Moreover, the purport of this article is that Libertarians should
be opposed to government expenditures whatever the field, war or nonwar.
255
ruled by the enemy State. On the other hand, revolutions are generally
financed voluntarily and may pinpoint their violence to the State rulers,
and private conflicts may confine their violence to the actual criminals.
The Libertarian must, therefore, conclude that, while some revolutions
and some private conflicts may be legitimate, State wars are always to be
condemned.
Many Libertarians object as follows: While we too deplore the use of
taxation for warfare, and the States monopoly of defense service, we have
to recognize that these conditions exist, and while they do, we must support the State in just wars of defense. The reply to this would go as follows:
Yes, as you say, unfortunately States exist, each having a monopoly of
violence over its territorial area. What then should be the attitude of the
Libertarian toward conflicts between these States? The Libertarian should
say, in effect, to the State: All right, you exist, but as long as you exist at
least confine your activities to the area which you monopolize. In short,
the Libertarian is interested in reducing as much as possible the area of
State aggression against all private individuals. The only way to do this,
in international affairs, is for the people of each country to pressure their
own State to confine its activities to the area which it monopolizes and not
to aggress against other State-monopolists. In short, the objective of the
Libertarian is to confine any existing State to as small a degree of invasion
of person and property as possible. And this means the total avoidance of
war. The people under each State should pressure their respective States
not to attack one another, and, if a conflict should break out, to negotiate a
peace or declare a cease-fire as quickly as physically possible.
Suppose further that we have that rarityan unusually clear-cut case
in which the State is actually trying to defend the property of one of its
citizens. A citizen of country A travels or invests in country B, and then
State B aggresses against his person or confiscates his property. Surely, our
libertarian critic would argue, here is a clear-cut case where State A should
threaten or commit war against State B in order to defend the property of
its citizen. Since, the argument runs, the State has taken upon itself the
monopoly of defense of its citizens, it then has the obligation to go to war
on behalf of any citizen, and libertarians have an obligation to support this
war as a just one.
But the point again is that each State has a monopoly of violence and,
therefore, of defense only over its territorial area. It has no such monopoly; in fact, it has no power at all, over any other geographical area. Therefore, if an inhabitant of country A should move to or invest in country B,
256
The Rothbard Reader
the libertarian must argue that he thereby takes his chances with the State
monopolist of country B, and it would be immoral and criminal for State
A to tax people in country A and kill numerous innocents in country B in
order to defend the property of the traveler or investor.8
It should also be pointed out that there is no defense against nuclear
weapons (the only current defense is the threat of mutual annihilation)
and, therefore, that the State cannot fulfill any sort of defense function so
long as these weapons exist.
The libertarian objective, then, should be, regardless of the specific
causes of any conflict, to pressure States not to launch wars against other
States and, should a war break out, to pressure them to sue for peace and
negotiate a cease-fire and peace treaty as quickly as physically possible.
This objective, incidentally, is enshrined in the international law of the
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, that is, the ideal that no State could
aggress against the territory of anotherin short, the peaceful coexistence of States.9
Suppose, however, that despite libertarian opposition, war has begun
and the warring States are not negotiating a peace. What, then, should be
the libertarian position? Clearly, to reduce the scope of assault of innocent civilians as much as possible. Old-fashioned international law had two
excellent devices for this: the laws of war, and the laws of neutrality or
neutrals rights. The laws of neutrality are designed to keep any war that
breaks out confined to the warring States themselves, without aggression
against the States or particularly the peoples of the other nations. Hence
the importance of such ancient and now forgotten American principles as
freedom of the seas or severe limitations upon the rights of warring States
to blockade neutral trade with the enemy country. In short, the libertarian tries to induce neutral States to remain neutral in any inter-State conflict and to induce the warring States to observe fully the rights of neutral
8There is another consideration which applies rather to domestic defense within a States
territory: the less the State can successfully defend the inhabitants of its area against attack
by criminals, the more these inhabitants may come to learn the inefficiency of state operations, and the more they will turn to non-State methods of defense. Failure by the State to
defend, therefore, has educative value for the public.
9The international law mentioned in this paper is the old-fashioned libertarian law as had
voluntarily emerged in previous centuries and has nothing to do with the modern statist
accretion of collective security. Collective security forces a maximum escalation of every
local war into a worldwide warthe precise reversal of the libertarian objective of reducing
the scope of any war as much as possible.
257
citizens. The laws of war were designed to limit as much as possible the
invasion by warring States of the rights of the civilians of the respective
warring countries. As the British jurist F.J.P. Veale put it:
The fundamental principle of this code was that hostilities
between civilized peoples must be limited to the armed
forces actually engaged. ... It drew a distinction between
combatants and noncombatants by laying down that the
sole business of the combatants is to fight each other and,
consequently, that noncombatants must be excluded from
the scope of military operations.10
In the modified form of prohibiting the bombardment of all cities not
in the front line, this rule held in Western European wars in recent centuries until Britain launched the strategic bombing of civilians in World
War II. Now, of course, the entire concept is scarcely remembered, the very
nature of nuclear war resting on the annihilation of civilians.
In condemning all wars, regardless of motive, the Libertarian knows
that there may well be varying degrees of guilt among States for any specific war. But the overriding consideration for the Libertarian is the condemnation of any State participation in war. Hence his policy is that of
exerting pressure on all States not to start a war, to stop one that has begun
and to reduce the scope of any persisting war in injuring civilians of either
side or no side.
A neglected corollary to the libertarian policy of peaceful coexistence
of States is the rigorous abstention from any foreign aid; that is, a policy
of nonintervention between States (= isolationism = neutralism). For
any aid given by State A to State B (1) increases tax aggression against the
people of country A and (2) aggravates the suppression by State B of its
own people. If there are any revolutionary groups in country B, then foreign aid intensifies this suppression all the more. Even foreign aid to a revolutionary group in Bmore defensible because directed to a voluntary
group opposing a State rather than a State oppressing the peoplemust
be condemned as (at the very least) aggravating tax aggression at home.
Let us see how libertarian theory applies to the problem of imperialism, which may be defined as the aggression by State A over the people of
country B, and the subsequent maintenance of this foreign rule. Revolution by the B people against the imperial rule of A is certainly legitimate,
10F.J.P. Veale, Advance to Barbarism (Appleton, Wis.: C.C. Nelson, 1953), p. 58.
258
The Rothbard Reader
provided again that revolutionary fire be directed only against the rulers. It
has often been maintainedeven by Libertariansthat Western imperialism over undeveloped countries should be supported as more watchful of
property rights than any successor native government would be. The first
reply is that judging what might follow the status quo is purely speculative,
whereas existing imperialist rule is all too real and culpable. Moreover, the
libertarian here begins his focus at the wrong endat the alleged benefit
of imperialism to the native. He should, on the contrary, concentrate first
on the Western taxpayer, who is mulcted and burdened to pay for the wars
of conquest, and then for the maintenance of the imperial bureaucracy.
On this ground alone, the libertarian must condemn imperialism.11
Does opposition to all war mean that the libertarian can never countenance changethat he is consigning the world to a permanent freezing
of unjust regimes? Certainly not. Suppose, for example, that the hypothetical state of Waldavia has attacked Ruritania and annexed the western
part of the country. The Western Ruritanians now long to be reunited with
their Ruritanian brethren. How is this to be achieved? There is, of course,
the route of peaceful negotiation between the two powers, but suppose that
the Waldavian imperialists prove adamant. Or, libertarian Waldavians can
put pressure on their government to abandon its conquest in the name of
justice. But suppose that this, too, does not work. What then? We must still
maintain the illegitimacy of Ruritanias mounting a war against Waldavia.
The legitimate routes are (1) revolutionary uprisings by the oppressed Western Ruritanian people, and (2) aid by private Ruritanian groups (or, for that
matter, by friends of the Ruritanian cause in other countries) to the Western
rebelseither in the form of equipment or of volunteer personnel.12
11Two
other points about Western imperialism: first, its rule is not nearly so liberal or benevolent as many libertarians like to believe. The only property rights respected are those
of the Europeans; the natives find their best lands stolen from them by the imperialists and
their labor coerced by violence into working the vast landed estates acquired by this theft.
Second, another myth holds that the gunboat diplomacy of the turn of the century
was a heroic libertarian action in defense of the property rights of Western investors in
backward countries. Aside from our above strictures against going beyond any States monopolized land area, it is overlooked that the bulk of gunboat moves were in defense, not
of private investments, but of Western holders of government bonds. The Western powers
coerced the smaller governments into increasing tax aggression on their own people, in
order to pay off foreign bondholders. By no stretch of the imagination was this an action
on behalf of private propertyquite the contrary.
12The
Tolstoyan wing of the libertarian movement could urge the Western Ruritanians to
engage in nonviolent revolution, for example, tax strikes, boycotts, mass refusal to obey
259
We have seen throughout our discussion the crucial importance, in

any present-day libertarian peace program, of the elimination of modern
methods of mass annihilation. These weapons, against which there can be
no defense, assure maximum aggression against civilians in any conflict
with the clear prospect of the destruction of civilization and even of the
human race itself. Highest priority on any libertarian agenda, therefore,
must be pressure on all States to agree to general and complete disarmament down to police levels, with particular stress on nuclear disarmament.
In short, if we are to use our strategic intelligence, we must conclude that
the dismantling of the greatest menace that has ever confronted the life
and liberty of the human race is indeed far more important than demunicipalizing the garbage service.
We cannot leave our topic without saying at least a word about the
domestic tyranny that is the inevitable accompaniment of war. The great
Randolph Bourne realized that war is the health of the State.13 It is in
war that the State really comes into its own: swelling in power, in number,
in pride, in absolute dominion over the economy and the society. Society
becomes a herd, seeking to kill its alleged enemies, rooting out and suppressing all dissent from the official war effort, happily betraying truth for
the supposed public interest. Society becomes an armed camp, with the
values and the moraleas Albert Jay Nock once phrased itof an army
on the march.
The root myth that enables the State to wax fat off war is the canard
that war is a defense by the State of its subjects. The facts, of course, are
precisely the reverse. For if war is the health of the State, it is also its greatest danger. A State can only die by defeat in war or by revolution. In war,
therefore, the State frantically mobilizes the people to fight for it against
another State, under the pretext that it is fighting for them. But all this
should occasion no surprise; we see it in other walks of life. For which categories of crime does the State pursue and punish most intenselythose
against private citizens or those against itself? The gravest crimes in the
States lexicon are almost invariably not invasions of person and property,
but dangers to its own contentment: for example, treason, desertion of a
government orders or a general strikeespecially in arms factories. Cf. the work of the
revolutionary Tolstoyan, Bartelemy De Ligt, The Conquest of Violence: An Essay On War
and Revolution (New York: Dutton, 1938).
13See
Randolph Bourne, Unfinished Fragment on the State, in Untimely Papers (New

York: B.W. Huebsch, 1919).
260
The Rothbard Reader
soldier to the enemy, failure to register for the draft, conspiracy to overthrow the government. Murder is pursued haphazardly unless the victim
be a policeman, or Gott soll hten, an assassinated Chief of State; failure
to pay a private debt is, if anything, almost encouraged, but income tax
evasion is punished with utmost severity; counterfeiting the States money
is pursued far more relentlessly than forging private checks, etc. All this
evidence demonstrates that the State is far more interested in preserving
its own power than in defending the rights of private citizens.
A final word about conscription: of all the ways in which war aggrandizes the State, this is perhaps the most flagrant and most despotic. But
the most striking fact about conscription is the absurdity of the arguments
put forward on its behalf. A man must be conscripted to defend his (or
someone elses?) liberty against an evil State beyond the borders. Defend
his liberty? How? By being coerced into an army whose very raison detre
is the expunging of liberty, the trampling on all the liberties of the person,
the calculated and brutal dehumanization of the soldier and his transformation into an efficient engine of murder at the whim of his commanding
officer?14 Can any conceivable foreign State do anything worse to him
than what his army is now doing for his alleged benefit? Who is there, O
Lord, to defend him against his defenders?
14To the old militarist taunt hurled against the pacifist: Would you use force to prevent the
rape of your sister? the proper retort is: Would you rape your sister if ordered to do so by
your commanding officer?
CHAPTER
33
Notes on the Nintendo War
or the first two days and nights of the war, I, like many other people,
stayed glued to my TV set, watching the war, concentrating on CNN
but flipping in and out of the networks. Then, suddenly, it hit me: I
wasnt getting any news. And it remains true. What we have been getting is:
1. Endless repetitions of the same few static shots: A plane landing
or taking off on a darkened field. A missile thrusting upwards. The same
damn bird covered with oil. (How many hundreds of times did we see that
one? And that was a fakea shot taken after some oil accident several days
before Saddams oil strike.) If you turn on five minutes of news per day, you
get the full 24 hours.
2. Slides of maps, with radio voices cracking from Middle East spots.
No news.
3. Press conferences, with Bush, Cheney, and various Pentagon biggies
sounding off with braggadocio: Weve got him; weve crushed him; well
crush him again.
4. Press conferences where Bush and Pentagon biggies engage in
schoolyard tantrums. After five months of routinely calling Saddam a
monster, a madman, and a Hitler, every time Saddam does something,
e.g., putting our pilot POWs on television, or unloosing all that oil, our
Written in March 1991 for the Rothbard-Rockwell Report; reprinted in The Irrepressible
Rothbard (Auburn, Ala.: Mises Institute, 2000).
261
262
The Rothbard Reader
biggies invariably say: Thats it. Now were really mad. But why is this
fatheaded behavior taken seriously?
5. The rest of the airtime is filled with the talking heads of seemingly
every retired colonel and general on the armed forces pension rolls. All
these mavens invariably say one thing: Weve got him; weve crushed him;
well crush him again.
Several astute critics, notably Leslie Gelb in the New York Times and
Howard Rosenberg in the Los Angeles Times, have pointed out that this
first television war is not in any sense bringing us the war, but only a
highly censored, sanitized high-tech computer Nintendo game, with US
missiles going off, gallant Patriot (whichever PR man thought up that
name should be getting a million bucks a year) missiles intercepting evil
Scud (ditto for that PR man) missiles. Its a TV-high-tech phony war that
the average Americano can really get behind, sending the Bush approval
rating up towhat is it?110 percent?
CIVILIAN CASUALTIES?
And yet, every once in a great while, some bit of truth manages to
peek through the facade: Iraqi refugees in Jordan note that blood is running in the streets in residential neighborhoods in Baghdad; and Ramsey
Clark reports that in the major Southern Iraqi city of Basra civilians are
being targeted and killed in great numbers. Concerned that more of these
reports might shake the Nobody Dies theme, the Pentagon has issued
a preemptive strike against such revelations by assuring us that we never,
ever, target civilians, that our pilots have gone out of their way and even
sacrificed themselves to avoid hitting civilians, but that sometimeseven
with smart precision bombsthere is unavoidable collateral damage
(sort of like side effect in medicine?) to civilians, and anyway its all that
evil Saddam Husseins fault for putting military targets near civilian areas.
Oh. Like at Hiroshima and Nagasaki, right?
Even when a smart bomb killed 400 civilians, it was all Saddams fault.
WHAT HAPPENED TO THE MAVENS?

Another curious aspect of the war is: what in blazes happened to the
mavens, to all those military and strategic experts upon whom we all
rely for sober judgment on world affairs? Before January 16, most of the
mavens sounded pretty good: they warned sternly that launching a war
263
would be decidedly inadvisable, and that a ground war would be even

worse. Then, Bush blows the whistle on the Night of January 16, and the
mavens totally flipflop. From then on, its: Hey, hey, high-tech! Missiles!
B-52s! Pounding! No living person can stand up to it! Well win the war in
ten days, two weeks at the outside!
There were two parts to this total switcheroo of the mavens. Partly it
was the very same mavens changing their tune within a few hours. But
partly, too, many of the old mavens were dumped and new onesthe B
teamsubstituted. Suddenly, the sober and thoughtful Brzezinskis and
Admiral Le Rocques and Carrolls were gone, and the second team of
mindless retired colonels are trundled in to whoop it up for imminent victory. Is this a coincidence?
Also, what happened to that fascinating pre-war session on Crossfire
when former Secretary of the Navy James Webb and the military expert
from the Chicago Tribune, slated to debate the possibility of a draft, stunned
both Pat Buchanan and Michael Kinsley by agreeing that the US Army and
Air Force were not equipped to fight a Gulf war for longer than four weeks.
After gaining a brief news flash, this item was dropped and never referred
to again. What do these two say now? Inquiring minds would like to know.
GRINDING IT OUT
It occurs to me that US military strategy, ever since U.S. Grant, has
been dogged, plonky, and unimaginative. Mencken once wrote that the
Americans love to boast about US military victories, but that we make
sure, before launching any war, that we outnumber the enemy by at least
five to one. And then, in every war, we amass the men and firepower, and
just slog it out, wearing the enemy downsomething like the hated New
York Giants in football. With a few exceptions such as General Patton,
brilliant surprises and strategy are left to the opposition.
In this war, so far all the surprises again have come from Saddam, who
despite being vastly out-numberedin fire-power, but not in men on the
groundis constantly keeping the US Behemoth nervous, puzzled on edge.
Why is he laying back? or Why didnt he fire all his Scud missiles or fly all
of his planes at once? (so we can spot them). Why did he unloose all that
oil? MiGod hes worse than Exxon! (Maybe because we insisted on embargoing it. What else should he do with it than confuse us, slow us down,
maybe even wipe out the desalinization plants in Saudi Arabia? Saddams
brain, after all, has not been addled by the Environmentalist Movement.)
264
The Rothbard Reader
But we have an all-too-effective PR reply to any surprises that Saddam can pull. The endless litany: Were right on schedule. Everythings
on schedule.
DRAMATIC NON-EVENTS OF THE WAR

1. Gas Attacks. With all the fuss and feathers about gas masks, issuing
of gas masks, practicing in sealed rooms, constant agitation in Israel and
in Saudi Arabia, not one gas attack has yet occurred. How about waiting
until something happens before featuring it everywhere? Or is that asking
too much of our Nintendo war?
2. Terrorism. (Assaults upon Western or Israeli civilians, that is,
not against Iraqi civilians.) The great Old Right journalist Garet Garrett
analyzed US imperialism in the 1950s as a complex of fear and vaunting. His analysis has been unfortunately confirmed in spades. On the one
hand, endless bragging and blustering: Hey, hey, USA! Weve got him, well
crush him, well kick his ass! On the other hand, craven cowardice, endless
whimpering about prospective terrorism. Travel has plummeted, security measures have tightened everywhere. My God: if you were an Iraqi
terrorist, with after all strictly limited resources, would you plan your first
strike thus: OK, lets get the Shubert Theatre in New York! And all the
nonsense about the Super Bowl! Hey people, do you think anyone outside the US gives a tinkers damn about football? They have more pressing
things to think about or to target.
And in all the hot air and prattling about Iraqi terrorism, there has
not yet been one terrorist incident! (Watch out! Hes holding back!) In
fact, the only authentic incident so farthe shelling of Number Ten Downing Streetwas committed, not by the evil Arabs, but by the good old Irish
Republican Army, who antedate Saddam by about seventy years. Again:
how about waiting until one certified incident occurs before spreading
this alleged problem all over the front pages?
Besides, do you realize that they never caught those once-famous
bearded Libyan hit men, who supposedly snuck onto our shores to get
President Reagan? Where are they now?
AND WHATEVER HAPPENED TO THE DRUG WAR?

Answer: Who needs more than one war at a time?
265
ONE SMALL PLEA

Please, please, wont someone, somewhere, do something, to get the
ubiquitous man with the improbable name of Wolf Blitzer off the air? I
know that its a small thing to ask amidst the grand follies and tragedies of
this war, but it would be so ... blissful.
RED-BAITING THE ANTI-WAR MOVEMENT

The conservative movement (apart from the paleos) reminds me of
a punch-drunk boxer who has been in the ring several fights too many.
When he hears the bell, all he can do is to look around wildly, swing aimlessly, and red-bait. Human Events recently tried to do this by pointing out
darkly, and correctly, that Ramsey Clarks anti-war Coalition is dominated
by the Workers World Party, a Marxist-Leninist group. It darkly pointed
out that the Coalition failed to condemn the invasion of Kuwait. It then
tried to draw an analogy to the Marxist-Leninists who opposed the Vietnam War, hoping to bring about a Marxist-Leninist Asia, and eventually a
Marxist-Leninist world.
Very feeble, guys. Its true that the Workers World Party (WWP)
which originated long ago during the beginnings of the Soviet-Chinese
Communist split, are demon organizers and run the Clark Coalition. But
so what? The WWP, a pro-Maoist splinter from Trotskyism, has about fifty
members, and is a threat to no one. Its Maximum Leader, theoretician, and
organizer is one Sam Marcy, and its crackerjack organizer and editor is
Dierdre Griswold. They never had any clout within Trotskyism or Leninism, much less in America as a whole. Their effectiveness comes from the
fact that they early decided to abandon abstruse theoretical argument and
concentrate on practical organizing and street demonstrations against any
and all US wars. But to see the imbecility of the analogy with Vietnam,
ponder this: no one, but no one, not even Comrades Marcy or Griswold,
is writing letters to each other signed, Yours for a Baathist America. No
one wants to model the US or the world after Saddams polity. Get it?
Furthermore, a careful analysis of the lefts reaction to this war cuts
totally against this standard conservative reflex. As a matter of fact, one
can almost use the position on the war to figure out who on the left has
been in the Communist orbit all along, and who has been truly independent. Many prominent leftists have spouted what could only be called the
Gorby-Soviet line, i.e., that Saddam must be stopped, that its wonderful to
266
The Rothbard Reader
have the UN back again battling for a New World Order, that there should
have been sanctions against Iraq; but that Bush is being too jingoistic and
going too far in the war. Take, for example, Alexander Cockburn, the last
of the unreconstructed Old Left, whose writings on politics and US foreign policy before August 2, 1990, were radical, punchy, and delightfully
satiric and hard core. But since August 2, Cockburn has suddenly turned
Judicious, writing stodgy and tedious articles in the Nation, denouncing
the extreme left for attacking Mr. Bushs War and US imperialism and for
overlooking the vast complexities of the new era. In fact, one of the many
causalities of the Gulf War has been Cockburns once fascinating writing.
So what does that tell you where Marxists-Leninists stand? In contrast,
it should now be clear, if it ever was murky, that such staunch anti-war
leftists as Erwin Knoll, editor of the Progressive, or Ramsey Clark, should
never have been red-baited, and are truly independent persons.
YELLOW RIBBON CONSPIRACY?

Surely, one of the main beneficiaries of the war so far has been the yellow ribbon industry. Has any intrepid journalist looked into this question:
who are the major yellow-ribbon manufacturers? Do they have any ties
with the Trilateralists? The Bilderbergers? With Neil Bush or any of the
other little Bushes? And how did this yellow stuff start anyway?
Color scientists: is there any color, on the color spectrum, that may be
considered anti-yellow?
THE RIGHT TO A SPEEDY TRIAL

And when, Oh when is General Manuel Noriega (remember him? He
was last years Hitler) going to get his constitutional right to a public,
speedy trial?
THE WAR HERO AS PERMANENT PROBLEM

Among the baleful consequences of nearly every American military victory has been the War Hero who emerges from the war and then
plagues us for years as president. The American Revolution brought us
High Federalism and George Washington, the Mexican War gave us President General Zachary Taylor, the Civil War the rotten regime of President
U.S. Grant, and World War II brought us Ike Eisenhower, who fastened the
267
New-Fair Deal upon the nation at a time when there was a good chance of
getting rid of it. (World War I gave us no military heroes, but it did elevate
Herbert Hoover to political fame and eventually his disastrous presidency.
Hoover was the aptly-named Food Czar during the collectivized economy
of World War I.)
If the US wins a short, casualty-free Glorious Victory in this war (or
if just as effectively the Washington spin-doctors are able to persuade
the dazzled media and the deluded masses that this Glorious Victory
occurred), then who will be the War Heroes emerging from this war to
torment us in the years to come?
George Bush, thank God, is too old, unless of course, the neocon political theorists manage to get rid of the anti-Third Term Amendment and he
can be elected President for Life. General Kelly has too raspy a voice (being
short in the intellect department is no longer a bar to the Highest Office).
General Schwarzkopf is too fat and thuggish looking. Brent Scowcroft is
too old, and besides, he lacks charisma. We are left with: Dick Cheney,
who I am sure is willing to shoulder the burden, and General Colin Powell,
who could be our first Affirmative Action President, an event that would
send the entire Cultural Left, from left-liberals to neocons to left-libertarians, into ecstasy. What, you ask, are his views on anything? Surely you jest;
no one ever asked that question of any of the other War Heroes. We know
that he wears his uniform smartly and comes across well on television;
what else would anyone want?
A NIGHTMARE SCENARIO FOR 1996

In case no one is worried about more proximate problems, heres a
lulu for 1996: who should become George Bushs heir apparent, to run all
of our lives from January 1997 to January 2005: Dan Quayle or General
Colin Powell? Sorry: None of the Above is not a permitted option in our
Glorious Democracy.
CHAPTER
34
Society Without A State
n attempting to outline how a society without a Statei.e., an anarchist societymight function successfully, I would first like to defuse
two common but mistaken criticisms of this approach. First, is the argument that in providing for such defense or protection services as courts,
police, or even law itself, I am simply smuggling the State back into society in another form, and that therefore the system I am both analyzing
and advocating is not really anarchism. This sort of criticism can only
involve us in an endless and arid dispute over semantics. Let me say from
the beginning that I define the State as that institution which possesses one
or both (almost always both) of the following properties: (1) it acquires its
income by the physical coercion known as taxation; and (2) it asserts and
usually obtains a coerced monopoly of the provision of defense service
(police and courts) over a given territorial area. Any institution, not possessing either of these properties is not and cannot be, in accordance with
my definition, a State. On the other hand, I define anarchist society as
one where there is no legal possibility for coercive aggression against the
person or property of any individual. Anarchists oppose the State because
it has its very being in such aggression, namely, the expropriation of private property through taxation, the coercive exclusion of other providers
A paper delivered before the American Society for Political and Legal Philosophy, Washington, D.C., on December 28, 1974. Reprinted in Libertarian Review 7, no. 1 (1975).
268
269
of defense service from its territory, and all of the other depredations and
coercions that are built upon these twin foci of invasions of individual
rights.
Nor is our definition of the State arbitrary, for these two characteristics have been possessed by what is generally acknowledged to be States
throughout recorded history. The State, by its use of physical coercion,
has arrogated to itself a compulsory monopoly of defense services over its
territorial jurisdiction. But it is certainly conceptually possible for such
services to be supplied by private, non-State institutions, and indeed such
services have historically been supplied by other organizations than the
State. To be opposed to the State is then not necessarily to be opposed to
services that have often been linked with it; to be opposed to the State does
not necessarily imply that we must be opposed to police protection, courts,
arbitration, the minting of money, postal service, or roads and highways.
Some anarchists have indeed been opposed to police and to all physical
coercion in defense of person and property, but this is not inherent in and
is fundamentally irrelevant to the anarchist position, which is precisely
marked by opposition to all physical coercion invasive of, or aggressing
against, person and property.
The crucial role of taxation may be seen in the fact that the State is
the only institution or organization in society which regularly and systematically acquires its income through the use of physical coercion. All
other individuals or organizations acquire their income voluntarily, either
(a) through the voluntary sale of goods and services to consumers on the
market, or (b) through voluntary gifts or donations by members or other
donors. If I cease or refrain from purchasing Wheaties on the market, the
Wheaties producers do not come after me with a gun or prison to force
me to purchase; if I fail to join the American Philosophical Association,
the association may not force me to join or prevent me from giving up my
membership. Only the State can do so; only the State can confiscate my
property or put me in jail if I do not pay its tax-tribute. Therefore, only the
State regularly exists and has its very being by means of coercive depredations on private property.
Neither is it legitimate to challenge this sort of analysis by claiming
that in some other sense, the purchase of Wheaties or membership in the
APA is in some way coercive; there again, we can only be trapped in
an endless semantic dispute. Apart from other rebuttals which cannot be
considered here, I would simply say that anarchists are interested in the
abolition of this type of action: e.g., aggressive physical violence against
270
The Rothbard Reader
person and property, and that this is how we define coercion. Anyone
who is still unhappy with this use of the term coercion can simply eliminate the word from this discussion, and substitute for it physical violence
or the threat thereof , with the only loss being in literary style rather than
in the substance of the argument. What anarchism proposes to do, then, is
to abolish the State, i.e., to abolish the regularized institution of aggressive
coercion.
It need hardly be added that the State habitually builds upon its coercive source of income by adding a host of other aggressions upon society: ranging from economic controls to the prohibition of pornography to
the compelling of religious observance to the mass murder of civilians in
organized warfare. In short, that the State, in the words of Albert Jay Nock,
claims and exercises a monopoly of crime over its territorial area.
The second criticism I would like to defuse before beginning the main
body of the paper is the common charge that anarchists assume that all
people are good, and that without the State no crime would be committed. In short, that anarchism assumes that with the abolition of the State
a New Anarchist Man will emerge, cooperative, humane, and benevolent,
so that no problem of crime will then plague the society. I confess that I do
not understand the basis for this charge. Whatever other schools of anarchism professand I do not believe that they are open to this chargeI
certainly do not adopt this view. I assume with most observers that mankind is a mixture of good and evil, of cooperative and criminal tendencies.
In my view, the anarchist society is one which maximizes the tendencies
for the good and the cooperative, while it minimizes both the opportunity
and the moral legitimacy of the evil and the criminal. If the anarchist view
is correct, and the State is indeed the great legalized and socially legitimated channel for all manner of antisocial crimetheft, oppression, mass
murderon a massive scale, then surely the abolition of such an engine of
crime can do nothing but favor the good in man and discourage the bad.
A further point: in a profound sense, no social system, whether anarchist or statist, can work at all unless most people are good in the sense
that they are not all hell-bent upon assaulting and robbing their neighbors.
If everyone were so disposed, no amount of protection, whether State or
private, could succeed in staving off chaos. Furthermore, the more that
people are disposed to be peaceful and not aggress against their neighbors,
the more successfully any social system will work, and the fewer resources
will need to be devoted to police protection. The anarchist view holds that,
given the nature of man, given the degree of goodness or badness at any
271
point of time, anarchism will maximize the opportunities for good and
minimize the channels for the bad. The rest depends on the values held
by the individual members of society. The only further point that need be
made is that by eliminating the living example and the social legitimacy
of the massive legalized crime of the State, anarchism will to a large extent
promote peaceful values in the minds of the public.
We cannot of course deal here with the numerous arguments in favor
of anarchism or against the State, moral, political, and economic. Nor can
we take up the various goods and services now provided by the State, and
show how private individuals and groups will be able to supply them far
more efficiently on the free market. Here we can only deal with perhaps
the most difficult area, the area where it is almost universally assumed
that the State must exist and act, even if it is only a necessary evil instead
of a positive good: the vital realm of defense or protection of person and
property against aggression. Surely, it is universally asserted, the State is at
least vitally necessary to provide police protection, the judicial resolution
of disputes and enforcement of contracts, and the creation of the law itself
that is to be enforced. My contention is that all of these admittedly necessary services of protection can be satisfactorily and efficiently supplied by
private persons and institutions on the free market.
One important caveat before we begin the body of this paper: new
proposals such as anarchism are almost always gauged against the implicit
assumption that the present, or statist, system works to perfection. Any
lacunae or difficulties with the picture of the anarchist society are considered net liabilities, and enough to dismiss anarchism out of hand. It is,
in short, implicitly assumed that the State is doing its self-assumed job of
protecting person and property to perfection. We cannot here go into the
reasons why the State is bound to suffer inherently from grave flaws and
inefficiencies in such a task. All we need do now is to point to the black and
unprecedented record of the State through history: no combination of private marauders can possibly begin to match the States unremitting record
of theft, confiscation, oppression, and mass murder. No collection of Mafia
or private bank robbers can begin to compare with all the Hiroshimas,
Dresdens, and Lidices and their analogs through the history of mankind.
This point can be made more philosophically: it is illegitimate to compare the merits of anarchism and statism by starting with the present system as the implicit given and then critically examining only the anarchist
alternative. What we must do is to begin at the zero point and then critically examine both suggested alternatives. Suppose, for example, that we
272
The Rothbard Reader
were all suddenly dropped down on the earth de novo, and that we were
all then confronted with the question of what societal arrangements to
adopt. And suppose then that someone suggested: We are all bound to
suffer from those of us who wish to aggress against their fellow men. Let
us than solve this problem of crime by handing all of our weapons to the
Jones family, over there, by giving all of our ultimate power to settle disputes to that family. In that way, with their monopoly of coercion and of
ultimate decision making, the Jones family will be able to protect each of
us from each other. I submit that this proposal would get very short shrift,
except perhaps from the Jones family themselves. And yet this is precisely
the common argument for the existence of the State. When we start from
the zero point, as in the case of the Jones family, the question of who will
guard the guardians? becomes not simply an abiding lacuna in the theory
of the State but an overwhelming barrier to its existence.
A final caveat: the anarchist is always at a disadvantage in attempting
to forecast the shape of the future anarchist society. For it is impossible
for observers to predict voluntary social arrangements, including the provision of goods and services, on the free market. Suppose, for example,
that this were the year 1874, and someone predicted that eventually there
would be a radio manufacturing industry. To be able to make such a forecast successfully, does he have to be challenged to state immediately how
many radio manufacturers there would be a century hence, how big they
would be, where they would be located, what technology and marketing
techniques they would use, etc.? Obviously, such a challenge would make
no sense, and in a profound sense the same is true of those who demand
a precise portrayal of the pattern of protection activities on the market.
Anarchism advocates the dissolution of the State into social and market
arrangements, and these arrangements are far more flexible and less predictable than political institutions. The most that we can do, then, is to
offer broad guidelines and perspectives on the shape of a projected anarchist society.
One important point to make here is that the advance of modern technology makes anarchistic arrangements increasingly feasible. Take, for
example, the case of lighthouses, where it is often charged that it is unfeasible for private lighthouse operators to row out to each ship to charge
it for use of the light. Apart from the fact that this argument ignores the
successful existence of private lighthouses in earlier days, e.g., in England
in the eighteenth century, another vital consideration is that modern electronic technology makes charging each ship for the light far more feasible.
273
Thus, the ship would have to have paid for an electronically controlled
beam which could then be automatically turned on for those ships which
had paid for the service.
II
Let us now turn to the problem of how disputesin particular, disputes over alleged violations of person and propertywould be resolved
in an anarchist society. First, it should be noted that all disputes involve
two parties: the plaintiff, the alleged victim of the crime or tort, and the
defendant, the alleged aggressor. In many cases of broken contract, of
course, each of the two parties alleging that the other is the culprit is at the
same time a plaintiff and a defendant.
An important point to remember is that any society, be it statist or
anarchist, has to have some way of resolving disputes that will gain a majority consensus in society. There would be no need for courts or arbitrators if
everyone were omniscient, and knew instantaneously which persons were
guilty of any given crime or violation of contract. Since none of us are
omniscient, there has to be some method of deciding who is the criminal
or lawbreaker which will gain legitimacy, in short whose decision will be
accepted by the great majority of the public.
In the first place, a dispute may be resolved voluntarily between the
two parties themselves, either unaided or with the help of a third mediator. This poses no problem, and will automatically be accepted by society
at large. It is so accepted even now, much less in a society imbued with
the anarchistic values of peaceful cooperation and agreement. Second and
similarly, the two parties, unable to reach agreement, may decide to submit voluntarily to the decision of an arbitrator. This agreement may arise
either after a dispute has arisen, or be provided for in advance in the original contract. Again, there is no problem in such an arrangement gaining
legitimacy. Even in the present statist era, the notorious inefficiency and
coercive and cumbersome procedures of the politically run government
courts has led increasing numbers of citizens to turn to voluntary and
expert arbitration for a speedy and harmonious settling of disputes.
Thus, William C. Wooldridge has written that
arbitration has grown to proportions that make the courts
a secondary recourse in many areas and completely superfluous in others. The ancient fear of the courts that arbitration would oust them of their jurisdiction has been
274
The Rothbard Reader
fulfilled with a vengeance the common-law judges probably never anticipated. Insurance companies adjust over
fifty thousand claims a year among themselves through
arbitration, and the American Arbitration Association
(AAA), with headquarters in New York and twenty-five
regional offices across the country, last year conducted
over twenty-two thousand arbitrations. Its twenty-three
thousand associates available to serve as arbitrators may
outnumber the total number of judicial personnel ... in
the United States. ... Add to this the unknown number
of individuals who arbitrate disputes within particular
industries or in particular localities, without formal AAA
affiliation, and the quantitatively secondary role of official
courts begins to be apparent.1
Wooldridge adds the important point that, in addition to the speed
of arbitration procedures vis--vis the courts, the arbitrators can proceed as experts in disregard of the official government law; in a profound
sense, then, they serve to create a voluntary body of private law. In other
words, states Wooldridge, the system of extralegal, voluntary courts has
progressed hand in hand with a body of private law; the rules of the state
are circumvented by the same process that circumvents the forums established for the settlement of disputes over those rules. ... In short, a private
agreement between two people, a bilateral law, has supplanted the official
law. The writ of the sovereign has ceased to run, and for it is substituted
a rule tacitly or explicitly agreed to by the parties. Wooldridge concludes
that if an arbitrator can choose to ignore a penal damage rule or the statute of limitations applicable to the claim before him (and it is generally
conceded that he has that power), arbitration can be viewed as a practically revolutionary instrument for self-liberation from the law.2
It may be objected that arbitration only works successfully because the
courts enforce the award of the arbitrator. Wooldridge points out, however,
that arbitration was unenforceable in the American courts before 1920, but
that this did not prevent voluntary arbitration from being successful and
expanding in the United States and in England. He points, furthermore, to
1William C. Wooldridge, Uncle Sam, the Monopoly Man (New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington
House, 1970), p. 101.
2Ibid., pp. 10304.
275
the successful operations of merchant courts since the Middle Ages, those
courts which successfully developed the entire body of the law merchant.
None of those courts possessed the power of enforcement. He might have
added the private courts of shippers which developed the body of admiralty law in a similar way.
How then did these private, anarchistic, and voluntary courts insure
the acceptance of their decisions? By the method of social ostracism, and
the refusal to deal any further with the offending merchant. This method
of voluntary enforcement, indeed, proved highly successful. Wooldridge
writes that
the merchants courts were voluntary, and if a man
ignored their judgment, he could not be sent to jail. ...
Nevertheless, it is apparent that ... [their] decisions were
generally respected even by the losers; otherwise people
would never have used them in the first place. ... Merchants made their courts work simply by agreeing to
abide by the results. The merchant who broke the understanding would not be sent to jail, to be sure, but neither
would he long continue to be a merchant, for the compliance exacted by his fellows ... proved if anything more
effective than physical coercion.3
Nor did this voluntary method fail to work in modern times: Wooldridge
writes that it was precisely in the years before 1920, when arbitration
awards could not be enforced in the courts,
that arbitration caught on and developed a following
in the American mercantile community. Its popularity,
gained at a time when abiding by an agreement to arbitrate had to be as voluntary as the agreement itself, casts
doubt on whether legal coercion was an essential adjunct
to the settlement of most disputes. Cases of refusal to
abide by an arbitrators award were rare; one founder of
the American Arbitration Association could not recall
a single example. Like their medieval forerunners, merchants in the Americas did not have to rely on any sanctions other than those they could collectively impose on
each other. One who refused to pay up might find access
3Ibid., pp. 9596.
276
The Rothbard Reader
to his associations tribunal cut off in the future, or his

name released to the membership of his trade association;
these penalties were far more fearsome than the cost of
the award with which he disagreed. Voluntary and private
adjudications were voluntarily and privately adhered to,
if not out of honor, out of the self-interest of businessmen
who knew that the arbitral mode of dispute settlement
would cease to be available to them very quickly if they
ignored an award.4
It should also be pointed out that modern technology makes even
more feasible the collection and dissemination of information about peoples credit ratings and records of keeping or violating their contracts or
arbitration agreements. Presumably, an anarchist society would see the
expansion of this sort of dissemination of data and thereby facilitate the
ostracism or boycotting of contract and arbitration violators.
How would arbitrators be selected in an anarchist society? In the
same way as they are chosen now, and as they were chosen in the days
of strictly voluntary arbitration: the arbitrators with the best reputation
for efficiency and probity would be chosen by the various parties on the
market. As in other processes of the market, the arbitrators with the best
record in settling disputes will come to gain an increasing amount of business, and those with poor records will no longer enjoy clients, and have to
shift to another line of endeavor. Here it must be emphasized that parties
in dispute will seek out those arbitrators with the best reputation for both
expertise and impartiality, and that inefficient or biased arbitrators will
rapidly have to find another occupation.
Thus, the Tannehills emphasize:
the advocates of government see initiated force (the legal
force of government) as the only solution to social disputes. According to them, if everyone in society were not
forced to use the same court system ... disputes would be
insoluble. Apparently it doesnt occur to them that disputing parties are capable of freely choosing their own
arbiters. ... They have not realized that disputants would,
in fact, be far better off if they could choose among competing arbitration agencies so that they could reap the
4Ibid., pp. 10001.
277
benefits of competition and specialization. It should be

obvious that a court system which has a monopoly guaranteed by the force of statutory law will not give as good
quality service as will free-market arbitration agencies
which must compete for their customers ...
Perhaps the least tenable argument for government
arbitration of disputes is the one which holds that governmental judges are more impartial because they operate outside the market and so have no vested interests.
Owing political allegiance to government is certainly
no guarantee of impartiality! A governmental judge is
always impelled to be partialin favor of the government, from whom he gets his pay and his power! On the
other hand, an arbiter who sells his services in a free market knows that he must be as scrupulously honest, fair,
and impartial as possible or no pair of disputants will
buy his services to arbitrate their dispute. A free-market
arbiter depends for his livelihood on his skill and fairness
at settling disputes. A governmental judge depends on
political pull.5
If desired, furthermore, the contracting parties could provide in
advance for a series of arbitrators:
It would be more economical and in most cases quite
sufficient to have only one arbitration agency to hear the
case. But if the parties felt that a further appeal might be
necessary and were willing to risk the extra expense, they
could provide for a succession of two or even more arbitration agencies. The names of these agencies would be
written into the contract in order from the first court of
appeal to the last court of appeal. It would be neither
necessary nor desirable to have one single, final court of
appeal for every person in the society, as we have today in
the United States Supreme Court.6
5Morris
and Linda Tannehill, The Market for Liberty (Lansing, Mich.: privately printed,
1970), pp. 6567.
6Ibid., p. 68.
278
The Rothbard Reader
Arbitration, then poses little difficulty for a portrayal of the free society. But what of torts or crimes of aggression where there has been no
contract? Or suppose that the breaker of a contract defies the arbitration
award? Is ostracism enough? In short, how can courts develop in the freemarket, anarchist society which will have the power to enforce judgments
against criminals or contract-breakers?
In the wide sense, defense service consists of guards or police who
use force in defending person and property against attack, and judges or
courts whose role is to use socially accepted procedures to determine who
the criminals or tortfeasors are, as well as to enforce judicial awards, such
as damages or the keeping of contracts. On the free market, many scenarios are possible on the relationship between the private courts and the
police; they may be vertically integrated, for example, or their services
may be supplied by separate firms. Furthermore, it seems likely that police
service will be supplied by insurance companies who will provide crimeinsurance to their clients. In that case, insurance companies will pay off
the victims of crime or the breaking of contracts or arbitration awards,
and then pursue the aggressors in court to recoup their losses. There is
a natural market connection between insurance companies and defense
service, since they need pay out less benefits in proportion as they are able
to keep down the rate of crime.
Courts might either charge fees for their services, with the losers of
cases obliged to pay court costs, or else they may subsist on monthly or
yearly premiums by their clients, who may be either individuals or the
police or insurance agencies. Suppose, for example, that Smith is an
aggrieved party, either because he has been assaulted or robbed, or because
an arbitration award in his favor has not been honored. Smith believes that
Jones is the party guilty of the crime. Smith then goes to a court. Court A,
of which he is a client, and brings charges against Jones as a defendant. In
my view, the hallmark of an anarchist society is one where no man may
legally compel someone who is not a convicted criminal to do anything,
since that would be aggression against an innocent mans person or property. Therefore, Court A can only invite rather than subpoena Jones to
attend his trial. Of course, if Jones refuses to appear or send a representative, his side of the case will not be heard. The trial of Jones proceeds. Suppose that Court A finds Jones innocent. In my view, part of the generally
accepted Law Code of the anarchist society (on which see further below),
is that this must end the matter, unless Smith can prove charges of gross
incompetence or bias on the part of the court.
279
Suppose, next, that Court A finds Jones guilty. Jones might accept
the verdict, either because he too is a client of the same court, because he
knows he is guilty, or for some other reason. In that case, Court A proceeds
to exercise judgment against Jones. Neither of these instances pose very
difficult problems for our picture of the anarchist society. But suppose,
instead, that Jones contests the decision; he, then, goes to his court, Court
B, and the case is retried there. Suppose that Court B, too, finds Jones
guilty. Again, it seems to me that the accepted Law Code of the anarchist
society will assert that this ends the matter; both parties have had their say
in courts which each has selected, and the decision for guilt is unanimous.
Suppose, however, the most difficult case: That Court B finds Jones
innocent. The two courts, each subscribed to by one of the two parties,
have split their verdicts. In that case, the two courts will submit the case
to an appeals court, or arbitrator, which the two courts agree upon. There
seems to be no real difficulty about the concept of an appeals court. As
in the case of arbitration contracts, it seems very likely that the various
private courts in the society will have prior agreements to submit their disputes to a particular appeals court. How will the appeals judges be chosen?
Again, as in the case of arbitrators or of the first judges on the free market,
they will be chosen for their expertise and reputation for efficiency, honesty and integrity. Obviously, appeals judges who are inefficient or biased
will scarcely be chosen by courts who will have a dispute. The point here
is that there is no need for a legally-established or institutionalized single,
monopoly appeals court system, as States now provide. There is no reason
why there cannot arise a multitude of efficient and honest appeals judges
who will be selected by the disputant courts, just as there are numerous
private arbitrators on the market today. The appeals court renders its decision, and the courts proceed to enforce it if, in our example, Jones is considered guiltyunless, of course, Jones can prove bias in some other court
proceedings.
No society can have unlimited judicial appeals, for in that case there
would be no point to having judges or courts at all. Therefore, every society, whether statist or anarchist, will have to have some socially accepted
cut-off point for trials and appeals. My suggestion is the rule that the
agreement of any two courts be decisive. Two is not an arbitrary figure,
for it reflects the fact that there are two parties, the plaintiff and the defendant, to any alleged crime or contract dispute.
If the courts are to be empowered to enforce decisions against guilty
parties, does this not bring back the State in another form and thereby
280
The Rothbard Reader
negate anarchism? No, for at the beginning of this paper I explicitly

defined anarchism in such a way as not to rule out the use of defensive
forceforce in defense of person and propertyby privately supported
agencies. In the same way, it is not bringing back the State to allow persons
to use force to defend themselves against aggression, or to hire guards or
police agencies to defend them.
It should be noted, however, that in the anarchist society there will
be no district attorney to press charges on behalf of society. Only the
victims will press charges as the plaintiffs. If, then, these victims should
happen to be absolute pacifists who are opposed even to defensive force,
then they will simply not press charges in the courts or otherwise retaliate against those who have aggressed against them. In a free society that
would be their right. If the victim should suffer from murder, then his heir
would have the right to press the charges.
What of the Hatfield-and-McCoy problem? Suppose that a Hatfield
kills a McCoy, and that McCoys heir does not belong to a private insurance,
police agency, or court, and decides to retaliate himself? Since, under anarchism there can be no coercion of the non-criminal, McCoy would have
the perfect right to do so. No one may be compelled to bring his case to a
court. Indeed, since the right to hire police or courts flows from the right of
self-defense against aggression, it would be inconsistent and in contradiction to the very basis of the free society to institute such compulsion. Suppose, then, that the surviving McCoy finds what he believes to be the guilty
Hatfield and kills him in turn? What then? This is fine, except that McCoy
may have to worry about charges being brought against him by a surviving Hatfield. Here it must be emphasized that in the law of the anarchist
society based on defense against aggression, the courts would not be able
to proceed against McCoy if in fact he killed the right Hatfield. His problem
would arise if the courts should find that he made a grievous mistake, and
killed the wrong man; in that case, he in turn would be found guilty of murder. Surely, in most instances, individuals will wish to obviate such problems by taking their case to a court and thereby gain social acceptability for
their defensive retaliationnot for the act of retaliation but for the correctness of deciding who the criminal in any given case might be. The purpose
of the judicial process, indeed, is to find a way of general agreement on who
might be the criminal or contract-breaker in any given case. The judicial
process is not a good in itself; thus, in the case of an assassination, such as
Jack Rubys murder of Oswald, on public television, there is no need for a
complex judicial process since the name of the murderer is evident to all.
281
Will not the possibility exist of a private court that may turn venal
and dishonest, or of a private police force that turns criminal and extorts
money by coercion? Of course such an event may occur, given the propensities of human nature. Anarchism is not a moral cure-all. But the
important point is that market forces exist to place severe checks on such
possibilities, especially in contrast to a society where a State exists. For,
in the first place, judges, like arbitrators, will prosper on the market in
proportion to their reputation for efficiency and impartiality. Second, on
the free market important checks and balances exist against venal, courts
or criminal police forces. Namely, that there are competing courts and
police agencies to whom the victims may turn for redress. If the Prudential Police Agency should turn outlaw and extract revenue from victims
by coercion, the latter would have the option of turning to the. Mutual
or Equitable Police Agency for defense and for pressing charges against
Prudential. These are the genuine checks and balances of the free market,
genuine in contrast to the phony checks and balances of a State system,
where all the alleged balancing agencies are in the hands of one monopoly government. Indeed, given the monopoly protection service of a
State, what is there to prevent a State from using its monopoly channels of
coercion to extort money from the public? What are the checks and limits
of the State? None, except for the extremely difficult course of revolution
against a Power with all of the guns in its hands. In fact, the State provides
an easy, legitimated channel for crime and aggression, since it has its very
being in the crime of tax-theft, and the coerced monopoly of protection.
It is the State, indeed, that functions as a mighty protection racket on a
giant and massive scale. It is the State that says: Pay us for your protection or else. In the light of the massive and inherent activities of the State,
the danger of a protection racket emerging from one or more private
police agencies is relatively small indeed.
Moreover, it must be emphasized that a crucial element in the power
of the State is its legitimacy in the eyes of the majority of the public, the
fact that after centuries of propaganda, the depredations of the State are
looked upon rather as benevolent services. Taxation is generally not seen as
theft, nor war as mass murder, nor conscription as slavery. Should a private
police agency turn outlaw, should Prudential become a protection racket,
it would then lack the social legitimacy which the State has managed to
accrue to itself over the centuries. Prudential would be seen by all as bandits, rather than as legitimate or divinely appointed sovereigns, bent on
promoting the common good or the general welfare. And lacking such
282
The Rothbard Reader
legitimacy, Prudential would have to face the wrath of the public and the
defense and retaliation of the other private defense agencies, the police
and courts, on the free market. Given these inherent checks and limits, a
successful transformation from a free society to bandit rule becomes most
unlikely. Indeed, historically, it has been very difficult for a State to arise
to supplant a stateless society; usually, it has come about through external
conquest rather than by evolution from within a society.
Within the anarchist camp, there has been much dispute on whether
the private courts would have to be bound by a basic, common Law Code.
Ingenious attempts have been made to work out a system where the laws or
standards of decision-making by the courts would differ completely from
one to another.7 But in my view all would have to abide by the basic Law
Code, in particular, prohibition of aggression against person and property, in order to fulfill our definition of anarchism as a system which provides no legal sanction for such aggression. Suppose, for example, that one
group of people in society hold that all redheads are demons who deserve
to be shot on sight. Suppose that Jones, one of this group, shoots Smith, a
redhead. Suppose that Smith or his heir presses charges in a court, but that
Joness court, in philosophic agreement with Jones, finds him innocent
therefore. It seems to me that in order to be considered legitimate, any
court would have to follow the basic libertarian law code of the inviolate
right of person and property. For otherwise, courts might legally subscribe
to a code which sanctions such aggression in various cases, and which to
that extent would violate the definition of anarchism and introduce, if not
the State, then a strong element of statishness or legalized aggression into
the society.
But again I see no insuperable difficulties here. For in that case, anarchists, in agitating for their creed, will simply include in their agitation the
idea of a general libertarian Law Code as part and parcel of the anarchist
creed of abolition of legalized aggression against person or property in the
society.
In contrast to the general law code, other aspects of court decisions
could legitimately vary in accordance with the market or the wishes of
the clients e.g., the language the cases will be conducted in, the number of
judges to be involved, etc.
7E.g., David Friedman, The Machinery of Freedom (New York: Harper and Row, 1973).
283
There are other problems of the basic Law Code which there is no
time to go into here: for example, the definition of just property titles or
the question of legitimate punishment of convicted offendersthough the
latter problem of course exists in statist legal systems as well.8 The basic
point, however, is that the State is not needed to arrive at legal principles
or their elaboration: indeed, much of the common law, the law merchant,
admiralty law, and private law in general, grew up apart from the State,
by judges not making the law but finding it on the basis of agreed upon
principles derived either from custom or reason.9 The idea that the State is
needed to make law is as much a myth as that the State is needed to supply
postal or police service.
Enough has been said here, I believe, to indicate that an anarchist
system for settling disputes would be both viable and self-subsistent: that
once adopted, it could work and continue indefinitely. How to arrive at
that system is of course a very different problem, but certainly at the very
least it will not likely come about unless people are convinced of its workability, are convinced, in short, that the State is not a necessary evil.
8For an elaboration of these points, see Murray N. Rothbard, For a New Liberty (New York:
Macmillan, 1973).
9Thus, see Bruno Leoni, Freedom and the Law (Princeton, N.J.: D. Van Nostrand, 1961).
CHAPTER
35
Why Be Libertarian?
hy be libertarian, anyway? By this we mean: whats the point of

the whole thing? Why engage in a deep and lifelong commitment to the principle and the goal of individual liberty? For such
a commitment, in our largely unfree world, means inevitably a radical disagreement with, and alienation from, the status quo, an alienation which
equally inevitably imposes many sacrifices in money and prestige. When
life is short and the moment of victory far in the future, why go through
all this?
Incredibly, we have found among the increasing number of libertarians in this country many people who come to a libertarian commitment
from one or another extremely narrow and personal points of view. Many
are irresistibly attracted to liberty as an intellectual system or as an aesthetic goal; but liberty remains for them a purely intellectual parlor game,
totally divorced from what they consider the real activities of their daily
lives. Others are motivated to remain libertarians solely from their anticipation of their own personal financial profit. Realizing that a free market
would provide far greater opportunities for able, independent men to reap
entrepreneurial profits, they become and remain libertarians solely to find
Reprinted from Egalitarianism as a Revolt Against Nature and Other Essays (Auburn, Ala.:
284
285
larger opportunities for business profit. While it is true that opportunities for profit will be far greater and more widespread in a free market
and a free society, placing ones primary emphasis on this motivation for
being a libertarian can only be considered grotesque. For in the often tortuous, difficult, and gruelling path that must be trod before liberty can be
achieved, the libertarians opportunities for personal profit will far more
often be negative than abundant.
The consequence of the narrow and myopic vision of both the gamester and the would-be profitmaker is that neither group has the slightest interest in the work of building a libertarian movement. And yet it is
only through building such a movement that liberty may ultimately be
achieved. Ideas, and especially radical ideas, do not advance in the world
in and by themselves, as it were in a vacuum; they can only be advanced by
people and, therefore, the development and advancement of such people
and therefore of a movementbecomes a prime task for the Libertarian
who is really serious about advancing his goals.
Turning from these men of narrow vision, we must also see that utilitarianismthe common ground of free-market economistsis unsatisfactory for developing a flourishing libertarian movement. While it is true
and valuable to know that a free market would bring far greater abundance and a healthier economy to everyone, rich and poor alike, a critical problem is whether this knowledge is enough to bring many people
to a lifelong dedication to liberty. In short, how many people will man
the barricades and endure the many sacrifices that a consistent devotion
to liberty entails, merely so that umpteen percent more people will have
better bathtubs? Will they not rather set up for an easy life and forget the
umpteen percent bathtubs? Ultimately, then, utilitarian economics, while
indispensable in the developed structure of libertarian thought and action,
is almost as unsatisfactory a basic groundwork for the movement as those
opportunists who simply seek a short-range profit.
It is our view that a flourishing libertarian movement, a lifelong dedication to liberty, can only be grounded on a passion for justice. Here must
be the mainspring of our drive, the armor that will sustain us in all the
storms ahead, not the search for a quick buck, the playing of intellectual
games or the cool calculation of general economic gains. And, to have a
passion for justice, one must have a theory of what justice and injustice
arein short, a set of ethical principles of justice and injustice which cannot be provided by utilitarian economics. It is because we see the world
reeking with injustices piled one on another to the very heavens that we
286
The Rothbard Reader
are impelled to do all that we can to seek a world in which these and other
injustices will be eradicated. Other traditional radical goalssuch as the
abolition of povertyare, in contrast to this one, truly utopian, for man,
simply by exerting his will, cannot abolish poverty. Poverty can only be
abolished through the operation of certain economic factorsnotably the
investment of savings in capitalwhich can only operate by transforming nature over a long period of time. In short, mans will is here severely
limited by the workings ofto use an old-fashioned but still valid term
natural law. But injustices are deeds that are inflicted by one set of men on
another; they are precisely the actions of men, and, hence, they and their
elimination are subject to mans instantaneous will.
Let us take an example: Englands centuries-long occupation and brutal oppression of the Irish people. Now if, in 1900, we had looked at the
state of Ireland, and we had considered the poverty of the Irish people, we
would have had to say: poverty could be improved by the English getting
out and removing their land monopolies, but the ultimate elimination of
poverty in Ireland, under the best of conditions, would take time and be
subject to the workings of economic law. But the goal of ending English
oppressionthat could have been done by the instantaneous action of
mens will: by the English simply deciding to pull out of the country. The
fact that of course such decisions do not take place instantaneously is not
the point; the point is that the very failure is an injustice that has been
decided upon and imposed by the perpetrators of injusticein this case,
the English government. In the field of justice, mans will is all; men can
move mountains, if only men so decide. A passion for instantaneous justicein short, a radical passionis therefore not utopian, as would be a
desire for the instant elimination of poverty or the instant transformation
of everyone into a concert pianist. For instant justice could be achieved if
enough people so willed.
A true passion for justice, then, must be radicalin short, it must
at least wish to attain its goals radically and instantaneously. Leonard E.
Read, founding president of the Foundation for Economic Education,
expressed this radical spirit very aptly when he wrote a pamphlet, Id Push
the Button. The problem was what to do about the network of price and
wage controls then being imposed on the economy by the Office of Price
Administration. Most economic Liberals were timidly or realistically
advocating one or another form of gradual or staggered decontrols; at that
point, Mr. Read took an unequivocal and radical stand on principle: if
there were a button on this rostrum, he began his address, the pressing of
287
which would release all wage and price controls instantaneously, I would
put my finger on it and push!1 The true test, then, of the radical spirit,
is the button-pushing test: if we could push the button for instantaneous
abolition of unjust invasions of liberty, would we do it? If we would not do
it, we could scarcely call ourselves Libertarians, and most of us would only
do it if primarily guided by a passion for justice.
The genuine Libertarian, then, is, in all senses of the word, an abolitionist; he would, if he could, abolish instantaneously all invasions of liberty, whether it be, in the original coining of the term, slavery, or whether
it be the manifold other instances of State oppression. He would, in the
words of another libertarian in a similar connection, blister my thumb
pushing that button! The libertarian must perforce be a button-pusher
and an abolitionist. Powered by justice, he cannot be moved by amoral
utilitarian pleas that justice not come about until the criminals are compensated. Thus, when in the early nineteenth century, the great abolitionist movement arose, voices of moderation promptly appeared counselling
that it would only be fair to abolish slavery if the slave masters were financially compensated for their loss. In short, after centuries of oppression
and exploitation, the slave masters were supposed to be further rewarded
by a handsome sum muleted by force from the mass of innocent taxpayers! The most apt comment on this proposal was made by the English philosophical radical Benjamin Pearson, who remarked that he had thought
it was the slaves who should have been compensated; clearly, such compensation could only justly have come from the slaveholders themselves.2
Antilibertarians, and antiradicals generally, characteristically make
the point that such abolitionism is unrealistic; by making such a charge
they are hopelessly confusing the desired goal with a strategic estimate of
the probable outcome. In framing principle, it is of the utmost importance
not to mix in strategic estimates with the forging of desired goals. First,
goals must be formulated, which, in this case, would be the instant abolition of slavery or whatever other statist oppression we are considering.
And we must first frame these goals without considering the probability
of attaining them. The libertarian goals are realistic in the sense that
they could be achieved if enough people agreed on their desirability, and
that, if achieved, they would bring about a far better world. The realism
1Leonard E. Read, Id Push the Button (New York: Joseph D. McGuire, 1946), p. 3.
2William D. Grampp, The Manchester School of Economics (Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1960), p. 59.
288
The Rothbard Reader
of the goal can only be challenged by a critique of the goal itself, not in
the problem of how to attain it. Then, after we have decided on the goal,
we face the entirely separate strategic question of how to attain that goal
as rapidly as possible, how to build a movement to attain it, etc. Thus,
William Lloyd Garrison was not being unrealistic when, in the 1830s,
he raised the glorious standard of immediate emancipation of the slaves.
His goal was the proper one, and his strategic realism came in the fact that
he did not expect his goal to be quickly reached. Or, as Garrison himself
distinguished:
Urge immediate abolition as earnestly as we may, it will,
alas! be gradual abolition in the end. We have never said
that slavery would be overthrown by a single blow; that it
ought to be, we shall always contend.3
Actually, in the realm of the strategic, raising the banner of pure and
radical principle is generally the fastest way of arriving at radical goals.
For if the pure goal is never brought to the fore, there will never be any
momentum developed for driving toward it. Slavery would never have
been abolished at all if the abolitionists had not raised the hue and cry
thirty years earlier; and, as things came to pass, the abolition was at virtually a single blow rather than gradual or compensated.4 But above and
beyond the requirements of strategy lie the commands of justice. In his
famous editorial that launched The Liberator at the beginning of 1831,
William Lloyd Garrison repented his previous adoption of the doctrine of
gradual abolition:
I seize this opportunity to make a full and unequivocal
recantation, and thus publicly to ask pardon of my God,
of my country, and of my brethren, the poor slaves, for
having uttered a sentiment so full of timidity, injustice
and absurdity.
3Quoted in William H. and Jane H. Pease, eds., The Antislavery Argument (Indianapolis:
Robbs-Merrill, 1965), p. xxxv.
4At the conclusion of a brilliant philosophical critique of the charge of unrealism and its
confusion of the good and the currently probable, Professor Philbrook declares: Only one
type of serious defense of a policy is open to an economist or anyone else: he must maintain
that the policy is good. True realism is the same thing men have always meant by wisdom:
to decide the immediate in the light of the ultimate. Clarence Philbrook, Realism in
Policy Espousal, American Economic Review (December 1953): 859.
289
Upon being reproached for the habitual severity and heat of his language, Garrison retorted: I have need to be all on fire, for I have mountains of ice about me to melt. It is this spirit that must mark the man truly
dedicated to the cause of liberty.5
5For the quotes from Garrison, see Louis Ruchames, ed., The Abolitionists (New York:
Capricorn Books, 1964), p. 31, and Fawn M. Brodie, Who Defends the Abolitionist? in
Martin Duberman, ed., The Antislavery Vanguard (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University
Press, 1965), p. 67. The Duberman work is a storehouse of valuable material, including
refutations of the common effort by those committed to the status quo to engage in psychological smearing of radicals in general and abolitionists in particular. See especially
Martin Duberman, The Northern Response to Slavery, in ibid., pp. 40613.
CHAPTER
36
In Praise of
Demagogues
or many years now, demagogues have been in great disfavor. They are
not sober, they are not respectable, they are not gentlemen. And yet
there is a great and growing need for their services. What, exactly,
have been the charges leveled against the demagogues? They are roughly
three in number.
In the first place, they are disruptive forces in the body politic. They
stir things up. Second, they supposedly fail to play the game in appealing to the base emotions, rather than to cool reason. From this stems the
third charge: that they appeal to the unwashed masses with emotional,
extreme, and, therefore, unsound views. Add to this the vice of ungentlemanly enthusiasm, and we have about catalogued the sins of the species
demagogue.
The charge of emotionalism is surely an irrelevant one. The problem of
an ideology is not whether it is put forth in an emotional, a matter-of-fact,
or a dull manner. The question is whether or not the ideology is correct.
Almost always, the demagogue is a man who finds that his ideas are held
by only a small minority of people, a minority that is apt to be particularly
small among the sober and respectable. Convinced of the truth and the
importance of his ideas, he sees that the heavy weight of public opinion,
and particularly of the respectable molders of this opinion, is either hostile
Written in 1954, this was first published as a Mises Daily on April 23, 2002.
290
291
or indifferent to this truth. Is it any wonder that such a situation will make
a man emotional?
All demagogues are ideological nonconformists and therefore are
bound to be emotional about the general and respectable rejection of what
they consider to be vital truth. But not all ideological nonconformists
become demagogues. The difference is that the demagogue possesses that
quality of mass attraction that permits him to use emotion to stir up the
masses. In going to the masses, he is going over the heads of the respectable intellectuals who ordinarily guide mass opinion. It is this electric,
short-cut appeal direct to the masses that gives the demagogue his vital
significance and that makes him such a menace to the dominant orthodoxy.
The demagogue is frequently accused by his enemies of being an insincere opportunist, a man who cynically uses certain ideas and emotions in
order to gain popularity and power. It is almost impossible, however, to
judge a persons motives, particularly in political life, unless one is a close
friend. We have seen that the sincere demagogue is very likely to be emotional himself, while stirring others to emotion. Finally, if a man is really
an opportunist, the easiest way to acclaim and power is to play ball with
the ruling orthodoxy, and not the opposite. The way of the demagogue is
the riskiest and has the least chance of success.
It is the fashionable belief that an idea is wrong in proportion to its
extremism and right in proportion as it is a chaotic muddle of contradictory doctrines. To the professional middle-of-the-roader, a species that is
always found in abundance, the demagogue invariably comes as a nasty
shock. For it is one of the most admirable qualities of the demagogue that
he forces men to think, some for the first time in their lives. Out of the
muddle of current ideas, both fashionable and unfashionable, he extracts
some and pushes them to their logical conclusions, i.e., to extremes. He
thereby forces people either to reject their loosely held views as unsound,
or to find them sound and to pursue them to their logical consequences.
Far from being an irrational force, then, the silliest of demagogues is a
great servant of Reason, even when he is mostly in the wrong.
A typical example is the inflationist demagogue: the monetary
crank. The vast majority of respectable economists have always scoffed
at the crank without realizing that they are not really able to answer his
arguments. For what the crank has done is to take the inflationism that lies
at the core of fashionable economics and push it to its logical conclusion.
He asks; If it is good to have an inflation of money of 10 percent per year,
292
The Rothbard Reader
why isnt it still better to double the money supply every year? Only a
few economists have realized that in order to answer the crank reasonably
instead of by ridicule, it is necessary to purge fashionable economics of its
inflationist foundations.
Demagogues probably first fell into disrepute in the nineteenth century, when most of them were socialists. But their conservative opposition, as is typical of conservatives in every age, never came to grips with
the logic of the demagogues position. Instead, they contented themselves
with attacking the emotionalism and extremism of the upstarts. Their
logic unassailed, the socialist demagogues triumphed, as argument always
will conquer pure prejudice in the long run. For it seemed as if the socialists had reason on their side.
Now socialism is the fashionable and respectable ideology. The old
passionate arguments of the soap box have become the tired clichs of the
cocktail party and the classroom. Any demagogy, any disruption of the
apple cart, would almost certainly come from the individualist opposition. Furthermore, the State is now in command, and whenever this conditions prevails, the State is anxious to prevent disruption and ideological
turmoil. In their wake, demagogues would bring disunity, and people
might be stirred to think for themselves instead of falling into a universal goose-step behind their anointed leaders. Furthermore, individualist
demagogues would be more dangerous than ever, because they could now
be equipped with rational arguments to refute the socialist clichs. The
respectable statist Left, then, fears and hates the demagogue, and more
than ever before, he is the object of attack.
It is true that, in the long run, we will never be free until the intellectualsthe natural molders of public opinionshave been converted to
the side of freedom. In the short-run, however, the only route to liberty is
by an appeal to the masses over the heads of the State and its intellectual
bodyguard. And this appeal can be made most effectively by the demagoguethe rough, unpolished man of the people, who can present the
truth in simple, effective, yes emotional, language. The intellectuals see
this clearly, and this is why they constantly attack every indication of libertarian demagoguery as part of a rising tide of anti-intellectualism. Of
course, it is not anti-intellectualism; it is the saving of mankind from those
intellectuals who have betrayed the intellect itself.
Section VIII
Movie Reviews
CHAPTER
37
The Godfather
he Godfather is one of the great movies of the last several years, and
its enormous popularity is eminently well deserved. In the first place,
it is a decidedly Old Culture movie, or movie-movie; it is gloriously arrire-garde, and there is not a trace of the avant-garde gimmicks
and camera trickery that have helped to ruin so many films in recent years.
It is a picture with heroes and villains, good guys and bad guys; there is
not a trace of the recently fashionable concern with the alienation of
shnooks and cretins searching endlessly for a purpose in life. The pace is
terrific, the suspense and plot and direction and acting all excellent. Many
of the lines are memorable, and were going to make him an offer he cant
refuse has already burned its way indelibly into American culture.
The key to the movie is the first scene, when an elderly undertaker,
having gone to the police and to the courts for justice for his raped and
beaten daughter, and failed abysmally to get it, at last turns to the Corleone
Family for that precious quality, justice. Brando, as Don Vito Corleone,
the Godfather, berates the undertaker: Why did you go to the courts
for justice? Why didnt you come to me? And it is further made gloriously evident that the Corleone Familys concept of justice is advanced
indeed. When the undertaker asks Don Corleone to kill the assaulters of
his daughter, Don Vito is shocked: But that is not justice. They did not
Reprinted from Libertarian Forum 4, no. 67 (1972).

295
296
The Rothbard Reader
murder your daughter. With a keen sense of the concept of proportionate

justice, of punishment fitting the crime, Don Vito agrees to make the rapists suffer as the daughter had suffered.
The central theme of the plot is the growth of son Michael Corleone;
originally a college lad grown apart from the old Sicilian Family ways,
Michael takes his stand with the family when his father is nearly murdered by other, aggressor Families, and toughens into the role of successor
to Don Vito. (Actually, the word godfather is a weak translation of the
Italian word compare, which also has connotations of: friend, best man,
patron.)
A crucial political statement in the picture comes when Michael is
trying to explain to his disapproving WASP girlfriend what the Family is
all about: essentially their entrepreneurship of illegal goods and services,
their necessity to enforce their own contracts, and (regrettably for the libertarian) their penchant for monopoly in which they are a pale reflection
of respectable and legitimate government. Michael tells his girl that
his father is a man of power and influence, and hence the methods he
employs, like the President of the United States. The girl replies: But
the President doesnt order anyone killed, to which Michael rebuts: Now
youre being navea masterpiece of political understatement.
But above all, a movie-movie in the grand tradition: a rugged, magnificent epic.
CHAPTER
38
The Godfather, Part II
he Oscars. From the beginning, it was clear that the Oscar race
for best picture of 1974 was between two films: Godfather, Part II
and Chinatown. As pointed out in these pages (Libertarian Forum,
March, 1975), Godfather, a marvelous film, clearly deserved the award. In
contrast, the morbid, cynical Chinatown (neatly skewered in Libertarian
Review by Barbara Branden) was the darling of the avant-garde intellectuals, serving as it did as an anti-hero reversal of the great detective films
of the 1940s.
Part of the excitement of Oscar night is to watch the race between the
top pictures build up as the minor awards are allocated. From the beginning of the night, it became clear that Chinatown was losing out, as it was
defeated in one minor award after another. Unfortunately, this meant that
the cool, subtle, and nuanced performance of the beautiful Faye Dunaway
in Chinatown lost out to Ellen Burstyns hammy, tearful performance in
Alice Doesnt Live Here Anymore as Best Actress, but the consolation was
the clear meaning that Chinatown had had it. Sure enough, Godfather, Part
II swept the boards, gaining its deserved triumph as Best Picture, and the
directorial award for Francis Ford Coppola.
While justice triumphed splendidly in the Best Picture and Best
Director awards, the splendid Al Pacino unfortunately lost out in the
297
298
The Rothbard Reader
race for Best Actor; so too did the intellectuals, who were rooting for Jack
Nicholsons anti-hero detective in Chinatown. Instead, the old Hollywood
penchant for boozy sentimentality won out, with old favorite Art Carney
winning the award for the piece of fluff, Harry and Tonto. Fortunately,
however, the expected sentimentality did not triumph for the Best Supporting Actor award. Fred Astaire, who has always been a poor actor, was
particularly weak and even grotesque in a minor role in The Towering
Inferno; but the scuttlebutt had it that he would win anyway, in an orgy of
collective Hollywood guilt for not having given him an Oscar in the 1930s
for his glorious dancing in the famous Astaire movies of that era. However, justice again triumphed, as the award went to one of the finest young
actors in recent years, Robert DeNiros proto-Brando young godfather
in Godfather, Part II. Sentimentality did triumph in the award to Ingrid
Bergman for Best Supporting Actress in Murder on the Orient Express, in
expiation of Hollywoods collective guilt for casting Miss Bergman into
outer darkness thirty years ago for an act of personal immorality which
would now be considered positively square and old-fashioned. However,
in Miss Bergmans case, there was no harm done, since hers was probably
the best performance out of a rather poor lot.
And so, the classical aesthetic has won out over its avant-garde enemies for the third straight year: in the awards to Godfather in 1973, in The
Sting exorcising The Exorcist last year, and now in the victory of Part II.
With luck, maybe we can enter the lists with a Part III for 1977.
CHAPTER
39
Blaxploitation
ne of the most important movie phenomena of the last few years

has been what the Left-liberal and Establishment critics bitterly deride as blaxploitation movies. These are exciting, often
delightful films where black private eyes and black gunmen star in black
versions of this familiar white style of motion pictures. Of varying quality,
such films as Shaft, Trouble Man, and Cotton Comes to Harlem almost all
convey a sense of drama and a keen appreciation of black argot and ghetto
street smarts. They are all, in short, fun pictures, and it is typical of the
insufferably serioso left-critics to get on their neo-Puritan high horse and
condemn them as exploiting black people by ... what? By giving them
pictures which they intensely enjoy. Anyone who has seen a blaxploitation
film will attest to the enjoyment and enthusiasm for these pictures by the
virtually all-black audience. The audience identifies with the characters,
shouts at the screen, applauds and hisses.
But, you see, according to our left-liberals, blacks must somehow be
shielded from the supposedly degrading nature of street-private eyepolice culture. Black audiences have to be fed ennobling, if depressing
and boring movies such as Sounder. How insufferably elitist can one get?1
On the humorless Neo-Puritanism of our current Left, see the interesting article by George
H. Douglas, The New Puritanism of the Youth Culture, Modern Age (Spring, 1973).

299
CHAPTER
40
The Tough Cop
he tough cop genre is definitely coming into its own. On TV, the
new Kojak series, starring the tough and cynical Telly Savales, has
become one of the best shows on television. In the movies, it is particularly significant that two of the great Western heroes have recently
shifted to the tough cop role. As urban crime has become the concern of
ever greater numbers of Americans, the tough crime fighterin this case
John Wayne and Clint Eastwoodhas doffed his horse and ten gallon hat
for the Magnum and the police badge.
John Wayne moves into the role of tough cop hero in McQ, directed by
John Sturges. There is no such thing as a bad John Wayne picture, and it is
good to have Big John, or Lt. McQ, on hand to carry on a one-man struggle against the rackets and against crooked colleagues. And yet, the picture is no better than workmanlike. It is surprisingly slow, for one thing,
and the creaky action only highlights the age of Wayne and Eddie Albert.
Also, the standard behavior of the females in falling all over the hero lacks
a certain amount of credibility in the case of the aging Wayne. Al Lettieri makes a promising, shambling villain, but the female leads lend no
help: Diana Muldaur seems to have only one expression: hangdog, while
Colleen Dewhurstbilled on all sides as one of the great actresses of our

300
Movie Reviews
301
epochcroaks her way through a terrible performance. Warning to Warner Brothers: if McQ is going to stick around, youd better come up with
faster action and a better director.
The tough cop picture has done far better by Clint Eastwood. His first
effort, in Dirty Harry, was one of the great films of the last several years.
The leftist intellectuals virtually sputtered with fury over Dirty Harry, for
here was Eastwood as Inspector Harry Callahan of San Francisco stalking
a mad dog killer while being subverted and hobbled at every hand by liberals, politicians, and bleeding hearts. Dirty Harry, apart from being fast and
exciting, was an explicitly right-wing, anti-criminal-coddling movie, and
thus drove the liberal critics to inchoate rage. But it was not only the movie
and its theme that aggravated them; it was also Eastwood himself. For of
all the heroes in movies, Eastwood is the most ruthless, the most implacable, in his battle for the right and against criminal aggression. The critics
who scorn Eastwood for his lack of acting ability dont understand the
character that he is creating. For Eastwoods implacable calm is the result
of his decisiveness, his ability to make instantand correctdecisions in
the midst of drama and danger, to make what he knows are the right decisions without moping or agonizing. Hence, Clint Eastwood is the polar
opposite of the whining modern anti-hero beloved by the avant-garde. In
a sense, the left intelligentsia were quite right in identifying Eastwoodor
rather the Eastwood figureas their deadly enemy. Hence their vituperation.
Now dirty Harry is back, in Magnum Force, directed by Ted Post.
Like its predecessor, it is fast, tough, and exciting, beginning with a dramatic shot of Harry Callahans Magnum revolver, and continuing to the
final reel. If it is a bit less rightwing or less exciting than its predecessor, it
remains one of the best movies of recent months.
The plot is particularly interesting in the light of the previous picture.
At the end of Dirty Harry, Harry had tossed his badge into the river, the
symbol of his disgust with the liberal, criminal-coddling System. At the
beginning of Magnum Force, Harry is inexplicably back in the police force;
early into the picture, he finds that the killers he seeks are a group of young
police rookies organized into a paramilitary squad to wreak vengeance
upon criminals whom the courts let loose. Harry rejects what seem to be
youthful disciples of his own creed, and defends law and order against
them. Why does he do so? Unfortunately, Harry doesnt seem to be able
to articulate his own position, confining himself to: You guys misunderstood me, and I hate the System too, but youve got to stay within it until
302
The Rothbard Reader
a better one comes along. Has Harry gone liberal? I think we can reassure
Harry fans that it aint so. If Harry could spell out his own position, perhaps he would say that he exacted vengeance on his own against a maddog monster, and not against mere racketeers; also his was an individual
response, and not an organized ganga gang, by the way, that committed unforgivable excesses, including the murder of fellow policemen. No,
Harry has not gone liberal; his is the optimum degree of dirt, neither
bleeding-heart nor fascist. Long may he prosper.
CHAPTER
41
Death Wish
eath Wish is a superb movie, the best hero-and-vengeance picture

since Dirty Harry. Bronson, an architect whose young family has
been destroyed by muggers, drops his namby-pamby left-liberalism, and begins to pack a gun, defending himself brilliantly and uncompromisingly against a series of muggers who infest New York City. Yet he
never kills the innocent, or commits excesses. Naturally, even though he
is only defending himself against assault, the police, who have failed to go
after the muggers and who acknowledge the fall in the crime rate due to
Bronsons activities, devote their resources to pursuing him instead of the
criminals who terrorize New York. It is a great and heroic picture, a picture
demonstrating one mans successful fight for justice.
As might be expected, Death Wish has been subjected to hysterical
attacks by the left-liberal critics who acknowledge the power and technical qualities of the picture, which they proceed to denounce for its fascist
ideology (self-defense by victims against crime) and its pornography of
violence (in a just cause). Bronson is attacked for his wooden acting,
although this is by far his best acting performance in years, far better than
in The Mechanic, where the violence was hailed by the critics precisely
because it was meaningless and not in defense against aggression. Dont
miss Death Wish; it says more about the urban problem than a dozen
message documentaries, and it helps bring back heroism to the movies.

303
CHAPTER
42
Cinema Paradiso
ong-time readers know that I am decidedly not a fan of foreign language movies: not because it is a chore to read subtitles, but because
they are invariably horrible examples of aggressively avant-garde,
anti-bourgeois cinema. Hating as commercial movies that appeal to
the average movie-goer, the foreign movie-maker proclaims his superior
aesthetic sensibility by scorning interesting plot, tight writing and directing, meaningful dialogue, glamorous photography, or colorful settings.
Instead, the typical foreign movie has zero plot, minimal dialogue, and
wastes enormous amounts of time on close-ups of the brooding actors
gloomy faces, all seemingly photographed in the midst of some dark and
dank box. The ineffable and pointless boredom of these motion pictures
are apparently supposed to embody the alleged boredom of bourgeois life.
In actuality, it is not life, but these infernal movies, that both embody and
induce boredom.
The trouble, however, is not with foreigners per se. Italians and
Frenchmen, for example, would rather and do spend their time watching Dallas and Clint Eastwood than waste their time and money watching
their compatriots crummy movies. Moreover, it was not always thus. Jean
Renoir, the wonderful 1930s French movies featuring Raimu, and much
Written in July 1990 for the Rothbard-Rockwell Report; reprinted in The Irrepressible Rothbard (2000).
304
Movie Reviews
305
of the modem work of Eric Rohmer demonstrate that the problem is not
with the nationality or language, but with the depraved riffraff who make
todays foreign movies.
But once in a while there comes a shining exception to the rule. In
addition to granting Driving Miss Daisy its Best Picture award for 1989, the
Motion Picture Academy gave its foreign-language movie Oscar to Guiseppe
Tornatores lovely, charming, funny, and heart-warming (as well as heartbreaking) Cinema Paradiso. Disappearing fairly quickly from the screen the
first time around, it came back in wake of the award. Go see it: its the best
foreign-language movie in many a year, and splendid in its own right.
Cinema Paradiso is a heart-felt autobiographical valentine by director
and screen-writer Tornatore to the small town in Sicily in which he grew
up during and after World War II. The movie is a rich tapestry of life in
the Sicilian town, a town without cars or means of entertainment except
the local cinema, where everyone crowds in to see the latest Italian or Hollywood product. The central character Salvatore, marvelously played for
most of the film by a child actor, is fascinated by the life of the projectionist, the center of movie magic. The projectionist, Alfredo, magnificently
played by the great French actor Philippe Noiret, reluctantly becomes a
mentor to the boy, whose father had been killed in the war. The local priest
views all the movies first, censoring out thehorrors!kissing scenes,
which Alfredo lovingly clips out and saves.
When, over a decade later, the movie theater burns down, a large shining new theater is built, funded by a Neapolitan who had just won the lottery. (As one local complains: Those Northerners have all the luck!) In
the new dispensation, the local priest no longer has censoring rights, and
the local youth go bananas at the love scenes: Kissing! After thirty years!
Loving the now grown boy, and blinded during the fire, Alfredo orders
Salvatore to leave the stifling atmosphere of the Sicilian town, which has
allowed him no real life and to go seek his life and fortune in Rome, never
to look back.
The death of Alfredo, however, inexorably draws Salvatore, thirty
years later and famous as a movie director in Rome, back to his home town
for his funeral. He finds enormous change; the town, now packed with
automobiles and TV sets, has no more use for the movie theater, which is
being torn down for a parking lot. I wont give away the climactic discovering of Alfredos carefully wrought final present for Salvatore, but suffice
it to say that its at least a two-handkerchief (decidedly non-avant-garde)
ending. Dont miss it!
Index
Abolitionists
libertarians as, 287
on slavery, 28889
Aggression
against taxpayers, 25456
defined, 235
and the state, 25253
unions, 13738
Airline industry
deregulation, 12223
IATA, 12022
Airport congestion, 13436
Allen, Buchanan, Colberg, Prices,
Income, and Public Policy, 20509
America. See United States
American Arbitration Association,
27576
American Civil War, statism during,
22930
American Constitution, adoption of,
22425
American Federation of Labor and
Congress of Industrial Organizatons
(AFL-CIO), minimum wage, 143
American Revolution
Bailyn on, 22324
farmers support for, 22122
and monopoly, 113
Anarchism
about, 26971
defined, 26869
Anarchist society, 26883

anarchism and state defined,
26869
arbitration, 27377
defined, 104
dispute resolution, 27380
establishing, 4445
future of, 27273
private courts, 28182
taxes, 269
Angola, diamond cartel, 129
Anti-bourgeois, avant-garde cinema,
30405
Anti-socialist revolution, 3536
Anti-Trust Division, in the 1930s and
1940s, 115
Anti-war movement, Iraq war, 265
Antihumanism, defined, 36
Antitrust laws, Chicago school on, 207
Arbitration
about, 27375
Tannehills on, 27677
Asset property rights, government,
24243
Austrian school of economics
analysis of the individual, 92
Bhm-Bawerks role in establishing,
9192
CDs as money, 170
deflation, 177
developments in, 3637
307
308
The Rothbard Reader
free market effect on production

and distribution, 94
Mengers pioneering role, 9192
Mises within the tradition of, 89
money supply definition, 16465,
166, 172
near death experience of, 77
philosophic versus scientistic approach, 7778
translation of economic works,
7879
value paradox, 93
Avant-garde, anti-bourgeois cinema,
30405
Bailyn, Bernard, on the American

Revolution, 22324
Bank runs, 18183
Banking
risk of collapse in a deflation,
18788
See also National banking system
Banking theory, free banking, 37
Barter, evolution to money, 157
Bastiat, Frdric
laissez-faire, 19498
The Law, 195
Beard-Becker
on economic determinism, 221
on forms of support for the American Revolution, 222
Beard, Charles A., on economic determinism, 217
Betrayal of the American Right, The
(Rothbard), 5051
Bill of Rights, trust in government, 179
Blaxploitation movies, 299
Bhm-Bawerk, Eugen von
compared to Mises and Rothbard,
30
role in establishing the Austrian
school of economics, 9192
time preference and rate of business

profit, 9596
Boston Tea Party, monopoly privilege,
113
Broken window fallacy, 19495
Browne, Harry, on dropping out, 14
Buckley, William F., Jr.
on the libertarian movement, 248
on mass murder, 251n
Bureaucracy. See Communism;
Defense; Government; Taxation;
Welfare state
Burns, Arthur, 48
Business cycle
opposing explanations of, 84
See also Recessions and depressions
Calculation problem, in a socialist

economy, 85
Cannan, Edwin, on Adam Smiths
concept of division of labor, 108
Capital
importance of in civilization, 103
Keynes on, 200
role in breaking up cartels, 126
time preference, 102n
in vertical production, 10102
Capital gains, tax reform, 147
Capital goods, as frozen time, 96
Capitalist, defined, 102
Cards, monopoly, 112
Cartels, 12426
diamonds, 12729
J.P. Morgan and Company attempts
at cartelization in the nineteenth
century United States, 22627
See also Mercantilism; Monopolies
Cash surrender values of life insurance
policies, 17071
Central planning. See Cartels; Communism; Government; Mercantilism;
Monopolies; Socialism
Index
Certificates (CDs), as money, 170
Charity, results of, 17
Chicago school of economics
free markets, 5960
money supply definition, 163
viewpoint of, 20509
Chinatown movie compared to The
Godfather, 29798
Cinema Paradiso movie, 305
Civil Aeronautics Board (CAB), creating monopolies, 1516, 12022
Civil War, statism during, 22930
Civilian casualties, Iraq war, 262
Classical economics, flaws in, 8991
Cleaver, Eldridge, on communism, 22
Coase-Demsetz, analysis of property
rights with regards to external costs, 62
Cobden, Richard, Bastiat meeting
with, 198
Collective goods, Chicago school on, 207
Commodity money
creation of, 103
Mises on, 83
role of, 15758
Communism
Maltsev on the collapse of the Soviet system, 36
Rothbard versus Cleaver, 2223
self-ownership and, 241
See also Socialism
Compensation Principle, 6162
Competition versus monopoly, 11126
cartels, 12426
defined, 11115
equilibrium cost curves, 11618
monopoly examples, 12023
oil example, 12324
perfect competition, 11819
See also Cartels; Mercantilism;
Monopolies
Conceived in Liberty (Rothbard), writing of, 33
Conscription, 260
309
Consensus school of American history, 22223

Conservatives
on mass murder, 251n
tendencies of, 18
Constitution, 22425
Constitutionalists, Bailyn on, 22324
Consulting advice, value-free nature,
6566
Consumption, Bastiat on, 196
Corporations, tax reform, 14748
Cost curves, in competition and monopoly, 11618
Cost of reporting statistics, 6869
Cotton textiles infant-industry argument, 13233
Counterfeiting
by governments, 160
monopolies, 17980
Court system
in an anarchistic society, 27880
private courts in an anarchist society, 28182
Credit
and deflation, 186
versus claim transactions, 16870
Cuomo, Mario, tax reform, 151
Davidson, Jim, Penthouse interview

about the future of America, 1428
Death Wish movie, 303
DeBeers, 12729
Debt, and deflation, 186
Deductibility
interest payments on mortgages, 145
of state and local taxes, 15051
Defense
government versus private provision of, 23
libertarianism on interstate conflict,
258
Marxism on military spending, 24
310
The Rothbard Reader
Military Industrial complex, defined, 113

state wars of, 25557
US military strategy, 26364
Deflation, 17380
advantages of, 174
Austrian school of economics, 177
Great Depression, 177
perception of recession, 177
real cash balances versus effectiveness, 17576
shorter-run aspects, 175
versus inflation, 18687
wage rates, 17879
Demagogues, 29092
Demand curves
and the Chicago school, 209
minimum wage, 142
in monopolies, 11416, 119
Demand deposits
in commercial banks or the Federal
Reserve Banks, 171
as money, 16566
Demsetz-Coase, analysis of property
rights with regards to external
costs, 62
Depressions. See Business cycle; Recessions and depressions
Deregulation, airline industry, 12223
Diamond cartel, 12729
Dirty Harry movie, 30102
Disarmament, nuclear, 25152
Discounted marginal value product,
labor, 102n
Dispute resolution, anarchistic society,
27380
Distribution, free market effect on, 94
Division of labor
clarified, 10710
exchange, 97106
Dropping out, Harry Browne on, 14
East India Company, monopoly, 113

Eastwood, Clint, Dirty Harry movie,
30102
Economic advisors, Einaudi on, 6566
Economic determinism
Beard-Becker on, 221
motivation, 21617
Economic man, Kirzner on, 21011
Economics
Fitzhugh on classical economics
and socialism, 82n
history of economic thought as
taught in most graduate departments, 77
internalizing external economics,
63
Misess economic theory as a paradigm replacement, 8086
in relation to politics, 5556
value, 5766
See also Austrian school of economics; Classical economics; Communism; Neo-classical economics;
Socialism
Education, history of economic
thought as taught in most graduate
departments, 77
Egalitarianism, defined, 36
Einaudi, Luigi, on economic advisors,
6566
Elasticity of money supply, in national
banking system, 23031
Elections, meaning of, 1920
Emancipation of slaves, Garrison on,
28889
Employment, ownership of jobs, 13839
Energy, subsidizing nuclear power,
2425
England, occupation of Ireland, 286
Environmentalism, defined, 36
Equilibrium, in competition and monopoly, 11618
Index
Ethics
medicine, 58
Pareto Optimum, 59
Ethics of Liberty, The (Rothbard), writing of, 33
Exchange and the division of labor,
97106
Bastiat on, 196
gifts, 100
in money, 99
ownership rights, 99
structure of production, 10002
wealth acquired in, 100
External cost, Coase-Demsetz analysis
with regards to property
rights, 62, 6364
Fairness, taxes, 14849, 15152, 154

Fascism, Keynes and, 20203
Federal Aviation Agency (FAA), 13436
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC)
bank runs, 18183
deflation, 178
failure of insurance, 187
Federal Reserve System
counterfeiting, 161
demand deposits, 171
Federal Savings and Loan Insurance
Corporation (FSLIC), 18183
Federal tax deductions, 145
Fitzhugh, George, on classical economics and socialism, 82n
Flat tax
effects of, 14546
resource allocation, 152
subsidies, 150
For a New Liberty (Rothbard), 51
Ford, President, free market rhetoric,
18
Foreign aid, Chicago school on, 207
Foreign policy, interventionist, 2223
311
Fractional reserve banking

FDIC, 178
nature of, 182
recessions, 186
Free banking, 37
Free exchange, libertarianism, 236
Free markets
Chicago school of economics, 5960
defined, 103
effect on production and distribution, 94
in government services, 1617
President Ford rhetoric, 18
private compared to public bureaucracies, 21
and utilitarianism, 239
Free society, defined, 104
Freedom, versus power, 10405
Friedman, Milton, controversy over
Rothbard quoting Milton
properly, 4648
Friedman, Stanley, NY parking violation scandal, 11213
Frozen labor problem, 94
FSLIC (Federal Savings and Loan
Insurance Corporation), 18183
Garrison, William Lloyd, on the

emancipation of slaves, 28889
Gas attacks, Iraq war, 264
General Theory, The (Keynes), forward
to the German edition, 20304
George, Henry, and self-ownership,
245
Gifts, in exchange, 100
Godfather, The, movie, 29596, 29798
Gold, use as money, 15859
Goods, in perfect competition, 119
Government-Industrial Complex,
defined, 113
Governments
asset property rights, 24243
312
The Rothbard Reader
bureaucratic interests of, 2021, 31

counterfeiting, 160
defined, 252, 26869
essence of, 21719
free markets in government services, 1617
interventionist foreign policy, 2223
Keynes on, 20103
libertarianism, 23638
living without government interference, 2122
mercantilism, 19193
money monopoly, 8283
national product accounting, 6465
as a necessary evil, 271
nuclear power subsidy, 2425
private compared to public bureaucracies, 21
provisioning money, 15960
rational pricing for governmental
services, 64
role in recessions and depressions,
1718
ruling class, 27
services, 15354
setting standards, 25
statistical reporting, 6869
use of statistics, 6971
use of war for domestic purposes,
259
vested interests, 2627
See also Communism; Defense;
Mercantilism; Socialism; Taxation; Welfare state
Great Depression, and deflation, 177
Hatfield-and-McCoy problem, 280

Hatfield, Senator Mark, Rothbards
contact with, 50
Hayek, Friedrich, anti-Misesian comments, 32
Head tax, 154
Heller, Walter, on real cash balances

and inflation, 176
Hess, Karl, departure from the Libertarian Forum, 4243
History, consensus school of American history, 22223
History-of-thought book (Rothbard),
writing of, 34
Human Action (Mises), methodology,
8086
IATA (International Airline Transport
Association), 12022
Ideology
acquisition of by the masses,
21920
importance of, 218
Progressivism, 22627
Imperialism, property rights and
Western imperialism, 258n
Imputed rent and tax reform, 144
Income tax, abolition of, 154
Infant-industry argument, 13033
Inflation
demagogues, 29192
effects of the Price Commission, 48
Heller on real cash balances and, 176
and money, 15762
versus deflation, 18687
Intellectuals
role of, 237
role of the state, 218
Interest
Keynes on, 200
as time preference, 9496
Interest payments on mortgages, 145
Internalizing external economics, 63
International Airline Transport Association (IATA), 12022
Inventories, recessions and, 18586
Investment, Keynes on, 199200
Index
Investors, Keynes on, 20001
Iraq war, 26167
Ireland, English occupation, 286
Jobs, ownership of, 13839
J.P. Morgan and Company, attempts
century United States, 22627
Justice
property titles, 6061
See also Arbitration; Court system
Keynes, John Maynard, political
economy of, 199204
Kirzner, Israel, economic man, 21011
Kondratieff cycle, 188
Kuhn, Thomas S., ways in which scientific theories change and develop,
7276
Labor
discounted marginal value product,
102n
frozen labor problem, 94
human will, 103
productive versus unproductive, 196
See also Division of labor
Laissez-faire. See Free markets
Law, The (Bastiat), 195
Law of Comparative Advantage, Ricardo on, 98
Liberals, tendencies of, 19
Libertarian Forum, departure of Karl
Hess, 42
Libertarianism
as abolitionists, 287
anti-voting action in 1972 US election, 40
Bailyn on the American Revolution, 22324
313
Buckley on, 248

free exchange, 236
hope for public recognition of, 28
interstate conflict, 258
Libertarian Party, 44
natural rights, 224, 23941
New Left alliance with, 4344, 45
nonaggression axiom, 235
on peaceful coexistence, 25758
private property, 236
on property rights, 23847
Rand on, 3839
retreatism, 39
spectrum of agreement, 4648
the State, 23638
state wars of defense, 25557
and taxation, 23738
tendencies of, 1819
on war and peace, 24951
of whims and hippies, 3839
why bother signing up?, 28489
See also Anarchist society
Liberty
between consenting adults, 19
Dirty Harry movie, 30102
role of demagogues in achieving, 292
versus power, 10405
Life insurance policies, cash surrender
values, 17071
Local tax deductions, 145, 15051
Loopholes, taxes, 15052
Magnum Force movie, 301

Maltsev, Yuri, on the collapse of the
Soviet system, 36
Man, Economy, and State, Mises on, 31
Marginal productivity, 9394
Markets
government versus private provision of defense, 23
See also Free markets
Marshall, Tom, retreatism, 39
314
The Rothbard Reader
Marxism
on military spending, 24
production cost as measure of
value, 90
Marxist-Leninists, Iraq war, 266
Medicine
ethics in theory example, 58
socialism in America, 2526
Menger, Carl, pioneering role in Austrian Economics, 9192
Mercantilism, 19193
Middle-of-the-roaders versus demagogues, 291
Military. See Defense
Minimum wage, 14143
Mises, Ludwig von
career in the United States, 79
on commodity money, 83
credit versus claim transactions,
16870
Hayek comments on, 32
importance of his economic theory
as a paradigm replacement, 8086
life of, 89
on Man, Economy, and State, 31
Salerno on Misess concept of the
division of labor, 10810
on socialism, 8485
Theory of Money and Credit, 16465
translation of writings, 7879
Monetarism, monetary expansion, 8384
Money
in exchange, 99100
and inflation, 15762
Mises on commodity money, 83
monetarism and money expansion,
8384
state monopoly of, 8283
See also Commodity money; Counterfeiting
Money supply, 16372
Austrian Economics, 16465
controlling, 16062
defined, 17172
elasticity in national banking system, 23031
inflation, 16162
Monopolies, 11126
American Revolution and, 113
CAB creating, 1516
characteristics of, 122
Chicago school on, 20607, 208
compared to perfect competition,
114, 11819
and competition, 11315
counterfeiting, 17980
defined, 11112, 119
equilibrium, 11618
falling demand curves, 11416
in The Godfather movie, 296
government money monopoly, 8283
historical examples, 11214
redefined by Progressivism, 22728
state violence, 25253
See also Cartels; Mercantilism
Mortgages, interest payments on, 145
Nation income field, Chicago school

on, 20506
National banking system, 22931
National Labor Relations Act of 1935,
140
National product accounting, 6465
Natural law, and libertarian society,
10506
Natural monopolies, Chicago school
on, 207
Natural rights
conventional libertarian framework, 224
defined, 106
Neighborhood effects, 6264
Neo-classical economics, origin of, 91
Index
Neutral-to-the-market argument,
taxes, 148
New Banner, The, Rothbard interview,
3852
New Deal, results of, 1718
New Left
libertarian alliance with, 4344
libertarian connections, 45
New York City, parking violation scandal, 11213
News media, coverage of the Iraq war,
26163
Nixon, President
dump Nixon campaign, 42
Phase III price controls, 40, 4950
predictability of, 50
VAT, 49
Nolan, David, Libertarian Party, 44
Nonaggression axiom, 23538
Noncommercial bank deposits as
money, 171
Norris-LaGuardia Act of 1932, 13940
Nuclear disarmament, 25152
Nuclear power, government subsidizing of, 2425
Oil, price, 12324

Ownership rights
basis of, 103
in exchange, 99
of jobs, 13839
Paradigms
in scientific theory, 7374
Pareto Optimum, ethics in economic
theory, 59
Parking violation scandal, monopoly,
11213
Patents of monopoly, 19293
315
Paul, Ron, on R-TX form, 154

Peaceful coexistence, libertarianism
on, 25758
Penthouse, interview about the future
of America, 1428
Perfect competition
Chicago school on, 20607
compared to monopoly, 114
doctrine of, 11819
Petition of Candlemakers, 194
Playing cards monopoly, 112
Policy, taxes, 15354
Policy. See Defense; Government;
Mercantilism; Monopolies; Socialism; Taxation; Welfare State
Politics, in relation to economics,
5556
Poor. See Poverty
Positivism, Chicago school on, 207
Postinflationary deflation, 176
Poverty
abolition of, 286
government services and, 17
welfare state effect on, 15
Power, versus freedom, 10405
Power and the Market (Rothbard),
writing of, 2931
Praxeology
Kirzner on use of, 211
philosophic versus scientistic approach in the Austrian school of
economics, 7778
Prices
constant, 64, 17475
determination of in classical economics, 90
for governmental services, 64
oil, 12324
price controls, 40, 48, 4950, 28687
price discrimination and the Chicago school, 208
316
The Rothbard Reader
rational calculation of in a socialist

economy, 85
See also Inflation
Prices, Income, and Public Policy (Allen, Buchanan, Colberg), 20509
Private charity, results of, 17
Private courts in an anarchist society,
28182
Private law, 274
Private property
bank runs and, 183
libertarianism, 236
Production
free market effect on, 94
and self-ownership, 245
Profit
in classical economics, 9091
time preference, 9596
Progressivism, 22628
Prohibitionism, defined, 36
Property rights
assets and government, 24243
basis of ownership, 103
Coase-Demsetz analysis with regards to external cost, 62
libertarian movement on, 238
relations between private individuals, 24951
self-ownership and, 24245
Western imperialism, 258n
Property titles, justice, 6061
Protective tariffs, Taussig on, 130
Quotas, at six top airports, 135
Rand, Ayn, on libertarianism, 3839

Read, Leonard E., on price and wage
controls, 28687
Reagan, President, plans Reagan I and
II, 146
Real cash balances, deflation and, 17576
Recessions and depressions

government role in, 1718
Great Depression and deflation, 177
lessons of, 18488
See also Business cycle
Redheads fallacy, 239
Religion, in twentieth century, 35
Reporting statistics, cost of, 6869
Resource allocation, taxes, 15253
Retreatism, libertarian style, 39
Revenue neutrality, tax reform, 154
Revolutions
anti-socialist revolution, 3536
consensus school on, 223
versus inter-State warfare, 25355
See also American Revolution
Ricardians, production cost as measure of value, 9091
Ricardo, David, Law of Comparative
Advantage, 98
Right to strike, 138
Robinson Crusoe and Friday example,
51
Rockefeller, Nelson, secret gift to Dr.
William J. Ronan, 215
Rothbard, Murray, professional career,
1314
Rothbards law, 32
Ruling class, 27
Russia, diamond cartel, 12829
Salerno, Joseph, on Misess concept of

the division of labor, 10810
Savings, Keynes on, 199200
Savings deposits, as money, 16668
Science
the aping of scientific methodology
in the social sciences, 7677
Chicago school dressed up as, 208
Kuhn on ways in which scientific
theories change and develop,
7276
Index
philosophic versus scientistic approach in the Austrian school of
economics, 7778
Self ownership, 24145
Services
government, 15354
rational pricing for governmental
services, 64
Silver, use as money, 15859
Slavery
Garrison on the emancipation of
slaves, 28889
voluntary, 103
Smith, Adam, on the division of labor,
10708
Social sciences, the aping of scientific
methodology, 7677
Socialism
anti-socialist revolution, 3536
collapse of central planning in
Yugoslavia, 85
Fitzhugh on classical economics
and socialism, 82n
Keynes on, 202
medicine in America, 2526
Mises on, 8485
rational calculation of prices in a
socialist economy, 85
See also Communism
South African government, diamond
cartel, 128
Soviet Union, Maltsev on collapse of,
36
Special interests, taxes, 150
Standards, government setting of, 25
State. See Communism; Defense; Government; Mercantilism; Socialism;
Taxation; Welfare state
State monopoly capitalism. See Mercantilism
State taxes, deductibility, 15051
Statistics
government role in, 6771
317
national product accounting, 6465

Strikes, 138
Structure of production, exchange,
10002
Subsidies
deductibility of interest payments
on mortgages, 145
flat taxes and, 14950
Tannehill, Morris and Linda, on arbitration, 27677
Tariffs, Taussig on, 130
Taxation
aggression against taxpayers,
25456
anarchistic society, 269
Cuomo, Mario, 151
deductions, 145
fairness, 14849, 15152
flat tax, 14546
libertarian view of, 23738
loopholes, 15052
policy, 15354
President Nixons push for a valueadded tax (VAT), 49
resource allocation, 15253
revenue neutrality, 154
simplifying, 14648
subsides and, 14950
tax reform, 14454
underground economy, 153
Terrorism, Iraq war, 264
Theory of Money and Credit, The
(Mises), 16465
Time deposits as money, 168
Time preference
capital, 102n
interest, 9496
Tough cop movies, 30002
Transactions versus credit, 16870
Trust, Lerner on, 17980
318
The Rothbard Reader
Unanimity Principle, 6061

Underground economy, tax reform,
153
Unions, 13740
United States
American Civil War, 22930
American Constitution, 22425
anti-voting action in 1972 election,
40
consensus school of American history, 22223
cotton textile industry, 13233
J.P. Morgan and Company attempts
century, 22627
military strategy, 26364
Misess career in, 79
union legislation, 13940
war heroes as presidents, 26667
See also American Revolution
Utilitarianism
and free markets, 239
issues with, 238
Value-added tax (VAT), President

Nixons push for, 49
Value paradox, Austrian resolution
of, 93
Values
in classical economics, 90
economic theory, 5766
measures of, 196
Vertical pattern of production in
exchange, 10002
Vested interests, 2627
Violence. See Aggression

Volker Fund, collapse of, 3233
Voluntary slavery, 103
Wage rates, deflation, 17879

Wages
minimum wage, 14143
Read on price and wage controls,
28687
Wagner Act of 1935, 140
War
American Civil War, 22930
inter-State warfare versus revolution, 25355
libertarian theory, 24951
use of for domestic purposes, 259
war heroes as US presidents,
26667
Wealth, acquired in exchange, 100
Welfare state
effect on poverty, 15
stability of, 82
Western imperialism, property rights,
258n
Wooldridge, William C., on dispute
resolution, 27376
Workers World Party (WWP), Iraq
war, 265
Yugoslavia, collapse of central planning, 85
THE MISES INSTITUTE

The Mises Institute, founded in 1982, is a teaching and research center
for the study of Austrian economics, libertarian and classical liberal
political theory, and peaceful international relations. In support of the
school of thought represented by Ludwig von Mises, Murray N. Rothbard, Henry Hazlitt, and F.A. Hayek, we publish books and journals,
sponsor student and professional conferences, and provide online education. Mises.org is a vast resource of free material for anyone in the
world interested in these ideas.

The Rothbard Reader PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Rothbard Reader PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Rothbard Reader PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Rothbard Reader

The Mises Institute dedicates this volume to all of its